ML062260244: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
StriderTol Bot change
StriderTol Bot change
 
Line 17: Line 17:
{{#Wiki_filter:BYRON WRITTEN INITIAL EXAMINATION, JUNE 2006 QUESTIONS 1 THROUGH 75 RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 76 THROUGH 100 SRO EXAMINATION (QUESTION 99 DELETED DUE TO POST EXAM COMMENT)
{{#Wiki_filter:BYRON WRITTEN INITIAL EXAMINATION, JUNE 2006 QUESTIONS 1 THROUGH 75 RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 76 THROUGH 100 SRO EXAMINATION (QUESTION 99 DELETED DUE TO POST EXAM COMMENT)


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
1         Both           1           1               000007         7EK1.04               3.6               3.9             High System/Evolution Name:                             Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Reactor Trip                                         Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the reactor trip:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
1 Both 1
1 000007 7EK1.04 3.6 3.9 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Reactor Trip Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the reactor trip:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Decrease in reactor power following reactor trip (prompt drop and subsequent decay)
Decrease in reactor power following reactor trip (prompt drop and subsequent decay)
UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 1 was operating at 100% power.
Unit 1 was operating at 100% power.
At Time=0 an inadvertent turbine trip occurs.
At Time=0 an inadvertent turbine trip occurs.
Line 28: Line 39:
At Time=2 minutes, IR Nuclear Instrument N35 reads 5E-2% power.
At Time=2 minutes, IR Nuclear Instrument N35 reads 5E-2% power.
Which of the following is the MINIMUM additional time expected for the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lite to GO OUT on the IR NI N35 Drawer on 1PM07J?
Which of the following is the MINIMUM additional time expected for the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lite to GO OUT on the IR NI N35 Drawer on 1PM07J?
A     5-7 minutes B     11-13 minutes C 14-16 minutes D     17-19 minutes Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.NI2-08-B, A.NT7-         New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A 5-7 minutes B 11-13 minutes C 14-16 minutes D 17-19 minutes Answer: Task No:
1 I1-NT-XL-07, Nuclear Theory Chapter 7, Neutron Kinetics, pg 33, 46, 60        
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.NI2-08-B, A.NT7-New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-NT-XL-07, Nuclear Theory Chapter 7, Neutron Kinetics, pg 33, 46, 60  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ILT Systems: I1-NI-XL-01BY, Gamma-Matric Source and Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation, pg 11, 21 22, 28.
ILT Systems: I1-NI-XL-01BY, Gamma-Matric Source and Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation, pg 11, 21 22, 28.
Explanation:
Explanation:
A prompt drop and rapid power level decay occurs over the first 2-4 minutes following a reactor trip. The reactor then reaches a stable -1/3 DPM startup rate due to the dominant decay of the long-lived fission product precursers. This stable period is sustained well into the source range. From the 5E-2% power to 5E-6% (Setpoint for the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lite) is 4 decades and will take ~12 minutes. MJJ 2/27/06 Date Written:             2/27/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
A prompt drop and rapid power level decay occurs over the first 2-4 minutes following a reactor trip. The reactor then reaches a stable -1/3 DPM startup rate due to the dominant decay of the long-lived fission product precursers. This stable period is sustained well into the source range. From the 5E-2% power to 5E-6% (Setpoint for the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lite) is 4 decades and will take ~12 minutes. MJJ 2/27/06 Date Written:
2/27/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:               RO:               SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
2           Both           1           1               000008         82.1.30             3.9               3.4         High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident                   Conduct of Operations (Relief Valve Stuck Open)
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
2 Both 1
1 000008 82.1.30 3.9 3.4 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident Conduct of Operations (Relief Valve Stuck Open)
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls.
Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit-1 is at 100% power.
Unit-1 is at 100% power.
PZR PORV DSCH TEMP HIGH (1-12-C6) is in alarm.
PZR PORV DSCH TEMP HIGH (1-12-C6) is in alarm.
Line 53: Line 81:
C. Dispatch an operator with RP to enter Containment and manually CLOSE 1RY8000B.
C. Dispatch an operator with RP to enter Containment and manually CLOSE 1RY8000B.
D. Locally CLOSE 1RY8000B at MCC 132X2 after placing the LOCAL/REMOTE switch at the breaker in LOCAL.
D. Locally CLOSE 1RY8000B at MCC 132X2 after placing the LOCAL/REMOTE switch at the breaker in LOCAL.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     T.OA12-02                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1BOA PRI-1, Excessive Primary Plant Leakage, Step 3 RNO              
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
T.OA12-02 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1BOA PRI-1, Excessive Primary Plant Leakage, Step 3 RNO  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-OA-XL-12, 1BOA PRI-1, Excessive Primary Plant Leakage Explanation:
I1-OA-XL-12, 1BOA PRI-1, Excessive Primary Plant Leakage Explanation:
A. is incorrect because the system has stablized within normal charging capacity and does not warrant a Reactor trip or SI. Explanation:
A. is incorrect because the system has stablized within normal charging capacity and does not warrant a Reactor trip or SI. Explanation:
Line 63: Line 95:
C. is incorrect because this is not a procedural option nor would this occur at 100% power.
C. is incorrect because this is not a procedural option nor would this occur at 100% power.
D is the correct action as specified for this condition in 1BOA PRI-1.
D is the correct action as specified for this condition in 1BOA PRI-1.
Date Written:             2/28/2006 Author:         M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
2/28/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:               RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
3           Both           1             1         000009             9EA2.24                 2.6               2.9             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Small Break LOCA                                       Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to a small break LOCA:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
3 Both 1
1 000009 9EA2.24 2.6 2.9 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Small Break LOCA Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to a small break LOCA:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
RCP temperature setpoints UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
RCP temperature setpoints UserID:
A Small Break LOCA has just occurred on Unit 1 and Safety Injection has been actuated. All systems responded as designed.
Topic Question Stem:
  -RCP Trip Criteria has NOT been met.
A Small Break LOCA has just occurred on Unit 1 and Safety Injection has been actuated. All systems responded as designed.  
-RCP Trip Criteria has NOT been met.
Without any additional operator action, which of the following RCP temperatures would RISE significantly during the next 10 minutes of RCP operation?
Without any additional operator action, which of the following RCP temperatures would RISE significantly during the next 10 minutes of RCP operation?
A. Thrust Bearing B. Motor Lower Radial Bearing C. Motor Stator Winding D. Pump Lower Radial Bearing Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     S.RC2-08-C                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A. Thrust Bearing B. Motor Lower Radial Bearing C. Motor Stator Winding D. Pump Lower Radial Bearing Answer: Task No:
1 I1-RC-XL-02, Ch 13, Reactor Coolant Pump                  
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.RC2-08-C New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RC-XL-02, Ch 13, Reactor Coolant Pump  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
C. is correct because the SI and Phase A actuations cause RCFCs to run in Low Speed without Chilled Water for cooling (SX only) and Post-LOCA environment will cause higher temperatures in Cnmt. The Motor Windings are air cooled from the Cnmt atmosphere.
C. is correct because the SI and Phase A actuations cause RCFCs to run in Low Speed without Chilled Water for cooling (SX only) and Post-LOCA environment will cause higher temperatures in Cnmt. The Motor Windings are air cooled from the Cnmt atmosphere.
A and B are incorrect because CCW flow actually increases post SI (2 CC pumps running) and adds additional cooling for the oil coolers causing temperature to be stable or drop.
A and B are incorrect because CCW flow actually increases post SI (2 CC pumps running) and adds additional cooling for the oil coolers causing temperature to be stable or drop.
D. is incorrect since the additional seal injection flow rate post SI aids in cooling and temperature will be stable or drop.
D. is incorrect since the additional seal injection flow rate post SI aids in cooling and temperature will be stable or drop.
Date Written:             3/2/2006 Author:         M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/2/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:   GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
4           Both         1         1         000022         22AA2.04                   2.9               3.8             High System/Evolution Name:                           Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup                     Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Pump Makeup:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
4 Both 1
1 000022 22AA2.04 2.9 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Pump Makeup:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
How long PZR level can be maintained within limits UserID:                                   Topic Question Stem:
How long PZR level can be maintained within limits UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit-1 is at 20% and stable Tave is on program PZR level control is in AUTO Letdown flow is 75 gpm Total RCP Leakoff flow is 16 gpm The running CV pump impeller degrades resulting in a Charging Header flow stablizing at 59 gpm With continued operation and no operator action, when would Pressurizer level BEGIN to RISE?
Unit-1 is at 20% and stable Tave is on program PZR level control is in AUTO Letdown flow is 75 gpm Total RCP Leakoff flow is 16 gpm The running CV pump impeller degrades resulting in a Charging Header flow stablizing at 59 gpm With continued operation and no operator action, when would Pressurizer level BEGIN to RISE?
ASSUME 130 gallons per % in the PZR.
ASSUME 130 gallons per % in the PZR.
A. 30 -35 minutes B. 40 -45 minutes C. 50 - 55 minutes D. 60 - 65 minutes Answer:     Task No:                             Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     S.RY1-03/20             New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A. 30 -35 minutes B. 40 -45 minutes C. 50 - 55 minutes D. 60 - 65 minutes Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.RY1-03/20 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer  
1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
D. is correct because at 20% power, PZR level program is 32%. Level will RISE in the PZR when Letdown Auto isolates at 17%.
D. is correct because at 20% power, PZR level program is 32%. Level will RISE in the PZR when Letdown Auto isolates at 17%.
32%-17% is 15% level drop. PZR has 130 gal/% ~ 1950 gallons. Level is dropping at 16 (75-59) gpm + 16 gpm RCP leakoff which =
32%-17% is 15% level drop. PZR has 130 gal/% ~ 1950 gallons. Level is dropping at 16 (75-59) gpm + 16 gpm RCP leakoff which =
32 gpm. At 32 gpm, 1950 gal will take between 60 and 65 minutes to isolate letdown, then charging will cause PZR level to RISE.
32 gpm. At 32 gpm, 1950 gal will take between 60 and 65 minutes to isolate letdown, then charging will cause PZR level to RISE.
Date Written:             2/28/2006 Author:   M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
2/28/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
5           Both         1           1             000026       26AK3.04                   3.5               3.7             High System/Evolution Name:                             Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)               Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
5 Both 1
1 000026 26AK3.04 3.5 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)
Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Effect on the CCW flow header of a loss of CCW UserID:                                   Topic Question Stem:
Effect on the CCW flow header of a loss of CCW UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Component Cooling Water (CCW) is in a normal at power lineup with Unit-1 CCW providing cooling for the inservice Spent Fuel Pool heat exchanger. A tube leak develops in the Spent Fuel Pool heat exchanger.
Component Cooling Water (CCW) is in a normal at power lineup with Unit-1 CCW providing cooling for the inservice Spent Fuel Pool heat exchanger. A tube leak develops in the Spent Fuel Pool heat exchanger.
Unit-1 CCW Surge Tank level will___(1)____ and CCW pump discharge header flowrate will
Unit-1 CCW Surge Tank level will___(1)____ and CCW pump discharge header flowrate will
___(2)____.
___(2)____.
(1)         (2)
(1) (2)
A. rise         drop B. rise         rise C. drop           drop D. drop           rise Answer:     Task No:                             Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     S.CC1-18                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A. rise drop B. rise rise C. drop drop D. drop rise Answer: Task No:
1 I1-CC-XL-01, Ch 19, Component Cooling Water System, Pgs 12, 30              
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.CC1-18 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-CC-XL-01, Ch 19, Component Cooling Water System, Pgs 12, 30  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1BOA PRI-6, Component Cooling Water Malfunction Explanation:
1BOA PRI-6, Component Cooling Water Malfunction Explanation:
CCW is at a higher pressure in the SFP heat exchanger, therefore Surge Tank level will drop and the increased system demand will cause pump discharge flowrate to rise.
CCW is at a higher pressure in the SFP heat exchanger, therefore Surge Tank level will drop and the increased system demand will cause pump discharge flowrate to rise.
Date Written:           2/28/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
2/28/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                   RO:         SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
6           Both           1           1         000029             292.2.25               2.5         3.7             Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Anticipated Transient Without Scram                   Equipment Control (ATWS)
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
6 Both 1
1 000029 292.2.25 2.5 3.7 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Anticipated Transient Without Scram Equipment Control (ATWS)
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Knowledge of bases in technical specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Knowledge of bases in technical specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
10 CFR 50.62 established requirements for reducing the risk of an Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS) in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants.
10 CFR 50.62 established requirements for reducing the risk of an Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS) in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants.
The ATWS Rule, when applied, is based on reducing the risk of which of the following?
The ATWS Rule, when applied, is based on reducing the risk of which of the following?
A. Exceeding DNBR limit B. Excessive RCS overpressure C. Exceeding Kw/ft Fuel limit D. Excessive RCS cooldown Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.RP3-01/04               New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A. Exceeding DNBR limit B. Excessive RCS overpressure C. Exceeding Kw/ft Fuel limit D. Excessive RCS cooldown Answer: Task No:
1 Byron UFSAR Ch 15.8                
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.RP3-01/04 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Byron UFSAR Ch 15.8  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Ch 60c, I1-RP-XL-03, ATWS Mitigation System Explanation:
Ch 60c, I1-RP-XL-03, ATWS Mitigation System Explanation:
B. is correct because AMS provides a diverse start signal for AFW and a Turbine Trip to maintain the SGs as a Heat Sink to minimize the RCS overpressure transient that occurs with no Reactor Trip.
B. is correct because AMS provides a diverse start signal for AFW and a Turbine Trip to maintain the SGs as a Heat Sink to minimize the RCS overpressure transient that occurs with no Reactor Trip.
Line 138: Line 239:
C. is incorrect since temperature rise adds negative reactivity (Doppler) and limits linear heat rate.
C. is incorrect since temperature rise adds negative reactivity (Doppler) and limits linear heat rate.
D. is incorrect since a heatup is the concern, cooldown would limit the overpressurization.
D. is incorrect since a heatup is the concern, cooldown would limit the overpressurization.
Date Written:             2/28/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
2/28/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
7           Both           1           1                 000038       38EA2.01               4.1               4.7           High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR)                     Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to a SGTR:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
7 Both 1
1 000038 38EA2.01 4.1 4.7 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR)
Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to a SGTR:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
When to isolate one or more S/Gs UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
When to isolate one or more S/Gs UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
An accident is in progress on Unit 1.
An accident is in progress on Unit 1.
The following plant conditions exist:
The following plant conditions exist:
Line 158: Line 273:
C. as soon as all SGs narrow range levels are at or above 10%.
C. as soon as all SGs narrow range levels are at or above 10%.
D. as soon as 1B SG narrow range level is above 31%.
D. as soon as 1B SG narrow range level is above 31%.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty B           Obj No:       T.EP04-08                 Byron 2000 NRC exam Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 1/2BEP-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Step 4            
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
T.EP04-08 Byron 2000 NRC exam Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1/2BEP-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Step 4  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EP-XL-04, BEP-3 series, Pg 15 Explanation:
I1-EP-XL-04, BEP-3 series, Pg 15 Explanation:
The ruptured SG level must be > 10% to ensure an adequate thermal layer exists prior to isolation of Aux Feed. This will insulate the steam space in the SG from the cooler RCS water as the RCS is cooled down to allow depressurization of the RCS to stop the leakage to the SG without losing subcooling, if the SG were to depressurize while trying to equalize RCS to SG pressure.
The ruptured SG level must be > 10% to ensure an adequate thermal layer exists prior to isolation of Aux Feed. This will insulate the steam space in the SG from the cooler RCS water as the RCS is cooled down to allow depressurization of the RCS to stop the leakage to the SG without losing subcooling, if the SG were to depressurize while trying to equalize RCS to SG pressure.
Line 169: Line 288:
C. is incorrect since the requirement for isolation only applies to the ruptured SG. The other, intact, SGs can be throttled for heat removal control once at least one of them is >10%.
C. is incorrect since the requirement for isolation only applies to the ruptured SG. The other, intact, SGs can be throttled for heat removal control once at least one of them is >10%.
D. is incorrect since this is the ADVERSE CNMT value which is not used when CNMT pressure is < 5 psig for these conditions.
D. is incorrect since this is the ADVERSE CNMT value which is not used when CNMT pressure is < 5 psig for these conditions.
Date Written:             2/27/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
2/27/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:               RO:               SRO:             Cog Level:
Quest No:
8           Both           1           1               000040       40AK2.02               2.6               2.6               High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Steam Line Rupture                                     Knowledge of the interrelations between the Steam Line Rupture and the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
8 Both 1
1 000040 40AK2.02 2.6 2.6 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Steam Line Rupture Knowledge of the interrelations between the Steam Line Rupture and the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Sensors and detectors UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Sensors and detectors UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 1 tripped from 100% power due to a steamline break inside of Containment. 2 minutes after the trip, the following parameters were recorded:
Unit 1 tripped from 100% power due to a steamline break inside of Containment. 2 minutes after the trip, the following parameters were recorded:
PZR pressure is 1750 psig and stable PZR level is 22% and stable CNMT pressure has reached 7.8 psig S/G NR levels; 1A 31%, 1B 30%, 1C 16%, 1D 34%
PZR pressure is 1750 psig and stable PZR level is 22% and stable CNMT pressure has reached 7.8 psig S/G NR levels; 1A 31%, 1B 30%, 1C 16%, 1D 34%
S/G pressures; 1A 760 psig, 1B 775 psig, 1C 660 psig, 1D 800 psig An automatic steamline isolation occurred due to_________.
S/G pressures; 1A 760 psig, 1B 775 psig, 1C 660 psig, 1D 800 psig An automatic steamline isolation occurred due to_________.
A. low S/G pressure B. low S/G level C. containment pressure D. low PZR pressure SI Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     S.MS1-07-D                 2000 Byron NRC exam Low Time:       Cross Ref:
A. low S/G pressure B. low S/G level C. containment pressure D. low PZR pressure SI Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
S.MS1-07-D 2000 Byron NRC exam Low Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-MS-XL-01, Ch 23, Main Steam System  
1 I1-MS-XL-01, Ch 23, Main Steam System  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
A. is correct since a steamline break would cause steamline pressure to drop rapidly. The low pressure setpoint is 640 psig, but is rate sensitive and could have occurred without actually going below 640 psig.
A. is correct since a steamline break would cause steamline pressure to drop rapidly. The low pressure setpoint is 640 psig, but is rate sensitive and could have occurred without actually going below 640 psig.
Line 189: Line 325:
C. is incorrect since 8.2 psig in CNMT has not been reached.
C. is incorrect since 8.2 psig in CNMT has not been reached.
D. is incorrect since low PZR pressure SI does not cause a main steamline isolation to occur.
D. is incorrect since low PZR pressure SI does not cause a main steamline isolation to occur.
Date Written:               3/2/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/2/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
9           Both         1           1               000054       54AA1.03                 3.5               3.7             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW)                           Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW):
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
9 Both 1
1 000054 54AA1.03 3.5 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW)
Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW):
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
AFW auxiliaries, including oil cooling water supply UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
AFW auxiliaries, including oil cooling water supply UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 1 was at 100% power.
Unit 1 was at 100% power.
Unit 2 is in MODE 6.
Unit 2 is in MODE 6.
Line 208: Line 358:
C. 1B will trip on High Jacket Water temperature; 1A can continue to run.
C. 1B will trip on High Jacket Water temperature; 1A can continue to run.
D. 1B can continue to run as long as Fuel Oil is available; 1A will be damaged.
D. 1B can continue to run as long as Fuel Oil is available; 1A will be damaged.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     S.AF1-04/15               New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feedwater System          
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.AF1-04/15 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feedwater System  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
A. is incorrect because 1A requires an SX pump running for oil cooling and will rapidly overheat bearings and most likely trip the supply breaker.
A. is incorrect because 1A requires an SX pump running for oil cooling and will rapidly overheat bearings and most likely trip the supply breaker.
Line 218: Line 372:
C. is incorrect for the same reasons described in B. above.
C. is incorrect for the same reasons described in B. above.
D. is correct because 1B has it's own shaft driven SX pump and will supply cooling as long as an SX reservoir is maintained while 1A requires an SX pump running to provide oil cooling and should be stopped when the no SX condition is recognized to prevent damage beyond repair.
D. is correct because 1B has it's own shaft driven SX pump and will supply cooling as long as an SX reservoir is maintained while 1A requires an SX pump running to provide oil cooling and should be stopped when the no SX condition is recognized to prevent damage beyond repair.
Date Written:             3/2/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/2/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:               RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
10           Both           1           1             000055         55EK1.01               3.3               3.7             Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station             Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply Blackout)                                             to the Station Blackout:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
10 Both 1
1 000055 55EK1.01 3.3 3.7 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply Blackout) to the Station Blackout:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Effect of battery discharge rates on capacity UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Effect of battery discharge rates on capacity UserID:
Unit 1 is at 100% power
Topic Question Stem:
  - At 0800 a Loss of all AC power occurs on Unit 1.
Unit 1 is at 100% power  
  - DC Bus 111 and 112 are being supplied by their respective Batteries.
- At 0800 a Loss of all AC power occurs on Unit 1.  
  - 1BCA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power Unit 1, has been entered.
- DC Bus 111 and 112 are being supplied by their respective Batteries.  
- 1BCA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power Unit 1, has been entered.
With AC Power available to Unit 2, DC Bus 111 and 112 must be energized by a Unit 2 battery charger by_______?
With AC Power available to Unit 2, DC Bus 111 and 112 must be energized by a Unit 2 battery charger by_______?
A. 0900 B. 1200 C. 1600 D. 2400 Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     T.OA03-03/09,             New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A. 0900 B. 1200 C. 1600 D. 2400 Answer: Task No:
1 I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems              
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
T.OA03-03/09, New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1BCA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power Unit 1, Step 12 RNO Byron UFSAR, CH 8.3 1BOA ELEC-3, Loss of 4KV ESF Bus, ATT A/C, Step 6 RNO Explanation:
1BCA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power Unit 1, Step 12 RNO Byron UFSAR, CH 8.3 1BOA ELEC-3, Loss of 4KV ESF Bus, ATT A/C, Step 6 RNO Explanation:
The design of the 1E 125 VDC Batteries is Blackout with LOCA and only one DG (no AC to Battery Charger for 1 hour) and minimum voltage of 105 VDC. 1BOA ELEC-3, ATTs A/C, Step 6 RNO, and BCA-0.0, Step 12 RNO, state that if a battery charger cannot be restored and the opposite unit charger is energized, then crosstie within 1 hour per BOP DC-7.
The design of the 1E 125 VDC Batteries is Blackout with LOCA and only one DG (no AC to Battery Charger for 1 hour) and minimum voltage of 105 VDC. 1BOA ELEC-3, ATTs A/C, Step 6 RNO, and BCA-0.0, Step 12 RNO, state that if a battery charger cannot be restored and the opposite unit charger is energized, then crosstie within 1 hour per BOP DC-7.
Line 241: Line 412:
C. is incorrect but plausible action time used in Tech Specs for electrical problems.
C. is incorrect but plausible action time used in Tech Specs for electrical problems.
D. is incorrect but plausible action time used in Tech Specs for electrical problems.
D. is incorrect but plausible action time used in Tech Specs for electrical problems.
Date Written:               3/2/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/2/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                   RO:           SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
11           Both           1           1               000056     56AK1.04                   3.1           3.2             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Offsite Power                                   Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Offsite Power:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
11 Both 1
1 000056 56AK1.04 3.1 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Offsite Power Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Offsite Power:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Definition of saturation conditions, implication for the systems UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Definition of saturation conditions, implication for the systems UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
A Reactor Trip with a Loss of Off-Site Power has occurred. The following conditions exist:
A Reactor Trip with a Loss of Off-Site Power has occurred. The following conditions exist:
CETCs = 582&deg;F and stable All Hot Leg Temperatures = 578&deg;F and stable All Cold leg Temperatures = 550&deg;F and stable Pressurizer Pressure = 2085 psig and stable It is desired to reduce RCS pressure but maintain 50&deg;F subcooling. The MINIMUM pressure that will maintain 50&deg;F RCS subcooling as indicated on SPDS is ____.
CETCs = 582&deg;F and stable All Hot Leg Temperatures = 578&deg;F and stable All Cold leg Temperatures = 550&deg;F and stable Pressurizer Pressure = 2085 psig and stable It is desired to reduce RCS pressure but maintain 50&deg;F subcooling. The MINIMUM pressure that will maintain 50&deg;F RCS subcooling as indicated on SPDS is ____.
A 1878 psig B 1893 psig C 1933 psig D 1948 psig Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     T.EP01-06-D                 Byron 2001 Cert exam Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A 1878 psig B 1893 psig C 1933 psig D 1948 psig Answer: Task No:
1 1BEP 0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown, Fig 1BEP 0.2-2 and ATT A                
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
T.EP01-06-D Byron 2001 Cert exam Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BEP 0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown, Fig 1BEP 0.2-2 and ATT A  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EP-XL-01, 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection - series pgs 95, 100 Steam Tables Explanation:
I1-EP-XL-01, 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection - series pgs 95, 100 Steam Tables Explanation:
Add 50&deg;F to 582&deg;F (highest temp) = 632&deg;F; look up Sat Press for 632&deg;F in Steam Tables = 1947 psia; subtract 15 psi = 1932 psig A. Is incorrect but plausible if wrong temp used and subtracted 15psi instead of adding for steam table use.
Add 50&deg;F to 582&deg;F (highest temp) = 632&deg;F; look up Sat Press for 632&deg;F in Steam Tables = 1947 psia; subtract 15 psi = 1932 psig A. Is incorrect but plausible if wrong temp used and subtracted 15psi instead of adding for steam table use.
Line 260: Line 448:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect but plausible if 15 psi was not subtracted back out of the steam table result to get psig.
D. is incorrect but plausible if 15 psi was not subtracted back out of the steam table result to get psig.
Date Written:               3/2/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/2/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
12           Both         1           1                 000057 57AK3.01                     4.1               4.4             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus             Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
12 Both 1
1 000057 57AK3.01 4.1 4.4 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Actions contained in EOP for loss of vital ac electrical instrument bus UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Actions contained in EOP for loss of vital ac electrical instrument bus UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 1 was at 100% power when a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred due to a SGTR.
Unit 1 was at 100% power when a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred due to a SGTR.
2 Minutes later, Off-site power was lost.
2 Minutes later, Off-site power was lost.
Line 274: Line 475:
When the 1A AF pump is started, the operator notices that the flowrates to each SG from the 1A AF pump rapidly LOWER from ~ 180 gpm to 0 gpm.
When the 1A AF pump is started, the operator notices that the flowrates to each SG from the 1A AF pump rapidly LOWER from ~ 180 gpm to 0 gpm.
Of the following, the manual load start and the resultant 1A AF flow response occurred because of loss of _____________.
Of the following, the manual load start and the resultant 1A AF flow response occurred because of loss of _____________.
A 125 VDC Bus 111 B 120 VAC Bus 111 C 125 VDC Bus 113 D 120 VAC Bus 113 Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.AP1-14-B, T.OA02-         New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A 125 VDC Bus 111 B 120 VAC Bus 111 C 125 VDC Bus 113 D 120 VAC Bus 113 Answer: Task No:
1 1BOA ELEC-2, Loss Of Instrument Bus Unit 1              
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.AP1-14-B, T.OA02-New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BOA ELEC-2, Loss Of Instrument Bus Unit 1  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-OA-XL-02, BOA ELEC-2, Loss of Instrument Bus, Pgs. 11, 12 I1-AP-XL-01, AC Electrical Power Systems I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feed System, Pgs 34, 35, 44 Explanation:
I1-OA-XL-02, BOA ELEC-2, Loss of Instrument Bus, Pgs. 11, 12 I1-AP-XL-01, AC Electrical Power Systems I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feed System, Pgs 34, 35, 44 Explanation:
Sequencer for A Train equipment and to control setpoint signal for the A Train 1AF005 valves are powered by Explanation:
Sequencer for A Train equipment and to control setpoint signal for the A Train 1AF005 valves are powered by Explanation:
Line 286: Line 491:
C. is incorrect because this would have no impact on sequencing of loads or AF valve control.
C. is incorrect because this would have no impact on sequencing of loads or AF valve control.
D. is incorrect because this would also have no impact on sequencing of loads or AF valve control.
D. is incorrect because this would also have no impact on sequencing of loads or AF valve control.
Date Written:             3/3/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/3/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
13           Both           1             1             000058       58AA1.01                 3.4               3.5             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of DC Power                                       Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of DC Power:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
13 Both 1
1 000058 58AA1.01 3.4 3.5 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of DC Power Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of DC Power:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Cross-tie of the affected dc bus with the alternate supply UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Cross-tie of the affected dc bus with the alternate supply UserID:
At 0800:
Topic Question Stem:
  - 125 VDC Bus 111 is being supplied by Battery 111 due to failure of the Battery Charger.
At 0800:  
  - 125 VDC Bus 111 voltage is 122 VDC.
- 125 VDC Bus 111 is being supplied by Battery 111 due to failure of the Battery Charger.  
  - 125 VDC Bus 211 is being supplied by it's Battery Charger and voltage is steady at 128 VDC.
- 125 VDC Bus 111 voltage is 122 VDC.  
At 0810:
- 125 VDC Bus 211 is being supplied by it's Battery Charger and voltage is steady at 128 VDC.
  - 125 VDC Bus 111 voltage is 120 VDC If the rate of usage has been STEADY from 0800, what is the LATEST time, from the following choices, BEFORE it becomes UNACCEPTABLE to X-tie with a load on 125 VDC Bus 111?
At 0810:  
A 0820 B 0835 C 0900 D 0920 Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     S.DC1-05-D                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
- 125 VDC Bus 111 voltage is 120 VDC If the rate of usage has been STEADY from 0800, what is the LATEST time, from the following choices, BEFORE it becomes UNACCEPTABLE to X-tie with a load on 125 VDC Bus 111?
1 BOP DC-7, 125 VDC ESF Crosstie/Restoration              
A 0820 B 0835 C 0900 D 0920 Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.DC1-05-D New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BOP DC-7, 125 VDC ESF Crosstie/Restoration  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems Explanation:
I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems Explanation:
BOP DC-7 states in a Precaution that X-tie to a loaded DC Bus should not occur with > 20 volts differential. At 2 VDC usage every 10 minutes, it will take 60 minutes additional time to reach 108 VDC on Bus 111, so after 0910, the 20 VDC differential limit will be exceeded.
BOP DC-7 states in a Precaution that X-tie to a loaded DC Bus should not occur with > 20 volts differential. At 2 VDC usage every 10 minutes, it will take 60 minutes additional time to reach 108 VDC on Bus 111, so after 0910, the 20 VDC differential limit will be exceeded.
Line 310: Line 532:
C. is correct since Bus 111 voltage will be at 110 and the next time choice of 0920 will be > 20 volts difference.
C. is correct since Bus 111 voltage will be at 110 and the next time choice of 0920 will be > 20 volts difference.
D. is incorrect since Bus 111 voltage will be 106 and it is NOT acceptable to crosstie with > 20 volts difference.
D. is incorrect since Bus 111 voltage will be 106 and it is NOT acceptable to crosstie with > 20 volts difference.
Date Written:               3/4/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/4/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
14           Both           1           1             000062       62AK3.04                   3.5               3.7             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Nuclear Service Water                         Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
14 Both 1
1 000062 62AK3.04 3.5 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Nuclear Service Water Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Effect on the nuclear service water discharge flow header of a loss of CCW UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Effect on the nuclear service water discharge flow header of a loss of CCW UserID:
Unit 1 and Unit 2 are at 100% power in a normal at power lineup with the following conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
  - 2B SX pump is running.
Unit 1 and Unit 2 are at 100% power in a normal at power lineup with the following conditions:  
  - 2A CC pump has tripped on overcurrent.
- 2B SX pump is running.  
  - 2B CC pump has auto started.
- 2A CC pump has tripped on overcurrent.  
  - A large tube leak develops in the U-2 CC Heat Exchanger.
- 2B CC pump has auto started.  
  - U-2 CC Surge Tank level is dropping rapidly with full make-up capacity.
- A large tube leak develops in the U-2 CC Heat Exchanger.  
- U-2 CC Surge Tank level is dropping rapidly with full make-up capacity.
Considering the impact on 2B SX pump alone, with no operator action, what would be the response of 2B SX pump discharge pressure, AFTER the U-2 CC Surge Tank level drops to 13%, and why?
Considering the impact on 2B SX pump alone, with no operator action, what would be the response of 2B SX pump discharge pressure, AFTER the U-2 CC Surge Tank level drops to 13%, and why?
A Discharge pressure will initially drop due to the 2B CC pump trip, then rise and stablize below the original value.
A Discharge pressure will initially drop due to the 2B CC pump trip, then rise and stablize below the original value.
Line 328: Line 563:
C Discharge pressure will drop and stablize at a lower value due to the loss of the large heat load.
C Discharge pressure will drop and stablize at a lower value due to the loss of the large heat load.
D Discharge pressure will rise due to the 2B CC pump trip, then drop due to the loss of the large heat load and should stablize close to the original value.
D Discharge pressure will rise due to the 2B CC pump trip, then drop due to the loss of the large heat load and should stablize close to the original value.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     S.SX1-15, S.CC1-18         New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
S.SX1-15, S.CC1-18 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-SX-XL-01, Ch 20, Essential Service Water System,  
1 I1-SX-XL-01, Ch 20, Essential Service Water System,  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-CC-XL-01, Ch 19, Component Cooling Water System, Pg 4, 12, 26 Explanation:
I1-CC-XL-01, Ch 19, Component Cooling Water System, Pg 4, 12, 26 Explanation:
CC is at a higher pressure than SX. The SX pump discharge pressure is normally ~ 90 psig. The CCW pump discharge pressure is ~
CC is at a higher pressure than SX. The SX pump discharge pressure is normally ~ 90 psig. The CCW pump discharge pressure is ~
Line 340: Line 579:
C. is incorrect because the completion of CCW refill will cause pressure to rise.
C. is incorrect because the completion of CCW refill will cause pressure to rise.
D. is incorrect because the increased SX flow will cause pressure to drop.
D. is incorrect because the increased SX flow will cause pressure to drop.
Date Written:             3/12/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/12/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
15         Both           1         1             000065       65AA1.02                 2.6               2.8             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Instrument Air                               Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
15 Both 1
1 000065 65AA1.02 2.6 2.8 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Instrument Air Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Components served by instrument air to minimize drain on system UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Components served by instrument air to minimize drain on system UserID:
Unit 2 has completed refueling and is in the process of plant heatup with the following conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
      - 2B RH is in shutdown cooling mode.
Unit 2 has completed refueling and is in the process of plant heatup with the following conditions:  
      - RCS temperature is 300&deg;F.
- 2B RH is in shutdown cooling mode.  
      - RCS pressure is 340 psig.
- RCS temperature is 300&deg;F.  
      - 2B CV pump is in operation.
- RCS pressure is 340 psig.  
      - PZR bubble has just been established.
- 2B CV pump is in operation.  
      - A loss of instrument air has just occurred.
- PZR bubble has just been established.  
- A loss of instrument air has just occurred.
Which ONE of the following describes the INITIAL response and WHY, if NO operator action is taken?
Which ONE of the following describes the INITIAL response and WHY, if NO operator action is taken?
A RCS will cooldown due to the RISE in RH flow through the 2B RH Hx.
A RCS will cooldown due to the RISE in RH flow through the 2B RH Hx.
Line 359: Line 611:
C 2B CV pump suction pressure will DROP due to the RISE in charging flow.
C 2B CV pump suction pressure will DROP due to the RISE in charging flow.
D RCS will heatup due to the DROP in RH flow through the 2B RH Hx.
D RCS will heatup due to the DROP in RH flow through the 2B RH Hx.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     S.RH1-11, T.OA39-03       Byron NRC exam bank (1996)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 Ch 18, Residual Heat Removal, Pg 12          
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
S.RH1-11, T.OA39-03 Byron NRC exam bank (1996)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Ch 18, Residual Heat Removal, Pg 12  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1BOA SEC-4, Loss of Instrument Air, Table A, Pg 12 I1-OA-XL-39, Loss of Instrument Air, Pg 31 Explanation:
1BOA SEC-4, Loss of Instrument Air, Table A, Pg 12 I1-OA-XL-39, Loss of Instrument Air, Pg 31 Explanation:
B Train RHR Hx outlet valve, 1RH607, fails open and the Hx bypass, 1RH619, fails closed forcing total flow through the RHR Hx.
B Train RHR Hx outlet valve, 1RH607, fails open and the Hx bypass, 1RH619, fails closed forcing total flow through the RHR Hx.
Line 372: Line 628:
C. is incorrect because total charging flow will drop and CV pump suction pressure will rise or stay about the same.
C. is incorrect because total charging flow will drop and CV pump suction pressure will rise or stay about the same.
D. is incorrect because a cooldown will occur due to valve fail positions in th RH system.
D. is incorrect because a cooldown will occur due to valve fail positions in th RH system.
Date Written:             3/5/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/5/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:       RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:               RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
16           Both           1         1             00WE04         WE04EK2.2               3.8             4.0             Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
LOCA Outside Containment                               Knowledge of the interrelations between the LOCA Outside Containment and the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
16 Both 1
1 00WE04 WE04EK2.2 3.8 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
LOCA Outside Containment Knowledge of the interrelations between the LOCA Outside Containment and the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
A small break LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 outside containment.
A small break LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 outside containment.
Actions of 1BCA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment, have been completed.
Actions of 1BCA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment, have been completed.  
      - RCS pressure continues to DROP.
- RCS pressure continues to DROP.
A transition was made to 1BCA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.
A transition was made to 1BCA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.
Which of the following is the reason a transition was made to 1BCA-1.1?
Which of the following is the reason a transition was made to 1BCA-1.1?
Line 388: Line 657:
C To attempt alternate methods for break isolation.
C To attempt alternate methods for break isolation.
D To take compensatory actions for lack of inventory in the contaiment sump.
D To take compensatory actions for lack of inventory in the contaiment sump.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     T.CA2-05                   Byron NRC bank (2000)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
T.CA2-05 Byron NRC bank (2000)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BCA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recircualtion  
1 1BCA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recircualtion  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1BCA-1.2, LOCA Outside of Containment I1-CA-XL-02, BCA 1.1, 1.2 Contingency Action, Pg 1 Explanation:
1BCA-1.2, LOCA Outside of Containment I1-CA-XL-02, BCA 1.1, 1.2 Contingency Action, Pg 1 Explanation:
This procedure is used when recirculation cannot be accomplished due to alignment problems or lack of inventory in the CNMT sump and tries to delay depletion of the RWST by stopping unnecessary ECCS and CS pumps and reducing RCS pressure to slow or stop the leakage.
This procedure is used when recirculation cannot be accomplished due to alignment problems or lack of inventory in the CNMT sump and tries to delay depletion of the RWST by stopping unnecessary ECCS and CS pumps and reducing RCS pressure to slow or stop the leakage.
Line 400: Line 673:
C. is incorrect since these actions would have been addressed in other procedures and this BCA is strictly buying time for inventory depletion.
C. is incorrect since these actions would have been addressed in other procedures and this BCA is strictly buying time for inventory depletion.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:               3/5/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/5/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:     Cog Level:
Quest No:
17           Both           1             1       00WE11         WE11EK2.1                   3.6             3.9         High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation                 Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation and the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
17 Both 1
1 00WE11 WE11EK2.1 3.6 3.9 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation and the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features UserID:
Given the following conditions on Unit 1:
Topic Question Stem:
    - Reactor Trip and SI occurred at 0700.
Given the following conditions on Unit 1:  
    - RH system problems resulted in a loss of recirculation capability.
- Reactor Trip and SI occurred at 0700.  
    - Current time is 1340
- RH system problems resulted in a loss of recirculation capability.  
    - RCS subcooling is 10&deg;F
- Current time is 1340  
    - 1A and 1B CV pumps are running
- RCS subcooling is 10&deg;F  
    - Hi head SI flow is 350 gpm (Assume equal flow from each CV pump)
- 1A and 1B CV pumps are running  
    - 1A SI pump discharge flow is 20 gpm
- Hi head SI flow is 350 gpm (Assume equal flow from each CV pump)  
    - 1B SI pump discharge flow is 50 gpm In order to meet the MINIMUM ECCS flow for decay heat removal, the ONLY ECCS pump(s) RUNNING will be ________. (Figure 1BCA 1.1-1 is attached)
- 1A SI pump discharge flow is 20 gpm  
A     BOTH SI pumps B     BOTH CV pumps C 1A CV pump and 1A SI pump D 1A CV pump and 1B SI pump Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                       Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       T.CA2-05                   Byron Cert bank (2001)
- 1B SI pump discharge flow is 50 gpm In order to meet the MINIMUM ECCS flow for decay heat removal, the ONLY ECCS pump(s) RUNNING will be ________. (Figure 1BCA 1.1-1 is attached)
Low Time:       Cross Ref:
A BOTH SI pumps B BOTH CV pumps C 1A CV pump and 1A SI pump D 1A CV pump and 1B SI pump Answer: Task No:
1 1BCA 1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, Step 15 RNO                  
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
T.CA2-05 Byron Cert bank (2001)
Low Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BCA 1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, Step 15 RNO  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-CA-XL-02, BCA 1.1, 1.2 Contingency Action, Pg 17 Explanation:
I1-CA-XL-02, BCA 1.1, 1.2 Contingency Action, Pg 17 Explanation:
Per Figure BCA 1.1-1, the required flow for 400 minutes (6 hours, 40minutes) is ~ 220 gpm. To accomplish this and delay RWST level drop, 1 CV pump with 175 gpm/pump and the 1B SI pump with 50 gpm would be the closest combination given to provide adequate decay heat removal and minimize the rate of RWST level drop.
Per Figure BCA 1.1-1, the required flow for 400 minutes (6 hours, 40minutes) is ~ 220 gpm. To accomplish this and delay RWST level drop, 1 CV pump with 175 gpm/pump and the 1B SI pump with 50 gpm would be the closest combination given to provide adequate decay heat removal and minimize the rate of RWST level drop.
Line 427: Line 717:
B. is incorrect since 350 gpm will provide adequate decay heat removal, but excessive depletion of the RWST.
B. is incorrect since 350 gpm will provide adequate decay heat removal, but excessive depletion of the RWST.
C. is incorrect since the flow rate of 195 gpm is not adequate for the ~ 220 gpm required for decay heat removal.
C. is incorrect since the flow rate of 195 gpm is not adequate for the ~ 220 gpm required for decay heat removal.
Date Written:               3/5/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:   Figure 1BCA-1.1-1
Date Written:
3/5/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:
Figure 1BCA-1.1-1  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:             RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
18           Both         1           1           00WE05         WE052.1.27             2.8               2.9               Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Secondary Heat Sink                           Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
18 Both 1
1 00WE05 WE052.1.27 2.8 2.9 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Secondary Heat Sink Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
Knowledge of system purpose and or function.
Knowledge of system purpose and or function.
UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
The first step of 1BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, is to check if RCS pressure is greater than any intact SG pressure. If NOT, the crew returns to procedure and step in effect.
The first step of 1BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, is to check if RCS pressure is greater than any intact SG pressure. If NOT, the crew returns to procedure and step in effect.
Why is 1BFR-H.1 NOT performed under these conditions?
Why is 1BFR-H.1 NOT performed under these conditions?
Line 440: Line 744:
C Higher priority RED paths are anticipated due to the indicated large break LOCA.
C Higher priority RED paths are anticipated due to the indicated large break LOCA.
D Cold leg recirculation re-establishes thermal coupling with the SGs.
D Cold leg recirculation re-establishes thermal coupling with the SGs.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty B           Obj No:       T.FR03-03                 Ginna NRC bank (1996)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
T.FR03-03 Ginna NRC bank (1996)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.  
1 1BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-FR-XL-03, BFRs H.1-H.5, Pg 5 Explanation:
I1-FR-XL-03, BFRs H.1-H.5, Pg 5 Explanation:
With the RCS depressurized below the SGs, the break size is large enough for ECCS to provide adequate heat removal. Also, when this occurs, the SGs are no longer thermodynamically coupled and they become a heat source instead of a heat sink, therefore, actions to restore them as a heat sink are not required and not necessary.
With the RCS depressurized below the SGs, the break size is large enough for ECCS to provide adequate heat removal. Also, when this occurs, the SGs are no longer thermodynamically coupled and they become a heat source instead of a heat sink, therefore, actions to restore them as a heat sink are not required and not necessary.
Line 451: Line 759:
C. is not correct, assumed ECCS is adequate. Higher order RED paths should NOT be anticipated with adequate ECCS flow.
C. is not correct, assumed ECCS is adequate. Higher order RED paths should NOT be anticipated with adequate ECCS flow.
D. is incorrect since ECCS flow should be adequate before cold leg recirc is required.
D. is incorrect since ECCS flow should be adequate before cold leg recirc is required.
Date Written:               3/5/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/5/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
19         Both           1           2             000024     24AK3.02                   4.2               4.4             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Emergency Boration                                   Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Emergency Boration:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
19 Both 1
2 000024 24AK3.02 4.2 4.4 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Emergency Boration Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Emergency Boration:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Actions contained in EOP for emergency boration UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Actions contained in EOP for emergency boration UserID:
Given the following Unit 1 plant conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
    - Reactor Tripped 20 minutes ago due to a partially stuck open SG safety valve.
Given the following Unit 1 plant conditions:  
    - 2 RCCAs from Shutdown Bank B stuck in the mid-out position.
- Reactor Tripped 20 minutes ago due to a partially stuck open SG safety valve.  
    - A loss of off-site power occurred while completing Step 3 of 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION
- 2 RCCAs from Shutdown Bank B stuck in the mid-out position.  
    - 1B DG is OOS
- A loss of off-site power occurred while completing Step 3 of 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION  
    - 1A DG is operating as expected.
- 1B DG is OOS  
    - RCS temperature is currently 548&deg;F.
- 1A DG is operating as expected.  
    - The stuck open SG safety is causing a cooldown rate of 15&deg;F/Hour.
- RCS temperature is currently 548&deg;F.  
- The stuck open SG safety is causing a cooldown rate of 15&deg;F/Hour.
Which of the following is/are required operator action(s) and why?
Which of the following is/are required operator action(s) and why?
A                 Emergency borate using 1B CV pump from the RWST and MAXIMIZE CV pump flow due to the 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.
A Emergency borate using 1B CV pump from the RWST and MAXIMIZE CV pump flow due to the 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.
B                 Emergency borate using the Boric Acid Transfer pump due to the cooldown and the 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.
B Emergency borate using the Boric Acid Transfer pump due to the cooldown and the 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.
C                 Determine the Shutdown Margin within the next 60 minutes to verify within COLR limits due to the cooldown and 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.
C Determine the Shutdown Margin within the next 60 minutes to verify within COLR limits due to the cooldown and 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.
D                 Emergency borate using the 1A CV pump from the RWST and MAXIMIZE charging flow due to the cooldown and 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.
D Emergency borate using the 1A CV pump from the RWST and MAXIMIZE charging flow due to the cooldown and 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       T.EP01-06-C,             Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 1BEP ES-0.1, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection          
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
T.EP01-06-C, Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BEP ES-0.1, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EP-XL-01, BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Pgs 57, 60 BOA PRI-2, Emergency Boration I1-OA-XL-13, BOA PRI-2, Emergency Boration, Pg 1 Explanation:
I1-EP-XL-01, BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Pgs 57, 60 BOA PRI-2, Emergency Boration I1-OA-XL-13, BOA PRI-2, Emergency Boration, Pg 1 Explanation:
BEP ES-0.1 requires emergency boration for RCS temperature < 557&deg;F and for each rod not fully inserted if more than 1 is not fully inserted. Emergency boration can be accomplished from the BATs via Boric Acid Transfer pump to the CV pump suction or from the RWST via the CV pump. For this case, only 1A CV pump is available. Boric Acid Transfer pump is non ESF power.
BEP ES-0.1 requires emergency boration for RCS temperature < 557&deg;F and for each rod not fully inserted if more than 1 is not fully inserted. Emergency boration can be accomplished from the BATs via Boric Acid Transfer pump to the CV pump suction or from the RWST via the CV pump. For this case, only 1A CV pump is available. Boric Acid Transfer pump is non ESF power.
Line 483: Line 808:
C. is incorrect since SDM is required within 1 hour for the 2 RCCAs stuck. No action requirement initially stated for the cooldown.
C. is incorrect since SDM is required within 1 hour for the 2 RCCAs stuck. No action requirement initially stated for the cooldown.
D. is correct as described.
D. is correct as described.
Date Written:               3/5/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/5/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:           RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
20           Both           1           2             000032       322.2.22           3.4               4.1             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Source Range Nuclear                           Equipment Control Instrumentation KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
20 Both 1
2 000032 322.2.22 3.4 4.1 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Source Range Nuclear Equipment Control Instrumentation KA Statement:
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:     The following conditions exist on Unit 1:
UserID:
    - A reactor startup is in progress.
Topic Question Stem: The following conditions exist on Unit 1:  
    - Source range counts are 6.5E4 cps on N-31 and 6.95E4 on N-32.
- A reactor startup is in progress.  
    - Intermediate range power is 3.2E-5% on N-35 and 4.1E-5% on N-36.
- Source range counts are 6.5E4 cps on N-31 and 6.95E4 on N-32.  
    - Control Bank D is at 136 steps.
- Intermediate range power is 3.2E-5% on N-35 and 4.1E-5% on N-36.  
- Control Bank D is at 136 steps.
Just prior to blocking SR NI's, N-31 fails low.
Just prior to blocking SR NI's, N-31 fails low.
Which of the following identifies the power limits due to the SR N-31 failure?
Which of the following identifies the power limits due to the SR N-31 failure?
A Power must be immediately reduced to < P-6.
A Power must be immediately reduced to < P-6.
B       NO further positive reactivity additions can occur.
B NO further positive reactivity additions can occur.
C       Reactor startup may proceed.
C Reactor startup may proceed.
D       Power may be raised, but a MODE change SHALL NOT occur.
D Power may be raised, but a MODE change SHALL NOT occur.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                         Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       T.OA10-06/12, S.NI1-     Byron 2001 Cert exam Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 BOA INST-1, Nuclear Instrument Malfunction                
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
T.OA10-06/12, S.NI1-Byron 2001 Cert exam Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BOA INST-1, Nuclear Instrument Malfunction  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-OA-XL-10, BOA INST-1, NI Malfunction, Pg 13 Tech Spec/Bases 3.3.1, RTS Instrumentation I1-NI-XL-01, Ch 31, Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation, Pg 23 Explanation:
I1-OA-XL-10, BOA INST-1, NI Malfunction, Pg 13 Tech Spec/Bases 3.3.1, RTS Instrumentation I1-NI-XL-01, Ch 31, Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation, Pg 23 Explanation:
A trip will not occur with the SR channel failing low. The Tech Spec applies in MODE 2 with power < P-6. The condition given is >
A trip will not occur with the SR channel failing low. The Tech Spec applies in MODE 2 with power < P-6. The condition given is >
Line 512: Line 854:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect, this is not a MODE change requirement.
D. is incorrect, this is not a MODE change requirement.
Date Written:               3/5/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/5/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
21           Both           1           2               000059 59AK2.01                     2.7               2.8           Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release                     Knowledge of the interrelations between the Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release and the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
21 Both 1
2 000059 59AK2.01 2.7 2.8 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release Knowledge of the interrelations between the Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release and the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Radioactive-liquid monitors UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Radioactive-liquid monitors UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
What action occurs when 0RE-PR16J, 0A Blowdown After Filter Outlet Radiation Monitor, detects a high radiation condition?
What action occurs when 0RE-PR16J, 0A Blowdown After Filter Outlet Radiation Monitor, detects a high radiation condition?
A                 The inlet valve to the OA Blowdown Monitor tank CLOSES, then re-opens automatically when the high radiation condition clears.
A The inlet valve to the OA Blowdown Monitor tank CLOSES, then re-opens automatically when the high radiation condition clears.
B                 The isolation valve to the main condenser or CST CLOSES, then re-opens automatically when the high radiation condition clears.
B The isolation valve to the main condenser or CST CLOSES, then re-opens automatically when the high radiation condition clears.
C                 The inlet valve to the OA Blowdown Monitor tank OPENS, then must be manually closed when the high radiation condition clears.
C The inlet valve to the OA Blowdown Monitor tank OPENS, then must be manually closed when the high radiation condition clears.
D                 The isolation valve to the main condenser or CST OPENS, then must be manually closed when the high radiation condition clears.
D The isolation valve to the main condenser or CST OPENS, then must be manually closed when the high radiation condition clears.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       S.AR1-04-B-04               Byron NRC exam bank (2000) - Modified Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pgs 28            
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.AR1-04-B-04 Byron NRC exam bank (2000) - Modified Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pgs 28  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
BAR RM-11 for 0RE-PR16J Explanation:
BAR RM-11 for 0RE-PR16J Explanation:
When 0RE-PR16J generates a HIGH alarm the auto action will close isolation valve to the condenser or CST after opening the inlet to the Blowdown Monitor Tank. This allows collection of radioactive drains in a tank that can be aligned for processing in radwaste.
When 0RE-PR16J generates a HIGH alarm the auto action will close isolation valve to the condenser or CST after opening the inlet to the Blowdown Monitor Tank. This allows collection of radioactive drains in a tank that can be aligned for processing in radwaste.
Line 536: Line 895:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect since this valve is closed, not opened.
D. is incorrect since this valve is closed, not opened.
Date Written:               3/5/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/5/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                   RO:           SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
22           Both           1           2             000061       61AK1.01                   2.5           2.9             Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System                 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply Alarms                                                 to Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
22 Both 1
2 000061 61AK1.01 2.5 2.9 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply Alarms to Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Detector limitations UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Detector limitations UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Which of the following transients will cause Main Steam Line Radiation Monitors, _AR22A/B/C/D, to be UNRELIABLE?
Which of the following transients will cause Main Steam Line Radiation Monitors, _AR22A/B/C/D, to be UNRELIABLE?
A       LOCA inside Containment B       Steam Generator Tube Rupture C       Main Steam Line break inside Containment.
A LOCA inside Containment B Steam Generator Tube Rupture C Main Steam Line break inside Containment.
D       Feed Line break in the Safety Valve Enclosure.
D Feed Line break in the Safety Valve Enclosure.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       A.PF3-03, S,AR1       New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-PF-XL-03, I&C Ch 3, Radiation Detection and Measurement          
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
A.PF3-03, S,AR1 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-PF-XL-03, I&C Ch 3, Radiation Detection and Measurement  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pgs 7 BAR RM11-1-1AR22J Explanation:
I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pgs 7 BAR RM11-1-1AR22J Explanation:
These monitors use GM detectors and are placed in close proximity to each of the Main Steam lines in the Safety Valve Enclosure.
These monitors use GM detectors and are placed in close proximity to each of the Main Steam lines in the Safety Valve Enclosure.
Line 558: Line 934:
C. is incorrect since the harsh environment is in CNMT and not in the vicinity of the detectors.
C. is incorrect since the harsh environment is in CNMT and not in the vicinity of the detectors.
D. is correct since this is the same enclosure where the detectors are located and high temperatures would result.
D. is correct since this is the same enclosure where the detectors are located and high temperatures would result.
Date Written:               2/27/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                   App. Ref:
Date Written:
2/27/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
23           Both           1           2             000068     68AA2.11                   4.3               4.4             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Control Room Evacuation                                 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Control Room Evacuation:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
23 Both 1
2 000068 68AA2.11 4.3 4.4 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Control Room Evacuation Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Control Room Evacuation:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Indications of natural circulation UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Indications of natural circulation UserID:
Given the following conditions on Unit 1:
Topic Question Stem:
    - Reactor tripped due to a fire in the Upper Cable Spreading Room.
Given the following conditions on Unit 1:  
    - All RCPs are stopped
- Reactor tripped due to a fire in the Upper Cable Spreading Room.  
    - The crew is in 1BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability Unit 1, with a cooldown established from the Remote Shutdown Panel.
- All RCPs are stopped  
- The crew is in 1BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability Unit 1, with a cooldown established from the Remote Shutdown Panel.
Which of the following indicates core heat removal by natural circulation is DEGRADING?
Which of the following indicates core heat removal by natural circulation is DEGRADING?
(Consider each condition independently)
(Consider each condition independently)
A                 SG pressures have dropped from 700 psig to 600 psig and are now starting to drop at a slower rate.
A SG pressures have dropped from 700 psig to 600 psig and are now starting to drop at a slower rate.
B                 PZR level is 15% and slowly dropping while indicated subcooling is 80&deg;F and rising.
B PZR level is 15% and slowly dropping while indicated subcooling is 80&deg;F and rising.
C                 Thot is 520&deg;F and Tcold is 460&deg;F and the Delta T between them is rising.
C Thot is 520&deg;F and Tcold is 460&deg;F and the Delta T between them is rising.
D                 Thot is 490&deg;F and dropping slowly and indicated CETCs are dropping slowly.
D Thot is 490&deg;F and dropping slowly and indicated CETCs are dropping slowly.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       A.HT5-03/04               Byron bank Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-HT-XL-01, Ch 5, Natural Circulation, Pg 11            
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
A.HT5-03/04 Byron bank Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-HT-XL-01, Ch 5, Natural Circulation, Pg 11  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, Step 18 RNO Explanation:
BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, Step 18 RNO Explanation:
Items verified for adequate Nat Circ flow are subcooling, CETCs stable or dropping, Thot stable or dropping and consistent with CETCs (CETCs will normally be slightly higher), Tcold ~ Tsat for SG pressure, and SG pressure stable or dropping. One other consideration is the design Nat Circ power-to-flow ratio is such that Thot-Tcold (delta-T) should never be > full power delta-T (60&deg;F).
Items verified for adequate Nat Circ flow are subcooling, CETCs stable or dropping, Thot stable or dropping and consistent with CETCs (CETCs will normally be slightly higher), Tcold ~ Tsat for SG pressure, and SG pressure stable or dropping. One other consideration is the design Nat Circ power-to-flow ratio is such that Thot-Tcold (delta-T) should never be > full power delta-T (60&deg;F).
Line 586: Line 979:
C. is correct since the delta-T is 60&deg;F and rising. This denotes the driving head of Tcold is not adequate to provide sufficient flow through the core.
C. is correct since the delta-T is 60&deg;F and rising. This denotes the driving head of Tcold is not adequate to provide sufficient flow through the core.
D. is incorrect since this is an adequate response to verify Nat Circ is occurring.
D. is incorrect since this is an adequate response to verify Nat Circ is occurring.
Date Written:               3/6/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:       RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
24           Both             1           2             00WE14 WE14EA2.2                         3.3             3.8           Low System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
High Containment Pressure                               Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the High Containment Pressure:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
24 Both 1
2 00WE14 WE14EA2.2 3.3 3.8 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
High Containment Pressure Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the High Containment Pressure:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments UserID:
Given the following conditions on Unit 1:
Topic Question Stem:
  - A LOCA has occurred.
Given the following conditions on Unit 1:  
  - Transition has been made to 1BEP ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
- A LOCA has occurred.  
  - Containment Spray (CS) actuated as designed.
- Transition has been made to 1BEP ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.  
  - Spray Add Tank LO-2 lights are LIT
- Containment Spray (CS) actuated as designed.  
  - All systems are operating as expected.
- Spray Add Tank LO-2 lights are LIT  
- All systems are operating as expected.
When and how is Containment Spray terminated?
When and how is Containment Spray terminated?
A                 ONE CS pump is stopped when containment pressure is < 15 psig. The other CS pump is stopped when RWST LO-3 level is reached.
A ONE CS pump is stopped when containment pressure is < 15 psig. The other CS pump is stopped when RWST LO-3 level is reached.
B                 ONE CS pump is stopped when containment pressure is < 20 psig. The other CS pump is stopped after it has operated for at least 2 hours.
B ONE CS pump is stopped when containment pressure is < 20 psig. The other CS pump is stopped after it has operated for at least 2 hours.
C                 BOTH CS pumps are stopped when containment pressure is < 15 psig and have operated for at least 2 hours.
C BOTH CS pumps are stopped when containment pressure is < 15 psig and have operated for at least 2 hours.
BOTH CS pumps are stopped when containment pressure is < 20 psig and RWST LO-3 level D                 is reached.
BOTH CS pumps are stopped when containment pressure is < 20 psig and RWST LO-3 level D
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     S.CS1-12                     Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
is reached.
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.CS1-12 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pg 29  
1 Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pg 29  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, step 7 Explanation:
1BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, step 7 Explanation:
Following a LOCA it is part of the design criteria to terminate CS when containment pressure has dropped below 15 psig and the Spray Add tank contents have been injected into the CNMT atmosphere and sump and recirculatedfor 2 hours for iodine removal and maintenance.
Following a LOCA it is part of the design criteria to terminate CS when containment pressure has dropped below 15 psig and the Spray Add tank contents have been injected into the CNMT atmosphere and sump and recirculatedfor 2 hours for iodine removal and maintenance.
Line 616: Line 1,027:
C. is corrrect as described above.
C. is corrrect as described above.
D. is incorrect since the criteria is < 15 psig and 2 hours. If necessary, at Lo-3, suction is switched to the CNMT sump.
D. is incorrect since the criteria is < 15 psig and 2 hours. If necessary, at Lo-3, suction is switched to the CNMT sump.
Date Written:               3/6/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:       RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:         Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
25           Both           1           2             00WE06       WE06EA1.3                   3.7               4.0           Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Degraded Core Cooling                                   Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Degraded Core Cooling:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
25 Both 1
2 00WE06 WE06EA1.3 3.7 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Degraded Core Cooling Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Degraded Core Cooling:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Desired operating results during abnormal and emergency situations UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Desired operating results during abnormal and emergency situations UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
A CAUTION in 1BFR-C.2, Response to Degraded Core Cooling, states that an SI accumulator injection may cause a Red path condition in INTEGRITY and that 1BFR-C.2 should be completed before transition to 1BFR-P.1, Response to Imminent Pressurized Thermal Shock Condition. The CAUTION applies during depressurization, prior to transitioning to 1BFR-P.1.
A CAUTION in 1BFR-C.2, Response to Degraded Core Cooling, states that an SI accumulator injection may cause a Red path condition in INTEGRITY and that 1BFR-C.2 should be completed before transition to 1BFR-P.1, Response to Imminent Pressurized Thermal Shock Condition. The CAUTION applies during depressurization, prior to transitioning to 1BFR-P.1.
What is the reason for this CAUTION?
What is the reason for this CAUTION?
A                 Responding to the INTEGRITY Red path at this time could result in a CORE COOLING Red path.
A Responding to the INTEGRITY Red path at this time could result in a CORE COOLING Red path.
B                 The INTEGRITY Red path only protects the RCS barrier and the continued actions in 1BFR-C.2 will protect both the fuel clad and the RCS barriers.
B The INTEGRITY Red path only protects the RCS barrier and the continued actions in 1BFR-C.2 will protect both the fuel clad and the RCS barriers.
C                 Responding to the INTEGRITY Red path at this time could result in an INVENTORY Red path.
C Responding to the INTEGRITY Red path at this time could result in an INVENTORY Red path.
D                 The INTEGRITY Red path will be corrected by continuing the actions of 1BFR-C.2.
D The INTEGRITY Red path will be corrected by continuing the actions of 1BFR-C.2.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     T.FR02-02                   Byron NRC bank (2000)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-FR-XL-02, BFR-C.1, C.2, C.3, Pg 54          
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
T.FR02-02 Byron NRC bank (2000)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-FR-XL-02, BFR-C.1, C.2, C.3, Pg 54  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
BFR C.2, Response to Degraded Core Cooling, step 10 Explanation:
BFR C.2, Response to Degraded Core Cooling, step 10 Explanation:
SI Accumulator injection will cause a significant temperature drop and rapid cooldown and may cause a Red path on INTEGRITY, however, exiting before completing BFR C.2 would result in only a short term cooldown resulting in a Red path on CORE COOLING, since the first thing BFR-P.1 would have you do is stop the cooldown.
SI Accumulator injection will cause a significant temperature drop and rapid cooldown and may cause a Red path on INTEGRITY, however, exiting before completing BFR C.2 would result in only a short term cooldown resulting in a Red path on CORE COOLING, since the first thing BFR-P.1 would have you do is stop the cooldown.
Line 641: Line 1,069:
C. is incorrect since CORE COOLING is a higher priority and INVENTORY at worst can be a Yellow path.
C. is incorrect since CORE COOLING is a higher priority and INVENTORY at worst can be a Yellow path.
D. is incorrect since this is not necessarily true, but for barrier protection of the fuel, it is more important to gain control of core cooling, then deal with INTEGRITY.
D. is incorrect since this is not necessarily true, but for barrier protection of the fuel, it is more important to gain control of core cooling, then deal with INTEGRITY.
Date Written:               3/6/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                   App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
26           Both             1           2             00WE03 WE03EK3.1                       3.3               3.7             Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization                     Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
26 Both 1
2 00WE03 WE03EK3.1 3.3 3.7 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Facility operating characteristics during transient conditions, including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity changes and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Facility operating characteristics during transient conditions, including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity changes and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics UserID:
A reactor trip and SI have occurred on Unit 2.
Topic Question Stem:
    - Control room operators are responding to a small break LOCA.
A reactor trip and SI have occurred on Unit 2.  
    - All RCPs are stopped.
- Control room operators are responding to a small break LOCA.  
    - Containment pressure is normal.
- All RCPs are stopped.  
    - The crew has transitioned to 2BEP ES-1.2, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
- Containment pressure is normal.  
    - A PZR PORV is being used to depressurize the RCS until PZR level is > 25%.
- The crew has transitioned to 2BEP ES-1.2, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.  
- A PZR PORV is being used to depressurize the RCS until PZR level is > 25%.
In addition to ensuring that RCS conditions are under adequate operator control, what is the basis for establishing this PZR level?
In addition to ensuring that RCS conditions are under adequate operator control, what is the basis for establishing this PZR level?
A                 Ensures sufficient inventory to prevent a low PZR level condition when a RCP is started.
A Ensures sufficient inventory to prevent a low PZR level condition when a RCP is started.
B                 Ensures that a reduction in subcooling does not occur when SI flow is reduced.
B Ensures that a reduction in subcooling does not occur when SI flow is reduced.
C                 Ensures that letdown can be established prior to starting a RCP.
C Ensures that letdown can be established prior to starting a RCP.
D                 Ensures adequate PZR steam space to absorb pressure fluctuations during an RCP start.
D Ensures adequate PZR steam space to absorb pressure fluctuations during an RCP start.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty A           Obj No:       T.EP02-01-D               Byron NRC bank (1996)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
T.EP02-01-D Byron NRC bank (1996)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-EP-XL-02, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Pgs 86, 87.  
1 I1-EP-XL-02, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Pgs 86, 87.  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1/2BEP ES-1.2, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization Explanation:
1/2BEP ES-1.2, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization Explanation:
This level is established to start one RCP. It is assumed the level will drop when the RCP is started and allows adequate level to maintain PZR level and pressure control to maintain the RCP running as the possible head void is collapsed.
This level is established to start one RCP. It is assumed the level will drop when the RCP is started and allows adequate level to maintain PZR level and pressure control to maintain the RCP running as the possible head void is collapsed.
Line 671: Line 1,116:
C. is incorrect since letdown is not a concern at this point. Forced flow for cooldown and pressure control is.
C. is incorrect since letdown is not a concern at this point. Forced flow for cooldown and pressure control is.
D. is incorrect since the concern is adequate inventory to support the RCP start to ensure it continues to run. There is plenty of steam space and the subsequent start will cause pressure to drop, not rise.
D. is incorrect since the concern is adequate inventory to support the RCP start to ensure it continues to run. There is plenty of steam space and the subsequent start will cause pressure to drop, not rise.
Date Written:               3/6/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:               RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
27           Both             1           2             00WE10 WE10EK2.1                       3.3             3.5             Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel           Knowledge of the interrelations between the Natural Circulation with Steam Void with/without RVLIS                                     in Vessel with/without RVLIS and the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
27 Both 1
2 00WE10 WE10EK2.1 3.3 3.5 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel Knowledge of the interrelations between the Natural Circulation with Steam Void with/without RVLIS in Vessel with/without RVLIS and the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features UserID:
Given the following Unit 1 conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
    - The crew is in 1BEP ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown.
Given the following Unit 1 conditions:  
    - PZR pressure is being controlled using Aux. Spray and PZR heaters.
- The crew is in 1BEP ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown.  
    - Charging and letdown are in manual and are balanced.
- PZR pressure is being controlled using Aux. Spray and PZR heaters.  
- Charging and letdown are in manual and are balanced.
As pressure is being lowered through 1300 psig, a rapid rise is observed in PZR level.
As pressure is being lowered through 1300 psig, a rapid rise is observed in PZR level.
What action is required to be taken?
What action is required to be taken?
A     Repressurize the RCS.
A Repressurize the RCS.
B     Reduce charging flow rate.
B Reduce charging flow rate.
C     Raise the RCS cooldown rate.
C Raise the RCS cooldown rate.
D     Place excess letdown in service.
D Place excess letdown in service.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty A           Obj No:       T.EP01-06-D                 Byron NRC bank (1998)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 1BEP ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown step 15 RNO                
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
T.EP01-06-D Byron NRC bank (1998)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BEP ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown step 15 RNO  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EP-XL-01, Reactor Trip or SI, Pg 102 Explanation:
I1-EP-XL-01, Reactor Trip or SI, Pg 102 Explanation:
With vessel head cooling available, this procedure assumes no head voiding will occur. At step 15, any substantial rise in PZR level or RVLIS indicating head voiding is occurring requires immediate repressurization of the RCS to collapse the void.
With vessel head cooling available, this procedure assumes no head voiding will occur. At step 15, any substantial rise in PZR level or RVLIS indicating head voiding is occurring requires immediate repressurization of the RCS to collapse the void.
Line 700: Line 1,162:
C. is incorrect since the occurrence of head voiding is not diminished by raising the cooldown rate of the RCS. The metal mass in the head has very minimal cooling from the RCS fluid in Nat Circ.
C. is incorrect since the occurrence of head voiding is not diminished by raising the cooldown rate of the RCS. The metal mass in the head has very minimal cooling from the RCS fluid in Nat Circ.
D. is incorrect since additional letdown will remove inventory, but the inventory has not risen, only displaced by an additional steam bubble.
D. is incorrect since additional letdown will remove inventory, but the inventory has not risen, only displaced by an additional steam bubble.
Date Written:               3/6/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:     Cog Level:
Quest No:
28           Both           2           1             003000 30002.1.33                       3.4               4.0         High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)                     Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
28 Both 2
1 003000 30002.1.33 3.4 4.0 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)
Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
Ability to recognize indications for system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for technical specifications.
Ability to recognize indications for system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for technical specifications.
UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Given the following Unit 1 conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
    - RCS temperature (Average CETCs) = 340&deg;F
Given the following Unit 1 conditions:  
    - All SG pressures = 100 psig
- RCS temperature (Average CETCs) = 340&deg;F  
    - RCS pressure = 390 psig
- All SG pressures = 100 psig  
    - RCPs 1B and 1D running
- RCS pressure = 390 psig  
    - RCPs 1A and 1C have breakers tagged OOS
- RCPs 1B and 1D running  
    - RHR loops 1A and 1B are aligned for ECCS RCP 1D has just tripped on breaker overcurrent.
- RCPs 1A and 1C have breakers tagged OOS  
- RHR loops 1A and 1B are aligned for ECCS RCP 1D has just tripped on breaker overcurrent.
What is/are the required action(s)?
What is/are the required action(s)?
A     Immediately take actions to place the unit in MODE 5 with either RHR Train in operation.
A Immediately take actions to place the unit in MODE 5 with either RHR Train in operation.
B     Immediately place one train of RHR in service for shutdown cooling.
B Immediately place one train of RHR in service for shutdown cooling.
C     Restore 1A or 1C RCP to OPERABLE within 1 hour.
C Restore 1A or 1C RCP to OPERABLE within 1 hour.
D     Immediately restore 1A or 1C RCP to service and make 1A or 1C RCP OPERABLE.
D Immediately restore 1A or 1C RCP to service and make 1A or 1C RCP OPERABLE.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     S.RC1-12                   Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 Byron ITS Section 3.4.6          
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.RC1-12 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Byron ITS Section 3.4.6  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System Explanation:
I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System Explanation:
The Tech Spec requires 2 loops of 4(2 RCS + 2 RHR) be OPERABLE and at least ONE in operation in MODE 4. The action requirement (Cond B) states that for one required loop inoperable to initiate action to restore a second loop to operable status immediately.
The Tech Spec requires 2 loops of 4(2 RCS + 2 RHR) be OPERABLE and at least ONE in operation in MODE 4. The action requirement (Cond B) states that for one required loop inoperable to initiate action to restore a second loop to operable status immediately.
Line 731: Line 1,211:
C. is incorrect since the Tech Spec requires immediate action to restore one loop to operable, not 1 hour.
C. is incorrect since the Tech Spec requires immediate action to restore one loop to operable, not 1 hour.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:             3/6/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:               RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
29           Both           2           1               003000 3000K5.05                   2.8               3.0             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)                     Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the RCPS:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
29 Both 2
1 003000 3000K5.05 2.8 3.0 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)
Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the RCPS:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
The dependency of RCS flow rates upon the number of operating RCPs UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
The dependency of RCS flow rates upon the number of operating RCPs UserID:
Given Unit 1 at 25% power with the following plant conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
  - Steam Dumps are in Tave-Mode.
Given Unit 1 at 25% power with the following plant conditions:  
  - Rod Control is in Manual
- Steam Dumps are in Tave-Mode.  
  - 1A RCP trips With NO operator action, what is the response of SG pressures in the OPERATING loops one minute after the RCP tripped?
- Rod Control is in Manual  
- 1A RCP trips With NO operator action, what is the response of SG pressures in the OPERATING loops one minute after the RCP tripped?
A Higher due to higher SG temperature.
A Higher due to higher SG temperature.
B Lower due to reactor trip on LO-2 SG level.
B Lower due to reactor trip on LO-2 SG level.
C     No change due to a constant steam demand.
C No change due to a constant steam demand.
D     Lower due to higher steam flow.
D Lower due to higher steam flow.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       A.HT7-09-A               Byron exam bank Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-HT-XL-07, Ch 7, Steady State, Normal and Abnormal, Pgs 28-31                
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
A.HT7-09-A Byron exam bank Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-HT-XL-07, Ch 7, Steady State, Normal and Abnormal, Pgs 28-31  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
This creates less total system flow; affected loop SG Tsat=Tcold from the other loops due to reverse flow resulting in essentially no steam flow from this SG, core flow is less, core delta-T rises, SGs with RCP steam more for same steam demand, thus SG pressure drops with same steam demanded and same core power produced.
This creates less total system flow; affected loop SG Tsat=Tcold from the other loops due to reverse flow resulting in essentially no steam flow from this SG, core flow is less, core delta-T rises, SGs with RCP steam more for same steam demand, thus SG pressure drops with same steam demanded and same core power produced.
Line 757: Line 1,255:
C. is incorrect since pressure must drop with same steam demanded from only 3 of the 4 SGs.
C. is incorrect since pressure must drop with same steam demanded from only 3 of the 4 SGs.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:               3/6/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
30           Both           2           1             004000 4000A4.04                     3.2             3.6           High System/Evolution Name:                             Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Chemical and Volume Control System                   Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
30 Both 2
1 004000 4000A4.04 3.2 3.6 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Chemical and Volume Control System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
(CVCS)
(CVCS)
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Calculation of boron concentration changes UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Calculation of boron concentration changes UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 1 is operating at 50% power with Rod Control in Manual. A special RCS Chemistry procedure requires RAISING Tave 6&deg;F, with no change in rod position or plant power, by changing boron concentration ONLY.
Unit 1 is operating at 50% power with Rod Control in Manual. A special RCS Chemistry procedure requires RAISING Tave 6&deg;F, with no change in rod position or plant power, by changing boron concentration ONLY.
Given the following parameters:
Given the following parameters:  
  - Initial RCS boron concentration = 600 ppm
- Initial RCS boron concentration = 600 ppm  
  - Moderator Temperature Coefficient = -15 pcm/&deg;F
- Moderator Temperature Coefficient = -15 pcm/&deg;F  
  - Differential boron worth = -10 pcm/ppm Which of the following is the final RCS boron concentration needed to RAISE Tave 6&deg;F?
- Differential boron worth = -10 pcm/ppm Which of the following is the final RCS boron concentration needed to RAISE Tave 6&deg;F?
A 591 ppm B     596 ppm C     604 ppm D     609 ppm Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     A.RT5-07                 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
A 591 ppm B 596 ppm C 604 ppm D 609 ppm Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
A.RT5-07 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Reactor Theory, Ch 5, I1-RT-XL-05, Chemical Shim Control, Pgs 21-23, 30  
1 Reactor Theory, Ch 5, I1-RT-XL-05, Chemical Shim Control, Pgs 21-23, 30  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
Raising temperature at constant power and a negative MTC means that negative reactivity needs to be removed (add + reactivity) to offset the change, therfore boron must be removed to raise temperature. The negative reactivity from the moderator temperature rise requested is -15 pcm/&deg;F X 6&deg;F = -90 pcm to offset. -90 pcm divided by -10 pcm/ppm boron worth = 9 ppm reduction in boron concentration. 600 ppm - 9 ppm = 591 ppm.
Raising temperature at constant power and a negative MTC means that negative reactivity needs to be removed (add + reactivity) to offset the change, therfore boron must be removed to raise temperature. The negative reactivity from the moderator temperature rise requested is -15 pcm/&deg;F X 6&deg;F = -90 pcm to offset. -90 pcm divided by -10 pcm/ppm boron worth = 9 ppm reduction in boron concentration. 600 ppm - 9 ppm = 591 ppm.
Line 782: Line 1,297:
C. is incorrect and could have happened with the misconception in B. above, then add it to 600.
C. is incorrect and could have happened with the misconception in B. above, then add it to 600.
D. is incorrect and could have resulted from the misconception of reactivity added being + or sign mistake and misconception.
D. is incorrect and could have resulted from the misconception of reactivity added being + or sign mistake and misconception.
Date Written:             3/6/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:             Cog Level:
Quest No:
31           Both           2           1               004000 4000K4.16                     2.6               3.0               Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Chemical and Volume Control System                     Knowledge of CVCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the (CVCS)                                                 following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
31 Both 2
1 004000 4000K4.16 2.6 3.0 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Chemical and Volume Control System Knowledge of CVCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the (CVCS) following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Temperature at which the temperature control valve automatically diverts flow from the demineralizer to the VCT; reason for this diversion UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Temperature at which the temperature control valve automatically diverts flow from the demineralizer to the VCT; reason for this diversion UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
As CVCS Letdown temperature reaches ___(1)___, Letdown flow automatically bypasses the demineralizers to ____(2)______.
As CVCS Letdown temperature reaches ___(1)___, Letdown flow automatically bypasses the demineralizers to ____(2)______.
(1)                                             (2)
(1) (2)
A                 133&deg;F                     protect the demin resin beads from decomposing and releasing impurities into the RCS.
A 133&deg;F protect the demin resin beads from decomposing and releasing impurities into the RCS.
B                 125&deg;F                     maintain the VCT at the proper temperature for Hydrogen addition.
B 125&deg;F maintain the VCT at the proper temperature for Hydrogen addition.
C                 133&deg;F                     prevent reverse ion exchange from occurring resulting in RCS dilution.
C 133&deg;F prevent reverse ion exchange from occurring resulting in RCS dilution.
D                 125&deg;F                     prevent excessive channeling through the resin bed reducing ion exchange efficiency.
D 125&deg;F prevent excessive channeling through the resin bed reducing ion exchange efficiency.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     S.CV1-05-D                 New Low Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 BAR 1-9-E2            
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
S.CV1-05-D New Low Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BAR 1-9-E2  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
GFE Fundamentals, Sect 1, Ch 7 I1-CV-XL-01, Ch 15a, CVCS, Pg 15, 16 Explanation:
GFE Fundamentals, Sect 1, Ch 7 I1-CV-XL-01, Ch 15a, CVCS, Pg 15, 16 Explanation:
CV129, Letdown Demin High Temp Divert Valve, will divert flow directly to the VCT, bypassing the demins, at 133&deg;F. The high temperature alarm is also at 133&deg;F on 1-9-E2. At > 140&deg;F, the resin will overheat resulting in degradation. This may lead to release of ions exchanged as well as the resin matrix itself. These constituants are not compatible with RCS chemistry control and once activated can cause coolant activity levels to be elevated and cause pH problems.
CV129, Letdown Demin High Temp Divert Valve, will divert flow directly to the VCT, bypassing the demins, at 133&deg;F. The high temperature alarm is also at 133&deg;F on 1-9-E2. At > 140&deg;F, the resin will overheat resulting in degradation. This may lead to release of ions exchanged as well as the resin matrix itself. These constituants are not compatible with RCS chemistry control and once activated can cause coolant activity levels to be elevated and cause pH problems.
Line 806: Line 1,338:
C. is incorrect since reverse ion exchange is not the concern. Some additonal boron is initially released as temperature rises, but this is not due to reverse ion exchange.
C. is incorrect since reverse ion exchange is not the concern. Some additonal boron is initially released as temperature rises, but this is not due to reverse ion exchange.
D. is incorrect since the setpoint is 133&deg;F and high flow would cause channeling to occur, not high temperature.
D. is incorrect since the setpoint is 133&deg;F and high flow would cause channeling to occur, not high temperature.
Date Written:               3/6/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:               RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
32           Both           2           1               005000 5000K5.02                   3.4               3.5             Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)                   Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the RHRS:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
32 Both 2
1 005000 5000K5.02 3.4 3.5 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the RHRS:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Need for adequate subcooling UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Need for adequate subcooling UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
A LIMITATION in BOP RH-6, Operation of the RH System in Shutdown Cooling, states that "Switchover from the shutdown cooling to ECCS alignment should not be performed when the RCS Hot Leg temperature is > 260&deg;F".
A LIMITATION in BOP RH-6, Operation of the RH System in Shutdown Cooling, states that "Switchover from the shutdown cooling to ECCS alignment should not be performed when the RCS Hot Leg temperature is > 260&deg;F".
What is the reason for this LIMITATION?
What is the reason for this LIMITATION?
A                 Realignment could overpressurize the RWST.
A Realignment could overpressurize the RWST.
B                 Realignment may cause steam binding at the RH pump suction to be aligned for ECCS injection.
B Realignment may cause steam binding at the RH pump suction to be aligned for ECCS injection.
C                 Realignment may result in lifting RH system reliefs once realigned for ECCS Injection.
C Realignment may result in lifting RH system reliefs once realigned for ECCS Injection.
D                 Realignment may cause RWST temperature limit to be exceeded.
D Realignment may cause RWST temperature limit to be exceeded.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.RH1-12                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 BOP RH-6, Operation of the RH System in Shutdown Cooling.          
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.RH1-12 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BOP RH-6, Operation of the RH System in Shutdown Cooling.  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-RH-XL-01, Ch 18, Residual Heat Removal System, Pg 23 Explanation:
I1-RH-XL-01, Ch 18, Residual Heat Removal System, Pg 23 Explanation:
When an RHR train is in the SDC lineup and temperature at the suction is > 260&deg;F and subsequently realigned for ECCS injection, the suction header change in pressure from the RCS to the RWST will cause voiding (flashing) at the pump suction or lack of subcooling for a pump start. This makes the train inoperable for ECCS injection and, until MODE 5 is entered, 1 Train is required to be in the ECCS injection lineup.
When an RHR train is in the SDC lineup and temperature at the suction is > 260&deg;F and subsequently realigned for ECCS injection, the suction header change in pressure from the RCS to the RWST will cause voiding (flashing) at the pump suction or lack of subcooling for a pump start. This makes the train inoperable for ECCS injection and, until MODE 5 is entered, 1 Train is required to be in the ECCS injection lineup.
Line 830: Line 1,380:
C. is incorrect since there is no system overpressure concern in the RHR system due to this temperature during realignment for ECCS injection. The Train will see RWST pressure.
C. is incorrect since there is no system overpressure concern in the RHR system due to this temperature during realignment for ECCS injection. The Train will see RWST pressure.
D. is incorrect since the RWST volume is so large, there would be very little temperature rise.
D. is incorrect since the RWST volume is so large, there would be very little temperature rise.
Date Written:               3/6/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:         Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
33           Both           2             1               005000 5000K6.03                     2.5                 2.6             High System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)                       Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RHRS:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
33 Both 2
1 005000 5000K6.03 2.5 2.6 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RHRS:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
RHR heat exchanger UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
RHR heat exchanger UserID:
Unit 1 is shutdown with the following conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
  - 1B Train RHR providing shutdown cooling.
Unit 1 is shutdown with the following conditions:  
  - RCS pressure = 350 psig
- 1B Train RHR providing shutdown cooling.  
  - RCS temperature = 330&deg;F
- RCS pressure = 350 psig  
  - RCS cooldown rate = 30&deg;F/hour
- RCS temperature = 330&deg;F  
  - RHR total flow = 3300 gpm
- RCS cooldown rate = 30&deg;F/hour  
  - 1RH607, RH HX 1B Outlet Flow Control Vlv, throttled at 52% open (1500 gpm)
- RHR total flow = 3300 gpm  
- 1RH607, RH HX 1B Outlet Flow Control Vlv, throttled at 52% open (1500 gpm)
Flow transmitter 1FT619, 1B RH Discharge Flow, fails LOW with flow controller for 1RH619, RH HX Bypass valve, in automatic.
Flow transmitter 1FT619, 1B RH Discharge Flow, fails LOW with flow controller for 1RH619, RH HX Bypass valve, in automatic.
What will the operator observe due to this failure?
What will the operator observe due to this failure?
A     The RCS cooldown rate will NOT change.
A The RCS cooldown rate will NOT change.
B     The RCS cooldown rate will RISE.
B The RCS cooldown rate will RISE.
C     The RCS cooldown rate will DROP.
C The RCS cooldown rate will DROP.
D     RCS pressure would rapidly DROP.
D RCS pressure would rapidly DROP.
Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       S.RH1-11                     Byron Cert exam bank (2001) - modified Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-RH-XL-01, Ch 18, Residual Heat Removal System, Pg 12, 46, 52, 59              
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.RH1-11 Byron Cert exam bank (2001) - modified Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RH-XL-01, Ch 18, Residual Heat Removal System, Pg 12, 46, 52, 59  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
1RH619 controller is set at 3300 gpm in auto to maintain total RH pump flow at that value. The valve modulates to maintain that flow as sensed by 1FT619. With 1FT619 failing low, the 1RH619 valve will open to raise the flow sensed by 1FT619. As it opens, less RH pump discharge is through the heat exchanger and more is bypassed through the 1RH619 valve, therefore the RCS cooldown rate will drop.
1RH619 controller is set at 3300 gpm in auto to maintain total RH pump flow at that value. The valve modulates to maintain that flow as sensed by 1FT619. With 1FT619 failing low, the 1RH619 valve will open to raise the flow sensed by 1FT619. As it opens, less RH pump discharge is through the heat exchanger and more is bypassed through the 1RH619 valve, therefore the RCS cooldown rate will drop.
Line 861: Line 1,429:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect since the total flow will rise, but returns to the RCS, no RCS inventory is lost and a bubble exists in the PZR.
D. is incorrect since the total flow will rise, but returns to the RCS, no RCS inventory is lost and a bubble exists in the PZR.
Date Written:               3/6/2006 Author:         M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
34           Both           2           1               006000 6000K6.03                     3.6               3.9             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)                     Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ECCS:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
34 Both 2
1 006000 6000K6.03 3.6 3.9 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)
Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ECCS:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Safety Injection Pumps UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Safety Injection Pumps UserID:
Given the following plant conditions on Unit 1:
Topic Question Stem:
  - A LOCA has occurred
Given the following plant conditions on Unit 1:  
  - 1B SI pump tripped
- A LOCA has occurred  
  - Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation is required.
- 1B SI pump tripped  
  - RCS pressure is ~ 50 psig.
- Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation is required.  
- RCS pressure is ~ 50 psig.
What is the approximate total SI pump flow indicated on the main control board and how will this value change following transfer of BOTH trains of ECCS to Cold Leg Recirculation?
What is the approximate total SI pump flow indicated on the main control board and how will this value change following transfer of BOTH trains of ECCS to Cold Leg Recirculation?
(Flow)                 (Change)
(Flow) (Change)
A 605 gpm                       lower B 605 gpm                       higher C 1210 gpm                       lower D 1210 gpm                       higher Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.EC1-03-B                   Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
A 605 gpm lower B 605 gpm higher C 1210 gpm lower D 1210 gpm higher Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-EC-XL-01, Ch 58, ECCS, Pgs 9, 10            
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.EC1-03-B Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-EC-XL-01, Ch 58, ECCS, Pgs 9, 10  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
Maximum flowrate for each SI pumps is ~ 650 gpm with 800 psig in the RCS. Below 800 psig, flow is restricted to this value. The total flow includes ~ 45 gpm recirc flow, so the actual injection will be read on the MCR indicator as ~ 605 gpm. Since the pumps create this flowrate taking suction from the RWST and creates flow based on DP across the pump, the flowrate will rise when the suction pressure rises in cold leg recirc because the RH pumps are now aligned to provide suction pressure to the SI pump. The actual suction pressure changes from ~ 20 psig to as much as 200 psig. Also, part of the alignment shift to Cold Leg Recirc closes the SI mini-flow valves, thus the 45 gpm recirc will now go into the RCS and be seen on the MCB meter. And in this case only one SI pump is running.
Maximum flowrate for each SI pumps is ~ 650 gpm with 800 psig in the RCS. Below 800 psig, flow is restricted to this value. The total flow includes ~ 45 gpm recirc flow, so the actual injection will be read on the MCR indicator as ~ 605 gpm. Since the pumps create this flowrate taking suction from the RWST and creates flow based on DP across the pump, the flowrate will rise when the suction pressure rises in cold leg recirc because the RH pumps are now aligned to provide suction pressure to the SI pump. The actual suction pressure changes from ~ 20 psig to as much as 200 psig. Also, part of the alignment shift to Cold Leg Recirc closes the SI mini-flow valves, thus the 45 gpm recirc will now go into the RCS and be seen on the MCB meter. And in this case only one SI pump is running.
Line 887: Line 1,473:
C. is incorrect since only one SI pump is running and flow would be higher.
C. is incorrect since only one SI pump is running and flow would be higher.
D. is incorrect since only one SI pump is running.
D. is incorrect since only one SI pump is running.
Date Written:             3/6/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/6/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
35           Both             2           1               007000       7000A2.06                 2.6             2.8             High System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System               Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on (PRTS)                                                   the PRTS and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
35 Both 2
1 007000 7000A2.06 2.6 2.8 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on (PRTS) the PRTS and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Bubble formation in PZR UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
Bubble formation in PZR UserID:
Unit 1 is in MODE 5 preparing to draw a bubble in the PZR with the following initial conditions in the PRT:
Topic Question Stem:
  - PRT level = 71%
Unit 1 is in MODE 5 preparing to draw a bubble in the PZR with the following initial conditions in the PRT:  
  - PRT pressure = 4.5 psig
- PRT level = 71%  
  - PRT temperature = 85&deg;F Following venting the PZR solid:
- PRT pressure = 4.5 psig  
  - PRT level = 77% and stable
- PRT temperature = 85&deg;F Following venting the PZR solid:  
  - PRT pressure = 7.2 psig and slowly rising
- PRT level = 77% and stable  
  - PRT temperature = 92&deg;F and stable What caused this response and what is the required action?
- PRT pressure = 7.2 psig and slowly rising  
A                 PZR PORV did NOT Close; CLOSE the PZR PORV Block valve.
- PRT temperature = 92&deg;F and stable What caused this response and what is the required action?
B                 Gaseous Waste isolation valve did NOT close; CLOSE the PRT to GW isolation valve.
A PZR PORV did NOT Close; CLOSE the PZR PORV Block valve.
C                 Nitrogen Regulator has failed; CLOSE N2 Supply to PRT isolation valve.
B Gaseous Waste isolation valve did NOT close; CLOSE the PRT to GW isolation valve.
D                 RCP Seal Leakoff Relief valve is lifting; VERIFY Seal Leakoff lineup to the VCT.
C Nitrogen Regulator has failed; CLOSE N2 Supply to PRT isolation valve.
Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     S.RY1-13/14/15                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
D RCP Seal Leakoff Relief valve is lifting; VERIFY Seal Leakoff lineup to the VCT.
1 BAR 1-12-B7, PRT PRESS HIGH                    
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.RY1-13/14/15 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BAR 1-12-B7, PRT PRESS HIGH  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 14, 15, 22 Explanation:
I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 14, 15, 22 Explanation:
At 6 psig, RY469 auto closes to GW from the PRT. The BAR says probable cause is (1) Valve leakoff or relief valve flow, (2) PORV or Safety valve lifted, (3) Filling PRT, and (4) N2 Regulator failure. With no additional level or temperature rise, the N2 regulator would be the appropriate selection for cause. Subsequent action closes PW to PRT CNMT isolation (this would not fix the problem since there is no indication it is leaking by, i.e. no level rising) and closes N2 supply to the PRT. This would be correct action for the indicated pressure rise.
At 6 psig, RY469 auto closes to GW from the PRT. The BAR says probable cause is (1) Valve leakoff or relief valve flow, (2) PORV or Safety valve lifted, (3) Filling PRT, and (4) N2 Regulator failure. With no additional level or temperature rise, the N2 regulator would be the appropriate selection for cause. Subsequent action closes PW to PRT CNMT isolation (this would not fix the problem since there is no indication it is leaking by, i.e. no level rising) and closes N2 supply to the PRT. This would be correct action for the indicated pressure rise.
Line 916: Line 1,519:
C. is correct by process of elimination as described above.
C. is correct by process of elimination as described above.
D. is incorrect since level is stable.
D. is incorrect since level is stable.
Date Written:               3/7/2006 Author:         M. Jorgensen                   App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/7/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:               RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
36           Both           2           1               008000 8000K3.01                     3.4             3.5             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)                 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CCWS will have on the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
36 Both 2
1 008000 8000K3.01 3.4 3.5 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)
Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CCWS will have on the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Loads cooled by CCWS UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Loads cooled by CCWS UserID:
Unit 1 is operating with the following conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
  - Cooldown rate = 20&deg;F/hour.
Unit 1 is operating with the following conditions:  
  - 1A RH Train is in service, 1B RH Train is in standby.
- Cooldown rate = 20&deg;F/hour.  
  - 1A RCP is running.
- 1A RH Train is in service, 1B RH Train is in standby.  
  - 1B, 1C, and 1D RCPs are stopped.
- 1A RCP is running.  
  - RCS pressure = 225 psig with a bubble in the PZR (Aux Spray valve 1CV8145 is open).
- 1B, 1C, and 1D RCPs are stopped.  
  - RCS Hot Leg temperature = 230&deg;F.
- RCS pressure = 225 psig with a bubble in the PZR (Aux Spray valve 1CV8145 is open).  
  - Feeding and steaming SGs has been secured.
- RCS Hot Leg temperature = 230&deg;F.  
  - Indicated letdown flow = 75 gpm.
- Feeding and steaming SGs has been secured.  
- Indicated letdown flow = 75 gpm.
What would be the effect of 1CC130A, Letdown HX Outlet Temperature Control Valve, failing OPEN?
What would be the effect of 1CC130A, Letdown HX Outlet Temperature Control Valve, failing OPEN?
(Assume no operator action and neglible change in 1A RH HX return temperature to the RCS)
(Assume no operator action and neglible change in 1A RH HX return temperature to the RCS)
A                 RCS temperature will RISE.
A RCS temperature will RISE.
B                 RCS pressure will DROP.
B RCS pressure will DROP.
C                 RCS pressure will RISE.
C RCS pressure will RISE.
D                 Neglible effect on RCS conditions.
D Neglible effect on RCS conditions.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.CV1-05-A, S.CV1-         New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-CV-XL-01, Ch 15a, CVCS, Pg 91              
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.CV1-05-A, S.CV1-New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-CV-XL-01, Ch 15a, CVCS, Pg 91  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
This failure would put maximum CC flow through the letdown Hx dropping letdown temperature. This would then cool the VCT.
This failure would put maximum CC flow through the letdown Hx dropping letdown temperature. This would then cool the VCT.
Line 950: Line 1,571:
C. is incorrect since overall a temperature drop would occur, thus pressure, would drop.
C. is incorrect since overall a temperature drop would occur, thus pressure, would drop.
D. is incorrect since the colder water to the PZR would cause a significant drop in pressure.
D. is incorrect since the colder water to the PZR would cause a significant drop in pressure.
Date Written:               3/7/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/7/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:           SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
37           Both           2           1             010000 10000K1.03                       3.6             3.7           High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR               Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between PCS)                                                   the PZR PCS and the following systems:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
37 Both 2
1 010000 10000K1.03 3.6 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between PCS) the PZR PCS and the following systems:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
RCS UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
RCS UserID:
Given the following conditions on Unit 1:
Topic Question Stem:
  - Reactor power is steady at 100%.
Given the following conditions on Unit 1:  
  - All systems normally aligned.
- Reactor power is steady at 100%.  
  - Tave is steady on program.
- All systems normally aligned.  
  - PZR level is on program and stable.
- Tave is steady on program.  
  - PZR pressure is 2230 psig and begins dropping slowly.
- PZR level is on program and stable.  
- PZR pressure is 2230 psig and begins dropping slowly.
Which of the following has occurred?
Which of the following has occurred?
A                 1LK-459, PZR Level Controller, has failed HIGH.
A 1LK-459, PZR Level Controller, has failed HIGH.
B                 1PK-455A, Master PZR Pressure Controller, has failed HIGH.
B 1PK-455A, Master PZR Pressure Controller, has failed HIGH.
C                 1PT-458, PZR pressure transmitter, has failed HIGH.
C 1PT-458, PZR pressure transmitter, has failed HIGH.
D                 1RY455B, PZR Spray valve, has failed to 20% OPEN.
D 1RY455B, PZR Spray valve, has failed to 20% OPEN.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       S.RY1-25                   Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 39, 60, 73          
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.RY1-25 Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 39, 60, 73  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
Pressure drops from the condensing action of a large amount of spray flow with no change in PZR level.
Pressure drops from the condensing action of a large amount of spray flow with no change in PZR level.
Line 980: Line 1,618:
C. is incorrect since this failure will not open a PORV. It only disables PORV reset at 2185 psig, if it were to open inadvertently.
C. is incorrect since this failure will not open a PORV. It only disables PORV reset at 2185 psig, if it were to open inadvertently.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:               3/7/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/7/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:         Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
38           Both           2           1               012000 120000K3.01                     3.9             4.0               High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Reactor Protection System                               Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RPS will have on the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
38 Both 2
1 012000 120000K3.01 3.9 4.0 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Reactor Protection System Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RPS will have on the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
CRDS UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
CRDS UserID:
Given the following Unit 1 conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
  - Reactor power is at 100%.
Given the following Unit 1 conditions:  
  - Reactor Trip Bypass breaker A (BYA) is racked in and closed for testing.
- Reactor power is at 100%.  
  - Both Reactor Trip breakers (RTA and RTB) are closed.
- Reactor Trip Bypass breaker A (BYA) is racked in and closed for testing.  
- Both Reactor Trip breakers (RTA and RTB) are closed.
What would occur if a single 15 VDC power supply failed in the 1B Train SSPS Logic cabinet?
What would occur if a single 15 VDC power supply failed in the 1B Train SSPS Logic cabinet?
A                 The redundant power supply will maintain normal SSPS Train B conditions and only a Safeguards Test Cabinet Power Failure alarm is generated.
A The redundant power supply will maintain normal SSPS Train B conditions and only a Safeguards Test Cabinet Power Failure alarm is generated.
B                 The reactor trips when BOTH the UV and Shunt trip coils are actuated for BYA and RTB.BB C                 Plant conditions remain unchanged with a General Warning alarm lit for 1B train.
B The reactor trips when BOTH the UV and Shunt trip coils are actuated for BYA and RTB.BB C
D                 The reactor trips when BOTH the UV and Shunt trip coils are actuated for RTA and RTB.
Plant conditions remain unchanged with a General Warning alarm lit for 1B train.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     S.RP1-06/09/11               Byron NRC exam bank (2000) - modified High Time:       Cross Ref:
D The reactor trips when BOTH the UV and Shunt trip coils are actuated for RTA and RTB.
1 I1-RP-XL-01, Ch 60a, SSPS, Pgs 16-18          
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.RP1-06/09/11 Byron NRC exam bank (2000) - modified High Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RP-XL-01, Ch 60a, SSPS, Pgs 16-18  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
The condition of Train A has generated a General Warning, since BYA is racked in and closed. The loss of the 15 VDC on Train B generated another General Warning. With 2 General Warnings an automatic Rx Trip is generated. An automatic Rx Trip will deenergize the UV coils on BYA, RTA, and RTB, but only energize the shunt trip coils on RTA and RTB. A manual Rx Trip actuation would also energize the shunt trip coil on BYA.
The condition of Train A has generated a General Warning, since BYA is racked in and closed. The loss of the 15 VDC on Train B generated another General Warning. With 2 General Warnings an automatic Rx Trip is generated. An automatic Rx Trip will deenergize the UV coils on BYA, RTA, and RTB, but only energize the shunt trip coils on RTA and RTB. A manual Rx Trip actuation would also energize the shunt trip coil on BYA.
Line 1,006: Line 1,662:
C. is incorrect because a Rx Trip will occur since Train A already had a general warning in from BYA racked in and closed.
C. is incorrect because a Rx Trip will occur since Train A already had a general warning in from BYA racked in and closed.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:               3/7/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/7/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
39           Both           2           1             013000 130000A4.01                     4.5               4.8             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Engineered Safety Features Actuation System             Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
39 Both 2
1 013000 130000A4.01 4.5 4.8 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
(ESFAS)
(ESFAS)
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
ESFAS-initiated equipment which fails to actuate UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
ESFAS-initiated equipment which fails to actuate UserID:
Given the following indications on Unit 1:
Topic Question Stem:
  - Reactor power was at 100% when a spurious SI signal was generated.
Given the following indications on Unit 1:  
  - Reactor trip breaker B failed to OPEN.
- Reactor power was at 100% when a spurious SI signal was generated.  
  - The spurious SI signal has cleared
- Reactor trip breaker B failed to OPEN.  
  - Both SI reset pushbuttons have been depressed.
- The spurious SI signal has cleared  
  - The RH pumps, SI pumps, and the 1A CV pump have been stopped.
- Both SI reset pushbuttons have been depressed.  
- The RH pumps, SI pumps, and the 1A CV pump have been stopped.
Then a small break LOCA occurs.
Then a small break LOCA occurs.
What will occur as containment pressure RISES to 10 psig? (Assume no operator action is taken)
What will occur as containment pressure RISES to 10 psig? (Assume no operator action is taken)
A                 ONLY the MSIVs and MSIV Bypass valves CLOSE.
A ONLY the MSIVs and MSIV Bypass valves CLOSE.
B                 1B and 1C MSIVs CLOSE, 1A and 1D MSIVs remain OPEN.
B 1B and 1C MSIVs CLOSE, 1A and 1D MSIVs remain OPEN.
C                 1A RH, 1A SI, and 1A CV pumps START; all MSIVs and MSIV Bypass valves CLOSE.
C 1A RH, 1A SI, and 1A CV pumps START; all MSIVs and MSIV Bypass valves CLOSE.
D                 1B RH and 1B SI pumps START; all MSIVs and MSIV Bypass valves CLOSE.
D 1B RH and 1B SI pumps START; all MSIVs and MSIV Bypass valves CLOSE.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       S.MS1-07-D, S.EC1-         Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.MS1-07-D, S.EC1-Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-MS-XL-01, Ch 23, Main Steam System, Pgs 10, 11  
1 I1-MS-XL-01, Ch 23, Main Steam System, Pgs 10, 11  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EC-XL-01, Ch 58, Emergency Core Cooling System, Pg 25 I1-EF-XL-01, Ch 61, ESFAS, Pgs 17, 18 Explanation:
I1-EC-XL-01, Ch 58, Emergency Core Cooling System, Pg 25 I1-EF-XL-01, Ch 61, ESFAS, Pgs 17, 18 Explanation:
with the B Rx trip breaker open, B train SI reset has no seal in and therefore any additional SI actuation setpoint exceeded will cause a B train SI. A Train SI is reset and sealed in until A Rx trip breaker is cycled. There has been no change in the inputs for Main Steam Isolation Actuation. Now, when pressure rises in CNMT, B train SI will actuate at 3.4 psig and MSIVs and Bypass valves will receive a close signal at 8.2 psig (both Trains). Since offsite power is supplying the ESF buses and 1B CV pump was already running, it will continue to run, therefore only the 1B RH and 1B SI pump will start. A train ECCS will not auto start.
with the B Rx trip breaker open, B train SI reset has no seal in and therefore any additional SI actuation setpoint exceeded will cause a B train SI. A Train SI is reset and sealed in until A Rx trip breaker is cycled. There has been no change in the inputs for Main Steam Isolation Actuation. Now, when pressure rises in CNMT, B train SI will actuate at 3.4 psig and MSIVs and Bypass valves will receive a close signal at 8.2 psig (both Trains). Since offsite power is supplying the ESF buses and 1B CV pump was already running, it will continue to run, therefore only the 1B RH and 1B SI pump will start. A train ECCS will not auto start.
Line 1,038: Line 1,711:
C. is incorrect since A train SI will not occur.
C. is incorrect since A train SI will not occur.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:               3/7/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/7/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                   RO:             SRO:     Cog Level:
Quest No:
40         Both           2           1                 013000 13000K2.01                   3.6               3.8       High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Engineered Safety Features Actuation System             Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
40 Both 2
1 013000 13000K2.01 3.6 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
(ESFAS)
(ESFAS)
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
ESFAS/safeguards equipment control UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
ESFAS/safeguards equipment control UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 2 Reactor trip and SI have occurred. All systems responded as designed.
Unit 2 Reactor trip and SI have occurred. All systems responded as designed.
1 minute into the event the following indications occur:
1 minute into the event the following indications occur:  
      - 2B DG indicates tripped.
- 2B DG indicates tripped.  
      - 2B Train ESF pumps show running amps, but all RUN lights are NOT LIT.
- 2B Train ESF pumps show running amps, but all RUN lights are NOT LIT.
What could have caused these indications to occur?
What could have caused these indications to occur?
A                 SAT Feed Breaker 242-2 has tripped B                 120 VAC Bus 212 has deenergized C                 480 VAC MCC 232X has tripped D                 125 VDC Bus 212 has deenergized Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                         Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     S.EF1-08, S.DC1-06         New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A SAT Feed Breaker 242-2 has tripped B
1 I1-EF-XL-01, Ch 61, ESFAS          
120 VAC Bus 212 has deenergized C
480 VAC MCC 232X has tripped D
125 VDC Bus 212 has deenergized Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.EF1-08, S.DC1-06 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-EF-XL-01, Ch 61, ESFAS  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems Explanation:
I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems Explanation:
Loss of DC power to a running DG will cause the DG to shutdown (fuel racks close), but in the control room the annunciators will indicate a trip condition. Run lights are also DC powered, as is breaker indications of position, but the amp indications are AC powered, therefore with running pumps, amps will continue to display, but run lights go out.
Loss of DC power to a running DG will cause the DG to shutdown (fuel racks close), but in the control room the annunciators will indicate a trip condition. Run lights are also DC powered, as is breaker indications of position, but the amp indications are AC powered, therefore with running pumps, amps will continue to display, but run lights go out.
Line 1,062: Line 1,755:
C. is incorrect since loss of any single MCC would not have caused these indications to occur.
C. is incorrect since loss of any single MCC would not have caused these indications to occur.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:               3/7/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:     none
Date Written:
3/7/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:
none  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
41           Both           2           1           022000         22000A1.02                 3.6             3.8             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Containment Cooling System (CCS)                         Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CCS controls including:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
41 Both 2
1 022000 22000A1.02 3.6 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Containment Cooling System (CCS)
Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CCS controls including:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Containment pressure UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Containment pressure UserID:
The following conditions exist on Unit 1:
Topic Question Stem:
  - LOCA is in progress.
The following conditions exist on Unit 1:  
  - Containment Spray has actuated.
- LOCA is in progress.  
  - Containment pressure is currently 18 psig.
- Containment Spray has actuated.  
  - Containment Spray signal has been reset.
- Containment pressure is currently 18 psig.  
  - All actions of 1BEP ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, have been completed.
- Containment Spray signal has been reset.  
- All actions of 1BEP ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, have been completed.
Off-site power has been lost and the DG output breakers have just CLOSED on the ESF buses.
Off-site power has been lost and the DG output breakers have just CLOSED on the ESF buses.
How will the Containment Spray Pumps respond?
How will the Containment Spray Pumps respond?
A                 Pumps will auto start ~15 seconds later.
A Pumps will auto start ~15 seconds later.
B                 Pumps will auto start ~40 seconds later.
B Pumps will auto start ~40 seconds later.
C                 If the operator immediately places BOTH CS & PHASE B ISOL switches to ACTUATE, pumps will start immediately.
C If the operator immediately places BOTH CS & PHASE B ISOL switches to ACTUATE, pumps will start immediately.
D                 If the operator immediately places BOTH CS & PHASE B ISOL switches to ACTUATE, pumps will auto start ~15 seconds later.
D If the operator immediately places BOTH CS & PHASE B ISOL switches to ACTUATE, pumps will auto start ~15 seconds later.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     S.CS1-0/16                   Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-CS-XL-01, Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pgs 13-15                
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.CS1-0/16 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-CS-XL-01, Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pgs 13-15  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
CS pumps will sequence with a DG output breaker closure at 15-18 seconds or after 40 seconds depending on whether 2/4 logic is satisfied by CNMT pressure at or above 20 psig. Reset of CS & Phase B wil block auto restart of the CS pumps. For the loss of offsite power, the loads on the 4KV buses will load shed, then sequence. At 15 seconds the CS pump will restart only if the operator manually reactivates both CS & Phase B relay switches for the start logic to see an active start permissive. However, the DG sequencer will still control the actual start time of the CS pumps.
CS pumps will sequence with a DG output breaker closure at 15-18 seconds or after 40 seconds depending on whether 2/4 logic is satisfied by CNMT pressure at or above 20 psig. Reset of CS & Phase B wil block auto restart of the CS pumps. For the loss of offsite power, the loads on the 4KV buses will load shed, then sequence. At 15 seconds the CS pump will restart only if the operator manually reactivates both CS & Phase B relay switches for the start logic to see an active start permissive. However, the DG sequencer will still control the actual start time of the CS pumps.
Line 1,093: Line 1,805:
C. is incorrect since manual actuation is blocked by the sequencer to prevent a DG overload during sequencing.
C. is incorrect since manual actuation is blocked by the sequencer to prevent a DG overload during sequencing.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:               3/7/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/7/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:   Cog Level:
Quest No:
42           Both           2           1               026000 26000A3.01                     4.3                 4.5     High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Containment Spray System (CSS)                         Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CSS, including:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
42 Both 2
1 026000 26000A3.01 4.3 4.5 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Containment Spray System (CSS)
Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CSS, including:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Pump starts and correct MOV positioning UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Pump starts and correct MOV positioning UserID:
Given the following conditions on Unit 1:
Topic Question Stem:
  - The unit is operating at 100% power.
Given the following conditions on Unit 1:  
  - 1CS007A, 1A CS Pump Header Isolation valve, is OOS and CLOSED for breaker inspection.
- The unit is operating at 100% power.  
  - A spurious SI signal has actuated.
- 1CS007A, 1A CS Pump Header Isolation valve, is OOS and CLOSED for breaker inspection.  
  - SI is reset and ECCS has been terminated.
- A spurious SI signal has actuated.  
Five minutes later, a steamline break occurs.
- SI is reset and ECCS has been terminated.
  - Containment pressure RISES to 25 psig.
Five minutes later, a steamline break occurs.  
  - Main steamline pressure DROPS to 600 psig.
- Containment pressure RISES to 25 psig.  
- Main steamline pressure DROPS to 600 psig.
With no operator action, the 1A CS pump will ___(1)___ and the 1B CS pump will ___(2)___.
With no operator action, the 1A CS pump will ___(1)___ and the 1B CS pump will ___(2)___.
(1)                     (2)
(1) (2)
A START                       NOT START B START                       START C NOT START                     START D NOT START                     NOT START Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                       Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.CS1-08-C, S.CS1-09       Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
A START NOT START B START START C NOT START START D NOT START NOT START Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-CS-XL-01, Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pgs 13-17            
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.CS1-08-C, S.CS1-09 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-CS-XL-01, Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pgs 13-17  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
CS pumps will auto start with 2/4 CNMT pressures at or above 20 psig (HI-3) with power to the breaker. 1CS007A/B receive an open signal, but are not interlocked to be open for a CS pump to start. The 1A CS pump will not provide any flow to CNMT with 1CS007A closed, but the pump will start as long as 1CS019A, Eductor Suction Isolation valve, from the Spray Additive Tank is open.
CS pumps will auto start with 2/4 CNMT pressures at or above 20 psig (HI-3) with power to the breaker. 1CS007A/B receive an open signal, but are not interlocked to be open for a CS pump to start. The 1A CS pump will not provide any flow to CNMT with 1CS007A closed, but the pump will start as long as 1CS019A, Eductor Suction Isolation valve, from the Spray Additive Tank is open.
Line 1,122: Line 1,852:
C. is incorrect since 1CS007A closed will not prevent an auto start of 1A CS pump.
C. is incorrect since 1CS007A closed will not prevent an auto start of 1A CS pump.
D. is incorrect since both CS pumps would receive an auto start signal and have all required interlocks satisfied to start.
D. is incorrect since both CS pumps would receive an auto start signal and have all required interlocks satisfied to start.
Date Written:               3/7/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/7/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO: Cog Level:
Quest No:
43           Both           2           1           039000           A4.01                 2.9               2.8   Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)                   Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
43 Both 2
1 039000 A4.01 2.9 2.8 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Main steam supply valves UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Main steam supply valves UserID:
Unit 1 is at 3% power preparing for power ascension.
Topic Question Stem:
  - Reheater Temperature Control System (RTC) is in AUTO with a Cold Start in progress.
Unit 1 is at 3% power preparing for power ascension.  
- Reheater Temperature Control System (RTC) is in AUTO with a Cold Start in progress.
OPEN indication for the 1MS009A/B/C/D, MSR MS Shutoff valves, will be OBSERVED when the________________________.
OPEN indication for the 1MS009A/B/C/D, MSR MS Shutoff valves, will be OBSERVED when the________________________.
A                 Main Turbine reaches 600 rpm.
A Main Turbine reaches 600 rpm.
B                 Main Turbine load reaches 35%.
B Main Turbine load reaches 35%.
C                 Main Turbine reaches 1800 rpm.
C Main Turbine reaches 1800 rpm.
D                 Main Turbine Generator reaches 250 Mwe.
D Main Turbine Generator reaches 250 Mwe.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                     Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.MT1-08                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-MT-XL-01, Ch 35, Main Turbine and Reheaters          
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.MT1-08 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-MT-XL-01, Ch 35, Main Turbine and Reheaters  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
A. is incorrect - 600 rpm is true for a Hot Start.
A. is incorrect - 600 rpm is true for a Hot Start.
Line 1,146: Line 1,894:
C. is incorrect - 1800 rpm is turbine rated speed but provides NO feedback to RTC.
C. is incorrect - 1800 rpm is turbine rated speed but provides NO feedback to RTC.
D is incorrect - Mwe does not feedback to RTC.
D is incorrect - Mwe does not feedback to RTC.
Date Written:               3/8/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
44           Both           2         1               039000       K5.05                   2.7             3.1           Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)                   Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the MRSS:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
44 Both 2
1 039000 K5.05 2.7 3.1 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)
Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the MRSS:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Bases for RCS cooldown limits UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Bases for RCS cooldown limits UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 1 reactor has tripped from 100% Power.
Unit 1 reactor has tripped from 100% Power.
If all systems respond as expected, the 1MS009A-D, MSR MS Reheater Shutoff valves, 1MS067A-D, S/U Purge valves, and 1MS147A-D and 1MS010A-D, RHTR Temperature Control valves, will automatically CLOSE.
If all systems respond as expected, the 1MS009A-D, MSR MS Reheater Shutoff valves, 1MS067A-D, S/U Purge valves, and 1MS147A-D and 1MS010A-D, RHTR Temperature Control valves, will automatically CLOSE.
In 1BEP ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, at Step 2, the Reheater Shutoff and S/U Purge valves may need to be VERIFIED CLOSED.
In 1BEP ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, at Step 2, the Reheater Shutoff and S/U Purge valves may need to be VERIFIED CLOSED.
What is the PRIMARY concern if these valves are still OPEN?
What is the PRIMARY concern if these valves are still OPEN?
A                 MSR reliefs may be challenged causing internal damage to the MSRs.                                       A B                 Excessive heating may occur with potential damage to the turbine LP sections during turbine coastdown.
A MSR reliefs may be challenged causing internal damage to the MSRs.
C                 Excessive RCS cooldown may occur resulting in uncontrolled positive reactivity addition and subsequent challenge to RCS INTEGRITY.
A B
D                 Excessive loading may be placed on the Main Condenser resulting in overpressure, thus limiting use of Steam Dumps for decay heat removal.
Excessive heating may occur with potential damage to the turbine LP sections during turbine coastdown.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       S.MT1-08, S.EP01-         New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
C Excessive RCS cooldown may occur resulting in uncontrolled positive reactivity addition and subsequent challenge to RCS INTEGRITY.
1 I1-MT-XL-01, Ch 35, Main Turbine and Reheaters          
D Excessive loading may be placed on the Main Condenser resulting in overpressure, thus limiting use of Steam Dumps for decay heat removal.
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.MT1-08, S.EP01-New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-MT-XL-01, Ch 35, Main Turbine and Reheaters  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EP-XL-01, 1BEP-0 (- ES-0.2), Reactor Trip or SI, Pg 56 Explanation:
I1-EP-XL-01, 1BEP-0 (- ES-0.2), Reactor Trip or SI, Pg 56 Explanation:
Reactivity management is the first issue with temperature in the RCS < 557&deg;F. These valves are addressed in the RNO for step 2 of BEP ES-0.1 to ensure excess steam demand is not causing an uncontrolled cooldown adding positive reactivity and reducing SDM. A continued excessive cooldown rate could eventually challenge RCS INTEGRITY, therefore the RNO action of ensuring these valves are closed is necessary. The valves open will continue to draw main steam through the MSR tube bundle to the condenser. This could add undue stress to the tube bundle, however, all drains should be open to the condenser. Even though conditions could be created to speculate damage to components, the primary reason for the action is the continued main steam draw creating impacts on the RCS, not what may occur to secondary components.
Reactivity management is the first issue with temperature in the RCS < 557&deg;F. These valves are addressed in the RNO for step 2 of BEP ES-0.1 to ensure excess steam demand is not causing an uncontrolled cooldown adding positive reactivity and reducing SDM. A continued excessive cooldown rate could eventually challenge RCS INTEGRITY, therefore the RNO action of ensuring these valves are closed is necessary. The valves open will continue to draw main steam through the MSR tube bundle to the condenser. This could add undue stress to the tube bundle, however, all drains should be open to the condenser. Even though conditions could be created to speculate damage to components, the primary reason for the action is the continued main steam draw creating impacts on the RCS, not what may occur to secondary components.
Line 1,171: Line 1,939:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect since overpressure of the condenser is protected by blowout rupture discs on the LP casings.
D. is incorrect since overpressure of the condenser is protected by blowout rupture discs on the LP casings.
Date Written:               3/8/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
45           SRO             2           1           059000           A1.03                 2.7               2.9             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Main Feedwater (MFW) System                           Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW System controls including:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
45 SRO 2
1 059000 A1.03 2.7 2.9 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Main Feedwater (MFW) System Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW System controls including:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves UserID:
Unit 2 is operating at 95% power with the following conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
  - 2A FW pump is OOS.
Unit 2 is operating at 95% power with the following conditions:  
  - 2C HD pump is OOS.
- 2A FW pump is OOS.  
- 2C HD pump is OOS.
2B HD pump tripped at 1000.
2B HD pump tripped at 1000.
Proper runback actions were initiated at 1002 and the Unit is responding as expected.
Proper runback actions were initiated at 1002 and the Unit is responding as expected.
What will Unit 2 turbine load be at 1012?
What will Unit 2 turbine load be at 1012?
A                 Stablized at ~780 Mwe B                 Stablized at ~700 Mwe C                 > 1000 Mwe ramping down to ~700 Mwe D                 < 1000 Mwe ramping down to ~780 Mwe Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     T.OA36-03/05,             New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A Stablized at ~780 Mwe B
1 I1-OA-XL-36, Secondary Pump Trip, 1BOA SEC-1, pg 24                
Stablized at ~700 Mwe C  
> 1000 Mwe ramping down to ~700 Mwe D  
< 1000 Mwe ramping down to ~780 Mwe Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
T.OA36-03/05, New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-OA-XL-36, Secondary Pump Trip, 1BOA SEC-1, pg 24  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
2BOA SEC-1, Secondary Pump Trip Unit 2, pgs 21-23 I1-CD-XL-01, Cond/FW System, Ch 25, pgs 64, 68, 69 Explanation:
2BOA SEC-1, Secondary Pump Trip Unit 2, pgs 21-23 I1-CD-XL-01, Cond/FW System, Ch 25, pgs 64, 68, 69 Explanation:
Without a 2nd HD pump available, 2 BOA SEC-1 will require a HD Runback. This runback is set at 20 MW/min to ~ 780 Mwe. At 95% power, load is ~ 1160 Mwe. At 20 MW/min for 10 minutes, the turbine will be at ~960 Mwe, therefore, < 1000 Mwe on the way to ~ 780 Mwe.
Without a 2nd HD pump available, 2 BOA SEC-1 will require a HD Runback. This runback is set at 20 MW/min to ~ 780 Mwe. At 95% power, load is ~ 1160 Mwe. At 20 MW/min for 10 minutes, the turbine will be at ~960 Mwe, therefore, < 1000 Mwe on the way to ~ 780 Mwe.
Line 1,195: Line 1,983:
C. is incorrect since load will be < 1000 Mwe (~960 Mwe) and the bottom setpoint for HD pump runback is ~780 Mwe.
C. is incorrect since load will be < 1000 Mwe (~960 Mwe) and the bottom setpoint for HD pump runback is ~780 Mwe.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:             5/19/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
5/19/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:                     RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
46           Both           2           1             061000             2.1.28                 3.2                 3.3           Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW)                   Conduct of Operations System KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
46 Both 2
1 061000 2.1.28 3.2 3.3 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW)
Conduct of Operations System KA Statement:
Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls.
Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
The 1B AF pump can be started locally at the 364' level in the Aux Building near the CC Heat Exchangers.
The 1B AF pump can be started locally at the 364' level in the Aux Building near the CC Heat Exchangers.
One of the switch positions is "START WITH BYPASS".
One of the switch positions is "START WITH BYPASS".
Which of the following trip signals does this switch position bypass?
Which of the following trip signals does this switch position bypass?
A                 All trips are bypassed.
A All trips are bypassed.
B                 Low lube oil pressure.
B Low lube oil pressure.
C                 Low suction pressure.
C Low suction pressure.
D                 High Jacket Water temperature.
D High Jacket Water temperature.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                   Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       S.AF1-05/15               Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feedwater System, Pg 10                
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.AF1-05/15 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feedwater System, Pg 10  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
This Switch position can only be used if there is a Lo-Lo suction trip and a fire is present in the AEER or Aux building elevation 383', :
This Switch position can only be used if there is a Lo-Lo suction trip and a fire is present in the AEER or Aux building elevation 383', :
Line 1,222: Line 2,028:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect since this is never bypassed.
D. is incorrect since this is never bypassed.
Date Written:               3/8/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                   App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:         KA No:                   RO:           SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
47           Both           2           1             061000       K4.08                     2.7             2.9         Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW)                 Knowledge of AFW System design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for System                                                 the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
47 Both 2
1 061000 K4.08 2.7 2.9 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW)
Knowledge of AFW System design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for System the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
AFW recirculation UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
AFW recirculation UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Which of the following describes how Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps are protected from damage when running with feed flow to the SGs isolated?
Which of the following describes how Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps are protected from damage when running with feed flow to the SGs isolated?
A                 Recirculation is controlled at ~100 gpm back to the suction source by an air operated control valve that senses downstream flowrate.
A Recirculation is controlled at ~100 gpm back to the suction source by an air operated control valve that senses downstream flowrate.
B                 Recirculation is limited to ~100 gpm back to the suction source by an in-line orifice and can be isolated to the CST with an air operated isolation valve that fails open on loss of air pressure.
B Recirculation is limited to ~100 gpm back to the suction source by an in-line orifice and can be isolated to the CST with an air operated isolation valve that fails open on loss of air pressure.
C                 At least 85 gpm recirculation flow is maintained by a manual throttle valve with a motor operated isolation valve that automatically closes when the SX suction valves open.
C At least 85 gpm recirculation flow is maintained by a manual throttle valve with a motor operated isolation valve that automatically closes when the SX suction valves open.
D                 A maximum recirculation flow of 85 gpm is controlled by an in-line orifice with an air operated isolation valve to the CST that automatically closes when the SX recirculation valve opens.
D A maximum recirculation flow of 85 gpm is controlled by an in-line orifice with an air operated isolation valve to the CST that automatically closes when the SX recirculation valve opens.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.AF1-14                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feedwater System          
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.AF1-14 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feedwater System  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
A is incorrect because flow is not regulated by a control valve.
A is incorrect because flow is not regulated by a control valve.
Line 1,244: Line 2,068:
C. is incorrect because 100 gpm is the design to ensure at least 85 gpm is met and an orifice is used with an AOV for isolation.
C. is incorrect because 100 gpm is the design to ensure at least 85 gpm is met and an orifice is used with an AOV for isolation.
D. is incorrect because 100 gpm is the design to ensure at least 85 gpm is met and the AOV closes if BOTH respective SX valves are NOT fully closed.
D. is incorrect because 100 gpm is the design to ensure at least 85 gpm is met and the AOV closes if BOTH respective SX valves are NOT fully closed.
Date Written:               3/8/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:   SRO: Cog Level:
Quest No:
48           Both           2           1               062000       K2.01               3.3     3.4   Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
A.C. Electrical Distribution System                   Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
48 Both 2
1 062000 K2.01 3.3 3.4 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
A.C. Electrical Distribution System Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Major system loads UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Major system loads UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
A reactor trip has just occurred on Unit 1. The Automatic Bus Transfer (ABT) failed to operate for Bus 157.
A reactor trip has just occurred on Unit 1. The Automatic Bus Transfer (ABT) failed to operate for Bus 157.
Which of the following loads is UNAVAILABLE?
Which of the following loads is UNAVAILABLE?
A                 1A Main Feed pump B                 1B Reactor Coolant pump C                 1C Heater Drain pump D                 1D Condensate/Condensate Booster pump Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                         Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     S.AP1-12-A                 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
A 1A Main Feed pump B
Low Time:       Cross Ref:
1B Reactor Coolant pump C
1 I1-AP-XL-01, Ch 4, AC Electrical Power Systems, Pg 34              
1C Heater Drain pump D
1D Condensate/Condensate Booster pump Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.AP1-12-A Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Low Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-AP-XL-01, Ch 4, AC Electrical Power Systems, Pg 34  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
Bus 157 is a 6.9KV bus that provides breakers to 1A RCP, 1A and 1C HD pumps, and the RSH transformers.
Bus 157 is a 6.9KV bus that provides breakers to 1A RCP, 1A and 1C HD pumps, and the RSH transformers.
A. is incorrect because it's power source is 6.9KV bus 156.
A. is incorrect because it's power source is 6.9KV bus 156.
B. is incorrect because it's power source is 6.9KV bus 156.
B. is incorrect because it's power source is 6.9KV bus 156.
C is correct D is incorrect because it's power by 6.9KV bus 158 Date Written:               3/8/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
C is correct D is incorrect because it's power by 6.9KV bus 158 Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
49           Both           2             1             063000         K1.02                   2.7               3.2             High System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
D.C. Electrical Distribution System                       Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the D.C. Electrical System and the following systems:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
49 Both 2
1 063000 K1.02 2.7 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
D.C. Electrical Distribution System Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the D.C. Electrical System and the following systems:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
AC electrical system UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
AC electrical system UserID:
Unit 2 was at 100% power in a normal at power lineup.
Topic Question Stem:
  - Power is lost to DC Bus 212
Unit 2 was at 100% power in a normal at power lineup.  
  - 5 minutes later, SAT 242-1 develops a fault What is the status of ESF Bus 242 immediately following the SAT fault?
- Power is lost to DC Bus 212  
A                 Energized from 2B DG.
- 5 minutes later, SAT 242-1 develops a fault What is the status of ESF Bus 242 immediately following the SAT fault?
B                 Energized from SAT 242-2.
A Energized from 2B DG.
C                 Deenergized with all feed breakers tripped.
B Energized from SAT 242-2.
D                 Deenergized with ACB 2422 closed.
C Deenergized with all feed breakers tripped.
Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       S.DC1-09                     Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
D Deenergized with ACB 2422 closed.
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems, pgs 19-20                  
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.DC1-09 Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems, pgs 19-20  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
A. is incorrect since 2B DG will not start due to no DC power.
A. is incorrect since 2B DG will not start due to no DC power.
Line 1,288: Line 2,149:
C. is incorrect since all feed breakers will still be closed without DC to open them.
C. is incorrect since all feed breakers will still be closed without DC to open them.
D. is correct since there will be no power source to the bus and 2422 will not have opened since DC was lost.
D. is correct since there will be no power source to the bus and 2422 will not have opened since DC was lost.
Date Written:               3/8/2006 Author:         M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:       RO:         SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
50           Both           2           1             064000         2.1.2     3.0           4.0         Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System               Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
50 Both 2
1 064000 2.1.2 3.0 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
Knowledge of operator responsibilities during all modes of plant operation.
Knowledge of operator responsibilities during all modes of plant operation.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
The crew is performing 1BEP ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
Topic Question Stem:
  - ESF busses are supplied by the diesel generators (DG).
The crew is performing 1BEP ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.  
  - The DGs have been continuously loaded to 6000 KW at 1050 amps for 1 hour.
- ESF busses are supplied by the diesel generators (DG).  
- The DGs have been continuously loaded to 6000 KW at 1050 amps for 1 hour.
By design, how much longer can the DGs remain running at this present load?
By design, how much longer can the DGs remain running at this present load?
A                 DGs must be secured immediately.
A DGs must be secured immediately.
B                 1 hour.
B 1 hour.
C                 1999 hours.
C 1999 hours.
D                 Indefinitely.
D Indefinitely.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                           Question Difficulty B           Obj No:       S.DG1-01                   Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-DG-XL-01, Ch 9, Diesel Generator and Auxiliary System, Pg 32                
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.DG1-01 Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-DG-XL-01, Ch 9, Diesel Generator and Auxiliary System, Pg 32  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
The DGs are rated for 5500 Kw @954 amps continuous; 5500-5935 Kw @1030 amps for 2000 hours; 5935-6050 Kw @1050 amps for 2 hours.
The DGs are rated for 5500 Kw @954 amps continuous; 5500-5935 Kw @1030 amps for 2000 hours; 5935-6050 Kw @1050 amps for 2 hours.
Line 1,315: Line 2,193:
C. is incorrect since this load is allowed for 2 hours.
C. is incorrect since this load is allowed for 2 hours.
D. is incorrect since this load is allowed for 2 hours.
D. is incorrect since this load is allowed for 2 hours.
Date Written:               3/8/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:         KA No:               RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
51           Both           2           1               064000       K4.10               3.5               4.0             Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System               Knowledge of ED/G System design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
51 Both 2
1 064000 K4.10 3.5 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Knowledge of ED/G System design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Automatic load sequencer: blackout UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Automatic load sequencer: blackout UserID:
Given the following conditions on Unit 2:
Topic Question Stem:
  - The reactor is at 100% power.
Given the following conditions on Unit 2:  
  - A grid problem has just LOWERED voltage to 3700 volts on Buses 241 and 242.
- The reactor is at 100% power.  
- A grid problem has just LOWERED voltage to 3700 volts on Buses 241 and 242.
With no operator action and voltage sustained at 3700 volts, what is the SEQUENCE of events for this condition?
With no operator action and voltage sustained at 3700 volts, what is the SEQUENCE of events for this condition?
A                 2A and 2B DGs start after ~310 seconds, then both ESF buses deenergize.
A 2A and 2B DGs start after ~310 seconds, then both ESF buses deenergize.
B                 2A and 2B DGs start immediately, then both ESF buses deenergize.
B 2A and 2B DGs start immediately, then both ESF buses deenergize.
C                 Both ESF buses deenergize after ~310 seconds, then 2A and 2B DGs start.
C Both ESF buses deenergize after ~310 seconds, then 2A and 2B DGs start.
D                 Both ESF buses deenergize immediately, then 2A and 2B DGs start.
D Both ESF buses deenergize immediately, then 2A and 2B DGs start.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     S.AP1-10-A                   Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-AP-XL-01, Ch 4, AC Electrical Power System, Pg 40                
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.AP1-10-A Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-AP-XL-01, Ch 4, AC Electrical Power System, Pg 40  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
With voltage degraded to < 3847.5 volts but > 2870 volts, a 310 second time delay is actuated and must time out to cause the feeder breakers for the ESF buses to trip. Once tripped, the DGs see an UV and receive a start signal.
With voltage degraded to < 3847.5 volts but > 2870 volts, a 310 second time delay is actuated and must time out to cause the feeder breakers for the ESF buses to trip. Once tripped, the DGs see an UV and receive a start signal.
Line 1,341: Line 2,236:
B. is incorrect because both the time frame and sequence are not correct.
B. is incorrect because both the time frame and sequence are not correct.
C. is correct D. is incorrect because the timer must time out first.
C. is correct D. is incorrect because the timer must time out first.
Date Written:             3/8/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
52           Both           2             1                 073000         A2.02                 2.7             3.2             High System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System                 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PRM System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
52 Both 2
1 073000 A2.02 2.7 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PRM System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Detector failure UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
Detector failure UserID:
A liquid release is in progress from Release Tank 0WX01T.
Topic Question Stem:
  - RM-11 alarm is received and acknowledged to be 0PR01J, Liquid Radwaste Effluent Rad Monitor, with Color Code: BLUE.
A liquid release is in progress from Release Tank 0WX01T.  
- RM-11 alarm is received and acknowledged to be 0PR01J, Liquid Radwaste Effluent Rad Monitor, with Color Code: BLUE.
What is the impact of this alarm and appropriate action(s), if any?
What is the impact of this alarm and appropriate action(s), if any?
A                 Detector RM-80 micro-processor has lost communication with the RM-11; VERIFY with RW operator that release flow rate has NOT changed, sample every 4 hours, and continue release.
A Detector RM-80 micro-processor has lost communication with the RM-11; VERIFY with RW operator that release flow rate has NOT changed, sample every 4 hours, and continue release.
B                 Detector may have failed; DIRECT RW operator to terminate release IF flow rate RISES, otherwise, continuously monitor flow rate and continue release.
B Detector may have failed; DIRECT RW operator to terminate release IF flow rate RISES, otherwise, continuously monitor flow rate and continue release.
C                 OPERATE FAILURE is indicated; VERIFY with RW operator that the release has TERMINATED; initiate LCOAR for 0PR01J and re-establish conditions for a new release.
C OPERATE FAILURE is indicated; VERIFY with RW operator that the release has TERMINATED; initiate LCOAR for 0PR01J and re-establish conditions for a new release.
D                 OPERATE FAILURE is indicated; VERIFY 0PR10J, Station Blowdown Monitor, is in service and below the ALERT limit; If YES, the release may continue.
D OPERATE FAILURE is indicated; VERIFY 0PR10J, Station Blowdown Monitor, is in service and below the ALERT limit; If YES, the release may continue.
Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       S.AR1-04-B-01/09/18,         New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.AR1-04-B-01/09/18, New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors  
1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-WX-XL-01, Ch 48, Liquid Radwaste RM-11 BAR for 0PR01J BCP-400-TWX01, Liquid Radwaste Release Form For Realease Tank 0WX01T Explanation:
I1-WX-XL-01, Ch 48, Liquid Radwaste RM-11 BAR for 0PR01J BCP-400-TWX01, Liquid Radwaste Release Form For Realease Tank 0WX01T Explanation:
The BLUE Code on the RM-11 means an OPERATE FAILURE has occurred, which could be several things from detector failure to loss of sample flow, but the exact cause will not be readily apparent at the RM-11. Since this is the case, the output will be generated to any auto actuation components as if the monitor is in a HIGH alarm condition. For 0PR01J, this will close the liquid release isolation valve, stopping the release. This is the BAR action for this condition. This detector INOPERABLE requires Tech Spec/TRM action, thus LOCAR initiation. Release may be reestablished and resumed without this monitor using alternate procedure steps.
The BLUE Code on the RM-11 means an OPERATE FAILURE has occurred, which could be several things from detector failure to loss of sample flow, but the exact cause will not be readily apparent at the RM-11. Since this is the case, the output will be generated to any auto actuation components as if the monitor is in a HIGH alarm condition. For 0PR01J, this will close the liquid release isolation valve, stopping the release. This is the BAR action for this condition. This detector INOPERABLE requires Tech Spec/TRM action, thus LOCAR initiation. Release may be reestablished and resumed without this monitor using alternate procedure steps.
Line 1,365: Line 2,277:
B. is incorrect, this reason is plausible, but isolation of the release path is expected to occur.
B. is incorrect, this reason is plausible, but isolation of the release path is expected to occur.
C. is correct per the RM-11 BAR D. is incorrect, this reason is plausible, but isolation of the release path is expected to occur.
C. is correct per the RM-11 BAR D. is incorrect, this reason is plausible, but isolation of the release path is expected to occur.
Date Written:               3/8/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                   App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
53           Both           2           1             076000         A3.02                   3.7             3.7           High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Service Water System (SWS)                             Ability to monitor automatic operation of the SWS, including:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
53 Both 2
1 076000 A3.02 3.7 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Service Water System (SWS)
Ability to monitor automatic operation of the SWS, including:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Emergency heat loads UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Emergency heat loads UserID:
Unit 1 was being synchronized to the grid when a steamline break occurred in containment
Topic Question Stem:
  - 2 minutes later, a switchyard fault caused both Unit 1 SATs to deenergize.
Unit 1 was being synchronized to the grid when a steamline break occurred in containment  
  - Containment pressure peaked at 16.5 psig When would the 1A SX pump re-start?
- 2 minutes later, a switchyard fault caused both Unit 1 SATs to deenergize.  
A                 After the 1A CS pump.
- Containment pressure peaked at 16.5 psig When would the 1A SX pump re-start?
B                 Between the start of 1A CV pump and 1A RH pump.
A After the 1A CS pump.
C                 Before 1A AF pump.
B Between the start of 1A CV pump and 1A RH pump.
D                 Coincident with the start of 1A and 1C RCFCs.
C Before 1A AF pump.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     S.DG1-07-C, S.SX1-         Byron NRC exam bank (1998) - modified Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
D Coincident with the start of 1A and 1C RCFCs.
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.DG1-07-C, S.SX1-Byron NRC exam bank (1998) - modified Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-DG-XL-01, Ch 9, Diesel Generators and Auxiliaries, pgs 36-38  
1 I1-DG-XL-01, Ch 9, Diesel Generators and Auxiliaries, pgs 36-38  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-SX-XL-01, Ch 20, Essential Service Water System, pgs 48-49 Explanation:
I1-SX-XL-01, Ch 20, Essential Service Water System, pgs 48-49 Explanation:
1A SX pump will always sequence on the DG at 25 seconds. The 1A CS pump sequences at 15-18 seconds or after 40 seconds if an auto actuation is present (at or above 20 psig in containment). The SI pump starts between the CV and RH pump. The RCFC start at time 0 in the sequence. Regardless of whether an SI occurred or just loss of offsite power the SX pump always starts 10 seconds before the 1A AF pump, which will auto sequence at the same time for either event.
1A SX pump will always sequence on the DG at 25 seconds. The 1A CS pump sequences at 15-18 seconds or after 40 seconds if an auto actuation is present (at or above 20 psig in containment). The SI pump starts between the CV and RH pump. The RCFC start at time 0 in the sequence. Regardless of whether an SI occurred or just loss of offsite power the SX pump always starts 10 seconds before the 1A AF pump, which will auto sequence at the same time for either event.
Line 1,390: Line 2,320:
C. is correct since the 1A AF pump would start at 35 seconds and the 1A SX pump always sequences at 25 seconds.
C. is correct since the 1A AF pump would start at 35 seconds and the 1A SX pump always sequences at 25 seconds.
D. is incorrect because the RCFCs will start at time 0 in this sequence being supplied by 480 VAC MCCs that are powered as soon as the DG output breaker closes.
D. is incorrect because the RCFCs will start at time 0 in this sequence being supplied by 480 VAC MCCs that are powered as soon as the DG output breaker closes.
Date Written:               3/8/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                   RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
54           Both           2           1           078000           K3.02                   3.4               3.6           High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Instrument Air System (IAS)                           Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the IAS will have on the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
54 Both 2
1 078000 K3.02 3.4 3.6 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Instrument Air System (IAS)
Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the IAS will have on the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Systems having pneumatic valves and controls UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Systems having pneumatic valves and controls UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 2 is at 100% power with all systems in normal lineup, when Instrument air is lost to the containment.
Unit 2 is at 100% power with all systems in normal lineup, when Instrument air is lost to the containment.
Complete the following statement.
Complete the following statement.
With no operator action, Pressurizer (PZR) pressure will RISE__________.
With no operator action, Pressurizer (PZR) pressure will RISE__________.
A                 until the PZR PORVs cycle to control pressure.
A until the PZR PORVs cycle to control pressure.
B                 initially, but will control at 2235 psig due to PZR Sprays opening.
B initially, but will control at 2235 psig due to PZR Sprays opening.
C                 causing backup heaters to deenergize with the variable heaters remaining full on.
C causing backup heaters to deenergize with the variable heaters remaining full on.
D                 continuously to the PZR pressure Reactor trip setpoint.
D continuously to the PZR pressure Reactor trip setpoint.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty A           Obj No:       S.RY1-05/25A/B,           Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
S.RY1-05/25A/B, Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 33  
1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 33  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-CV-XL-01, Ch 15a, CVCS, Pgs 47 1/2BOA SEC-4, Loss of IA, steps 4, 5 and Table A Explanation:
I1-CV-XL-01, Ch 15a, CVCS, Pgs 47 1/2BOA SEC-4, Loss of IA, steps 4, 5 and Table A Explanation:
This is an integrated plant question. CV letdown and normal charging fail closed. The seal injection flow is maintained resulting in a net rise in RCS inventory. This causes PZR level to rise, thus PZR pressure will rise as the bubble is compressed. The loss of air has caused the normal PZR spray valves to fail closed, Aux spray is isolated, thus pressure will rise to the PORV's lift setpoint and lift because the PORVs have a reservoir (accumulator) that maintains operation of the PORVs with no IA available.
This is an integrated plant question. CV letdown and normal charging fail closed. The seal injection flow is maintained resulting in a net rise in RCS inventory. This causes PZR level to rise, thus PZR pressure will rise as the bubble is compressed. The loss of air has caused the normal PZR spray valves to fail closed, Aux spray is isolated, thus pressure will rise to the PORV's lift setpoint and lift because the PORVs have a reservoir (accumulator) that maintains operation of the PORVs with no IA available.
Line 1,416: Line 2,364:
C. is incorrect since the insurge will cause B/U heaters to energize, the variable heaters will be off with the higher pressure.
C. is incorrect since the insurge will cause B/U heaters to energize, the variable heaters will be off with the higher pressure.
D. is incorrect since PORV's will still function to keep pressure below the reactor trip setpoint.
D. is incorrect since PORV's will still function to keep pressure below the reactor trip setpoint.
Date Written:               3/8/2006 Author:       M.Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/8/2006 Author:
M.Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
55           Both           2           1             103000             A2.03                 3.5             3.8             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Containment System                                       Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Containment System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
55 Both 2
1 103000 A2.03 3.5 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Containment System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Containment System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Phase A and B isolation UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
Phase A and B isolation UserID:
A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.
Topic Question Stem:
  - Immediate actions in 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, are complete
A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.  
  - Containment pressure is 24 psig The following Group Monitor lights are NOT LIT:
- Immediate actions in 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, are complete  
  - 1CV8152, Letdown Line Containment Isolation Valve
- Containment pressure is 24 psig The following Group Monitor lights are NOT LIT:  
  - 1CC685, CC From RCPs Thermal Barrier Isolation Valve
- 1CV8152, Letdown Line Containment Isolation Valve  
  - 1CS019B, Eductor 1B Spray Add Valve What are the FIRST actions required in 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, for these indications?
- 1CC685, CC From RCPs Thermal Barrier Isolation Valve  
A                 Manually actuate Phase A, CS & Phase B.
- 1CS019B, Eductor 1B Spray Add Valve What are the FIRST actions required in 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, for these indications?
B                 VERIFY position of each valve; Manually position each valve using the control switch as required.
A Manually actuate Phase A, CS & Phase B.
C                 Manually actuate SI, CS & Phase B.
B VERIFY position of each valve; Manually position each valve using the control switch as required.
D                 VERIFY associated opposite Train valve CLOSED, then continue in 1BEP-0.
C Manually actuate SI, CS & Phase B.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty A           Obj No:       T.EP01-05                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
D VERIFY associated opposite Train valve CLOSED, then continue in 1BEP-0.
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
T.EP01-05 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or SI, Steps 8 and 14  
1 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or SI, Steps 8 and 14  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EP-XL-01, 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or SI, pgs 12, 14 Explanation:
I1-EP-XL-01, 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or SI, pgs 12, 14 Explanation:
BEP-0 RNO action for each of these group lights NOT LIT specifically states to Manually Actuate Phase A for 1CV8152, and Manually Actuate CS&Phase B (2 of 2 switches) for 1CC685 and/or 1CS019B.
BEP-0 RNO action for each of these group lights NOT LIT specifically states to Manually Actuate Phase A for 1CV8152, and Manually Actuate CS&Phase B (2 of 2 switches) for 1CC685 and/or 1CS019B.
Line 1,444: Line 2,409:
C. is incorrect since SI has already been manually actuated by procedure as a backup to auto actuation early in the event.
C. is incorrect since SI has already been manually actuated by procedure as a backup to auto actuation early in the event.
D. is incorrect since this is also a followup action after Manual actuation has been attempted.
D. is incorrect since this is also a followup action after Manual actuation has been attempted.
Date Written:               3/9/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                   App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/9/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                   RO:             SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
56           Both           2           2               001000         K2.01                 3.5             3.6         High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Control Rod Drive System                               Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
56 Both 2
2 001000 K2.01 3.5 3.6 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Control Rod Drive System Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
One-line diagram of power supply to M/G sets UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
One-line diagram of power supply to M/G sets UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 1 is operating at 50% power in a normal at power lineup.
Unit 1 is operating at 50% power in a normal at power lineup.
Which of the following would cause Alarm 1-10-D8, ROD DRIVE M/G SET TROUBLE, to alarm?
Which of the following would cause Alarm 1-10-D8, ROD DRIVE M/G SET TROUBLE, to alarm?
A                 Loss of 4KV Bus 141 B                 Loss of 4KV Bus 142 C                 Loss of 4KV Bus 143 D                 Loss of 120 VAC Bus 113 Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       S.RD1-11-A                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A Loss of 4KV Bus 141 B
Loss of 4KV Bus 142 C
Loss of 4KV Bus 143 D
Loss of 120 VAC Bus 113 Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.RD1-11-A New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BAR 1-10-D8, Rod Drive M/G Set Trouble  
1 BAR 1-10-D8, Rod Drive M/G Set Trouble  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-RD-XL-01, Ch 28, Rod Control System, Pgs 20, 53 Explanation:
I1-RD-XL-01, Ch 28, Rod Control System, Pgs 20, 53 Explanation:
The power supplies to the MG sets are 480 VAC MCCs 133Y and 134Y, which are fed by 4KV buses 143 and 144. If power is lost to a running MG set with the other MG set running, the breakers for the deenergized MG set will trip on reverse power, which is one of the inputs to the alarm. Other alarm inputs are associated with other running breaker faults (i.e. OC, OV, Grnd).
The power supplies to the MG sets are 480 VAC MCCs 133Y and 134Y, which are fed by 4KV buses 143 and 144. If power is lost to a running MG set with the other MG set running, the breakers for the deenergized MG set will trip on reverse power, which is one of the inputs to the alarm. Other alarm inputs are associated with other running breaker faults (i.e. OC, OV, Grnd).
Line 1,464: Line 2,449:
C. is correct since this would cause 1A RD MG set to lose power (i.e. 133Y will deenergize) causing a reverse power trip from the other energized MG set. This will cause the alarm.
C. is correct since this would cause 1A RD MG set to lose power (i.e. 133Y will deenergize) causing a reverse power trip from the other energized MG set. This will cause the alarm.
D. is incorrect since there is NO interface or impact to the MG sets from a loss of this bus.
D. is incorrect since there is NO interface or impact to the MG sets from a loss of this bus.
Date Written:               3/9/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/9/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:       RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:             RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
57           Both           2             2             002000         2.1.32             3.4               3.8             Low System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Reactor Coolant System (RCS)                             Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
57 Both 2
2 002000 2.1.32 3.4 3.8 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Reactor Coolant System (RCS)
Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.
Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.
UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Unit 1 is in MODE 4 during a plant heatup with the following conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
  - RCS temperature = 300&deg;F
Unit 1 is in MODE 4 during a plant heatup with the following conditions:  
  - RCS pressure = 400 psig
- RCS temperature = 300&deg;F  
  - PZR level = 33%
- RCS pressure = 400 psig  
  - Preparations are in progress to start the FIRST RCP.
- PZR level = 33%  
- Preparations are in progress to start the FIRST RCP.
Complete the following statement of applicability.
Complete the following statement of applicability.
Per BOP RC-1, Startup of a Reactor Coolant Pump, the requirement of having < 50&deg;F difference between S/G temperature and the associated RCS loop temperature_____________
Per BOP RC-1, Startup of a Reactor Coolant Pump, the requirement of having < 50&deg;F difference between S/G temperature and the associated RCS loop temperature_____________
A                 is NOT applicable since this is the first RCP to be started.
A is NOT applicable since this is the first RCP to be started.
B                 ensures RCP seal parameters remain within normal operating range.
B ensures RCP seal parameters remain within normal operating range.
C                 prevents an overpressure event in the RCS.
C prevents an overpressure event in the RCS.
D                 provides adequate NPSH at the suction of the selected RCP.
D provides adequate NPSH at the suction of the selected RCP.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                         Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     S.RC2-09-C                   Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Answer: Task No:
Low Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-RC-XL-02, Ch 13, Reactor Coolant Pump, Pg 31            
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.RC2-09-C Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Low Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RC-XL-02, Ch 13, Reactor Coolant Pump, Pg 31  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Tech Spec 3.4.6 and 3.4.7 Explanation:
Tech Spec 3.4.6 and 3.4.7 Explanation:
This is the Tech Spec requirement, thus preventing a challenge to LTOP, due to the rapid distribution of the higher energy fluid when an RCP is initially started. The limit is the analyzed range boundary.
This is the Tech Spec requirement, thus preventing a challenge to LTOP, due to the rapid distribution of the higher energy fluid when an RCP is initially started. The limit is the analyzed range boundary.
Line 1,494: Line 2,497:
C. is correct as part of the LTOP analysis to prevent overpressurization of the RCS on an RCP start.
C. is correct as part of the LTOP analysis to prevent overpressurization of the RCS on an RCP start.
D. is incorrect since this is established strictly by the P/T limits in th RCS alone.
D. is incorrect since this is established strictly by the P/T limits in th RCS alone.
Date Written:               3/9/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/9/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:           SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
58           Both           2           2           011000           K3.03                   3.2           3.7             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Pressurizer Level Control System (PZR LCS)             Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the PZR LCS will have on the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
58 Both 2
2 011000 K3.03 3.2 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Pressurizer Level Control System (PZR LCS)
Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the PZR LCS will have on the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
PZR PCS UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
PZR PCS UserID:
Unit 1 is at 50% power with all systems in Auto, except Rod Control which is in Manual.
Topic Question Stem:
  - Letdown flow is 75 gpm.
Unit 1 is at 50% power with all systems in Auto, except Rod Control which is in Manual.  
  - RCS Loop 1C Tave channel fails HIGH.
- Letdown flow is 75 gpm.  
- RCS Loop 1C Tave channel fails HIGH.
What is the response of PZR Pressure Control AFTER 10 minutes with no operator action?
What is the response of PZR Pressure Control AFTER 10 minutes with no operator action?
A                 One PORV is cycling, Sprays FULL OPEN.
A One PORV is cycling, Sprays FULL OPEN.
B                 Spray valves CLOSED, Backup heaters ON, Variable heaters full ON.
B Spray valves CLOSED, Backup heaters ON, Variable heaters full ON.
C                 Spray valves Throttled OPEN, Backup heaters OFF, Variable heaters OFF.
C Spray valves Throttled OPEN, Backup heaters OFF, Variable heaters OFF.
D                 Spray valves Throttled OPEN, Backup heaters ON, Variable heaters OFF.
D Spray valves Throttled OPEN, Backup heaters ON, Variable heaters OFF.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     S.RY1-21I                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 25, 26, 28          
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.RY1-21I New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 25, 26, 28  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
This failure inputs to PZR level Control Program level setpoint now calling for 100% power PZR level. Charging flow rate will immediately rise, raising PZR level. As PZR level rises, pressure rises causing variable heaters to go to minimum (OFF) and sprays to open to maintain pressure control. Sprays have more than enough capacity to prevent reaching the PORV lift setpoint on this transient. Backup heaters should already be OFF and remain OFF. They will reenergize on a > 5% level deviation above program normally expected on an insurge, but in this case the deviation is the other direction and they won't reenergize.
This failure inputs to PZR level Control Program level setpoint now calling for 100% power PZR level. Charging flow rate will immediately rise, raising PZR level. As PZR level rises, pressure rises causing variable heaters to go to minimum (OFF) and sprays to open to maintain pressure control. Sprays have more than enough capacity to prevent reaching the PORV lift setpoint on this transient. Backup heaters should already be OFF and remain OFF. They will reenergize on a > 5% level deviation above program normally expected on an insurge, but in this case the deviation is the other direction and they won't reenergize.
Line 1,520: Line 2,541:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect because sprays will be on, variable heaters will be off, but backup heaters will be off also.
D. is incorrect because sprays will be on, variable heaters will be off, but backup heaters will be off also.
Date Written:               3/9/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/9/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
59           Both           2           2               014000       K4.03                   3.2               3.4           Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Rod Position Indication System (RPIS)                   Knowledge of RPIS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
59 Both 2
2 014000 K4.03 3.2 3.4 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Rod Position Indication System (RPIS)
Knowledge of RPIS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Rod bottom lights UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Rod bottom lights UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Which of the following will cause the Rod Bottom LED to FLASH?
Which of the following will cause the Rod Bottom LED to FLASH?
A                 DRPI General Warning B                 DRPI Data A failure C                 An Ejected rod D                 A Dropped rod from 9 steps during withdrawal Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       S.PI1-04/06                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A DRPI General Warning B
DRPI Data A failure C
An Ejected rod D
A Dropped rod from 9 steps during withdrawal Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.PI1-04/06 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-PI-XL-01, Ch 29, Pgs 9-11, 18
1 I1-PI-XL-01, Ch 29, Pgs 9-11, 18


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
Several failures will cause the Rod Bottom lights to flash including DRPI Data A AND Data B failures coincident with one another, Data A and B differ by more than 1 bit, sum of Data A and B exceeds 38 bits, and an ejected rod.
Several failures will cause the Rod Bottom lights to flash including DRPI Data A AND Data B failures coincident with one another, Data A and B differ by more than 1 bit, sum of Data A and B exceeds 38 bits, and an ejected rod.
Line 1,539: Line 2,581:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect since this would bring in the light solid.
D. is incorrect since this would bring in the light solid.
Date Written:               3/9/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/9/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:               RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
60           Both           2           2               016000           K1.12               3.5             3.5           High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System (NNIS)               Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the NNIS and the following systems:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
60 Both 2
2 016000 K1.12 3.5 3.5 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System (NNIS)
Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the NNIS and the following systems:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
S/G UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
S/G UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 2 is at 35% power with all systems in normal lineup.
Unit 2 is at 35% power with all systems in normal lineup.
What failure will cause an INITIAL DROP in feedwater flow to ALL SGs?
What failure will cause an INITIAL DROP in feedwater flow to ALL SGs?
A                 PT-505, Turbine First Stage Impulse Pressure, fails LOW.
A PT-505, Turbine First Stage Impulse Pressure, fails LOW.
B                 PT-506, Turbine First Stage Impulse Pressure, fails LOW C                 PT-507, Main Steamline Pressure, fails LOW.
B PT-506, Turbine First Stage Impulse Pressure, fails LOW C
D                 PT-508, Main Feedwater Header Pressure, fails LOW.
PT-507, Main Steamline Pressure, fails LOW.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       S.FW2-16                   Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
D PT-508, Main Feedwater Header Pressure, fails LOW.
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-FW-XL-01, Ch 27, SG Water Level Control System, Pg 20              
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.FW2-16 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-FW-XL-01, Ch 27, SG Water Level Control System, Pg 20  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
PT-507 is input to FWP turbine speed control for maintaining delta-P program across the FRVs. A low failure would denote a large delta-P and the FWP speed will slow down to lower the delta-P, thus reducing FW flow to the SGs. The same effect would occur if PT-508 failed high.
PT-507 is input to FWP turbine speed control for maintaining delta-P program across the FRVs. A low failure would denote a large delta-P and the FWP speed will slow down to lower the delta-P, thus reducing FW flow to the SGs. The same effect would occur if PT-508 failed high.
Line 1,563: Line 2,624:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect since this input will cause the SG's level to go up, a failure high would produce the same response as B.
D. is incorrect since this input will cause the SG's level to go up, a failure high would produce the same response as B.
Date Written:               3/9/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                   App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/9/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:               RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
61           Both           2           2             017000         K5.01                 3.1               3.9           Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
In-Core Temperature Monitor (ITM) System               Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ITM System:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
61 Both 2
2 017000 K5.01 3.1 3.9 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
In-Core Temperature Monitor (ITM) System Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ITM System:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Temperature at which cladding and fuel melt UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Temperature at which cladding and fuel melt UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Implementation of 2BFR C.1 is safety significant, when CETCs are > 1200&deg;F, because additional operator action is required to ___________.
Implementation of 2BFR C.1 is safety significant, when CETCs are > 1200&deg;F, because additional operator action is required to ___________.
A                 Prevent core uncovery.
A Prevent core uncovery.
B                 Provide core cooling to prevent hydrogen generation from the zircaloy-water reaction.
B Provide core cooling to prevent hydrogen generation from the zircaloy-water reaction.
C                 Limit containment pressure to less than the design pressure.
C Limit containment pressure to less than the design pressure.
D                 Provide core cooling to maintain a coolable geometry.
D Provide core cooling to maintain a coolable geometry.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     S.FR02-01                   Byron exam bank (modified)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-FR-XL-02, BFR-C.1, C.2, C.3, Pg 2, 3      
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.FR02-01 Byron exam bank (modified)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-FR-XL-02, BFR-C.1, C.2, C.3, Pg 2, 3  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
This is the express purpose of the BFR C-series, prevent excessive first barrier (clad) damage and maintain a coolable core geometry.
This is the express purpose of the BFR C-series, prevent excessive first barrier (clad) damage and maintain a coolable core geometry.
Line 1,587: Line 2,665:
C. is incorrect because this barrier is addressed in BFR Z-series.
C. is incorrect because this barrier is addressed in BFR Z-series.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:               3/9/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/9/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
62           Both         2           2               029000         A3.01                 3.8             4.0           Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Containment Purge System (CPS)                         Ability to monitor automatic operation of the Containment Purge System, including:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
62 Both 2
2 029000 A3.01 3.8 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Containment Purge System (CPS)
Ability to monitor automatic operation of the Containment Purge System, including:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
CPS isolation UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
CPS isolation UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Which Containment Radiation Monitor provides a signal to automatically actuate a Containment Vent Isolation?
Which Containment Radiation Monitor provides a signal to automatically actuate a Containment Vent Isolation?
A                 AR011, Containment Fuel Handling Incident monitor.
A AR011, Containment Fuel Handling Incident monitor.
B                 PR011, Containment Atmosphere monitor.
B PR011, Containment Atmosphere monitor.
C                 AR014, Containment General Area monitor.
C AR014, Containment General Area monitor.
D                 PR001, Containment Purge Effluent monitor.
D PR001, Containment Purge Effluent monitor.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     S.AR1-04-A-02             Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pg 30            
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
S.AR1-04-A-02 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pg 30  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
AR011 and AR012 respectively isolate Train A and Train B Primary (Not used term at Byron) CNMT (Vent at Byron) Purge (VQ) valves.
AR011 and AR012 respectively isolate Train A and Train B Primary (Not used term at Byron) CNMT (Vent at Byron) Purge (VQ) valves.
A. is correct as described above.
A. is correct as described above.
B. is incorrect because this monitor in alarm isolates the CNMT Air Sampling Panel and monitor.
B. is incorrect because this monitor in alarm isolates the CNMT Air Sampling Panel and monitor.
C. is incorrect- this monitor provides indication and alarm only.
C. is incorrect-this monitor provides indication and alarm only.
D. is incorrect- this monitor provides indication and alarm only.
D. is incorrect-this monitor provides indication and alarm only.
Date Written:               3/9/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/9/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
63           Both         2             2               034000       K6.02                   2.6               3.3             Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES)                   Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the Fuel Handling System:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
63 Both 2
2 034000 K6.02 2.6 3.3 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES)
Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the Fuel Handling System:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Radiation monitoring systems UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Radiation monitoring systems UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
While using the Spent Fuel Pool Crane to move new fuel into the Spent Fuel Pool, radiation monitor 0RE-AR039, Fuel Handling Building Crane Monitor, alarms HIGH.
While using the Spent Fuel Pool Crane to move new fuel into the Spent Fuel Pool, radiation monitor 0RE-AR039, Fuel Handling Building Crane Monitor, alarms HIGH.
What ACTION for the Fuel Handling Building Crane is affected?
What ACTION for the Fuel Handling Building Crane is affected?
A                 Traverse of the bridge and trolley.
A Traverse of the bridge and trolley.
B                 BOTH lowering and raising the hoist.
B BOTH lowering and raising the hoist.
C                 BOTH Traverse of the trolley and raising the hoist.
C BOTH Traverse of the trolley and raising the hoist.
D                 Raising the hoist ONLY.
D Raising the hoist ONLY.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       S.AR1-04-A-03               Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pg 27              
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.AR1-04-A-03 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pg 27  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
Raising the hoist is the only movement that is inhibited.
Raising the hoist is the only movement that is inhibited.
Line 1,636: Line 2,750:
C. is incorrect since trolley movement is not inhibited.
C. is incorrect since trolley movement is not inhibited.
D. is correct as stated above.
D. is correct as stated above.
Date Written:               3/9/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/9/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:         Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
64           Both           2             2           041000           A1.02                   3.1             3.2             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Steam Dump System (SDS) and Turbine                     Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding Bypass Control                                           design limits) associated with operating the SDS controls including:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
64 Both 2
2 041000 A1.02 3.1 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Steam Dump System (SDS) and Turbine Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding Bypass Control design limits) associated with operating the SDS controls including:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Steam pressure UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
Steam pressure UserID:
During a Unit 2 plant cooldown, the following conditions exist:
Topic Question Stem:
  - RCS loop Tave:
During a Unit 2 plant cooldown, the following conditions exist:  
550&deg;F Loop 1 is lowering 548&deg;F Loop 2 is lowering 551&deg;F Loop 3 is lowering 548&deg;F Loop 4 is lowering
- RCS loop Tave:
  - Steam header pressure is 1030 psig and lowering.
550&deg;F Loop 1 is lowering 548&deg;F Loop 2 is lowering 551&deg;F Loop 3 is lowering 548&deg;F Loop 4 is lowering  
  - Steam Dump Mode Selector switch is in STM PRESS MODE.
- Steam header pressure is 1030 psig and lowering.  
  - Steam Dump Controller is in MAN, set at 30% demand.
- Steam Dump Mode Selector switch is in STM PRESS MODE.  
- Steam Dump Controller is in MAN, set at 30% demand.
The operator momentarily places the Train A and Train B Steam Dump Bypass Interlock switches to BYPASS and then releases them.
The operator momentarily places the Train A and Train B Steam Dump Bypass Interlock switches to BYPASS and then releases them.
What is the Steam Dump valve status following this action?
What is the Steam Dump valve status following this action?
A                 All valves are fully CLOSED.
A All valves are fully CLOSED.
B                 Three valves in groups 1, 2, and 3 will OPEN.(9 total)
B Three valves in groups 1, 2, and 3 will OPEN.(9 total)
C                 Three valves in group 1 ONLY will OPEN.
C Three valves in group 1 ONLY will OPEN.
D                 One valve in groups 1, 2, and 3 will fully OPEN.(3 total)
D One valve in groups 1, 2, and 3 will fully OPEN.(3 total)
Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     S.DU1-04-C/07-B               Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.DU1-04-C/07-B Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-DU-XL-01, Ch 24, Steam Dumps, Pg 12  
1 I1-DU-XL-01, Ch 24, Steam Dumps, Pg 12  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
If temperature on 2/4 Tave channels is below 550&deg;F, all valves close and when BYPASS INTERLOCK is selected on both trains, the steam dumps will reopen on demand, however, only group 1 valves can open below 550&deg;F, without jumpering the control circuit.
If temperature on 2/4 Tave channels is below 550&deg;F, all valves close and when BYPASS INTERLOCK is selected on both trains, the steam dumps will reopen on demand, however, only group 1 valves can open below 550&deg;F, without jumpering the control circuit.
Line 1,667: Line 2,798:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect since 3 total valves is correct, but they are all in group 1; groups 2 and 3 are blocked below 550&deg;F.
D. is incorrect since 3 total valves is correct, but they are all in group 1; groups 2 and 3 are blocked below 550&deg;F.
Date Written:             3/10/2006 Author:         M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/10/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
65           Both           2           2             071000         A4.24                 2.9               3.4           Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS)                       Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
65 Both 2
2 071000 A4.24 2.9 3.4 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS)
Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
The double verification required before waste gas release UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
The double verification required before waste gas release UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
While preparing to perform BCP 400-TWASTE GAS, Gaseous Effluent Release Form: Waste Gas Decay Tank, you discover that 0PR02J, Gas Decay Tank Effluent, Radiation Monitor is INOPERABLE.
While preparing to perform BCP 400-TWASTE GAS, Gaseous Effluent Release Form: Waste Gas Decay Tank, you discover that 0PR02J, Gas Decay Tank Effluent, Radiation Monitor is INOPERABLE.
It is still desired to perform the Gaseous Release.
It is still desired to perform the Gaseous Release.
Which of the following does NOT REQUIRE an independent verification for the release to proceed?
Which of the following does NOT REQUIRE an independent verification for the release to proceed?
A                 Lifting Leads BOP GW-13, 0PR02J Interlock Function Defeat.
A Lifting Leads BOP GW-13, 0PR02J Interlock Function Defeat.
B                 Placing the Gas Decay Tank, that will be released, in Storage alignment per BOP GW-6, Realignment of Gas Decay Tanks.
B Placing the Gas Decay Tank, that will be released, in Storage alignment per BOP GW-6, Realignment of Gas Decay Tanks.
C                 Sampling the Gas Decay Tank that will be released for activity.
C Sampling the Gas Decay Tank that will be released for activity.
D                 Calculating the release rate of the Gas Decay Tank that will be released.
D Calculating the release rate of the Gas Decay Tank that will be released.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty B           Obj No:       S.GW1-12                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 BCP 400-TWASTE GAS, Gaseous Effluent Release Form: Waste Gas Decay Tank.                  
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.GW1-12 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BCP 400-TWASTE GAS, Gaseous Effluent Release Form: Waste Gas Decay Tank.  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
BOP GW-13, 0PR02J Interlock Defeat Function.
BOP GW-13, 0PR02J Interlock Defeat Function.
BOP GW-6, Realignment of Gas Decay Tanks I1-GW-XL-01, Ch 46, Gaseous Radwaste System. Pgs 14, 20, 21 TRM 3.11.b, Radioactive Gaseous Effluent Monitoring Instrumentation Explanation:
BOP GW-6, Realignment of Gas Decay Tanks I1-GW-XL-01, Ch 46, Gaseous Radwaste System. Pgs 14, 20, 21 TRM 3.11.b, Radioactive Gaseous Effluent Monitoring Instrumentation Explanation:
Line 1,693: Line 2,842:
C. is incorrect since the procedure and the TRM requires this action for 0PR02J inoperable.
C. is incorrect since the procedure and the TRM requires this action for 0PR02J inoperable.
D. is incorrect since the procedure and the TRM requires this action for 0PR02J inoperable.
D. is incorrect since the procedure and the TRM requires this action for 0PR02J inoperable.
Date Written:               3/16/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/16/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO: Cog Level:
Quest No:
66           Both         3                         194001         2.1.12                 2.9               4.0   High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                 Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
66 Both 3
194001 2.1.12 2.9 4.0 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
Ability to apply technical specifications for a system.
Ability to apply technical specifications for a system.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Unit 2 is in MODE 1. Due to a turbine malfunction and a trip of the running containment chiller, the following conditions exist:
Topic Question Stem:
  - Current time = 1000.
Unit 2 is in MODE 1. Due to a turbine malfunction and a trip of the running containment chiller, the following conditions exist:  
  - RCS Tave = 549&deg;F.
- Current time = 1000.  
  - PZR pressure = 2202 psig.
- RCS Tave = 549&deg;F.  
  - Containment pressure = 1.1 psig.
- PZR pressure = 2202 psig.  
  - Containment temperature (Ave of running RCFCs) = 122&deg;F Which Technical Specification LCO parameter MUST BE RESTORED by 1030 to allow continued operation in MODE 1? (Assume turbine problem has been corrected)
- Containment pressure = 1.1 psig.  
A                 RCS Tave.
- Containment temperature (Ave of running RCFCs) = 122&deg;F Which Technical Specification LCO parameter MUST BE RESTORED by 1030 to allow continued operation in MODE 1? (Assume turbine problem has been corrected)
B                 PZR pressure.
A RCS Tave.
C                 Containment pressure.
B PZR pressure.
D                 Containment temperature.
C Containment pressure.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                     Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     S.RC1-12, S.PC1-08         Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
D Containment temperature.
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 Tech Specs 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.6.4 and 3.6.5      
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
S.RC1-12, S.PC1-08 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Tech Specs 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.6.4 and 3.6.5  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 41 I1-PC-XL-01, Ch 40, Primary Containment, Pgs 25, 26 Explanation:
I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 41 I1-PC-XL-01, Ch 40, Primary Containment, Pgs 25, 26 Explanation:
RCS Tave is required to be at or above 550&deg;F when critical per Tech Spec 3.4.2.
RCS Tave is required to be at or above 550&deg;F when critical per Tech Spec 3.4.2.
Line 1,722: Line 2,888:
C. is incorrect since CNMT Pressure is required to be within limits (-.1 to +1.0 psig) within 1 hour per Tech Spec 3.6.4.
C. is incorrect since CNMT Pressure is required to be within limits (-.1 to +1.0 psig) within 1 hour per Tech Spec 3.6.4.
D is incorrect since CNMT Temperature is required to be at or below 120&deg;F within 8 hours per Tech Spec 3.6.5.
D is incorrect since CNMT Temperature is required to be at or below 120&deg;F within 8 hours per Tech Spec 3.6.5.
Date Written:             3/10/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/10/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:             RO:             SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
67           Both           3                             194001         12.1.27           2.8               2.9           Low System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                   Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
67 Both 3 194001 12.1.27 2.8 2.9 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
Knowledge of system purpose and or function.
Knowledge of system purpose and or function.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
In accordance with the Operating Department Standards found in BAP 300-1, Byron Addendum to Conduct of Operations Manual, which of the following would meet the "Operator's judgement" call for taking a controller from AUTO to MANUAL?
In accordance with the Operating Department Standards found in BAP 300-1, Byron Addendum to Conduct of Operations Manual, which of the following would meet the "Operator's judgement" call for taking a controller from AUTO to MANUAL?
A                 To establish the control output to desired setpoint faster during a load ramp.
A To establish the control output to desired setpoint faster during a load ramp.
B                 Periodically to check if MANUAL is tracking AUTO.
B Periodically to check if MANUAL is tracking AUTO.
C                 Periodically to RESET the integral during a power ramp.
C Periodically to RESET the integral during a power ramp.
D                 Automatic response is NOT consistent with changing plant conditions.
D Automatic response is NOT consistent with changing plant conditions.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                         Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     T.AM03-29                   New Low Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
T.AM03-29 New Low Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BAP 300-1, OP-AA-100, Conduct of Operations Manual, Byron Addendum  
1 BAP 300-1, OP-AA-100, Conduct of Operations Manual, Byron Addendum  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-AM-XL-70, BAP 300-1, OP-AA-101-101, Conduct of Operations Maunual, Byron Addendum, Pg Explanation:
I1-AM-XL-70, BAP 300-1, OP-AA-101-101, Conduct of Operations Maunual, Byron Addendum, Pg Explanation:
The statement in BAP 300-1, C.1.h. says " the operator may place a controller in the manual mode from the automatic mode whenever, in the operator's judgement, continued automatic operation is unsafe or whenever it may cause any unnecessary transients.
The statement in BAP 300-1, C.1.h. says " the operator may place a controller in the manual mode from the automatic mode whenever, in the operator's judgement, continued automatic operation is unsafe or whenever it may cause any unnecessary transients.
Line 1,746: Line 2,928:
C. is incorrect since it does not meet the intent of this standard.
C. is incorrect since it does not meet the intent of this standard.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:             3/16/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/16/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO: Cog Level:
Quest No:
68           Both           3                         194001           2.2.22                 3.4             4.1   Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                 Equipment Control KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
68 Both 3
194001 2.2.22 3.4 4.1 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Equipment Control KA Statement:
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
An overpressure event caused the Technical Specification Safety Limit for RCS Pressure to be exceeded in MODE 1 at 10:00.
An overpressure event caused the Technical Specification Safety Limit for RCS Pressure to be exceeded in MODE 1 at 10:00.
By what time must the Unit be in HOT STANDBY with RCS Pressure within limits?
By what time must the Unit be in HOT STANDBY with RCS Pressure within limits?
A                 10:05 B                 10:15 C                 10:30 D                 11:00 Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                                     Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       S.RC1-12                     Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
A 10:05 B
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
10:15 C
1 I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 35          
10:30 D
11:00 Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S.RC1-12 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 35  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Tech Spec 2.1.2 Explanation:
Tech Spec 2.1.2 Explanation:
Tech Spec 2.1.2 actions in MODE 1or 2 require reducing pressure to 2735 psig or below and being in MODE 3 within 1 hour.
Tech Spec 2.1.2 actions in MODE 1or 2 require reducing pressure to 2735 psig or below and being in MODE 3 within 1 hour.
Line 1,767: Line 2,969:
C. is incorrect because although plauseable, not correct.
C. is incorrect because although plauseable, not correct.
D. is correct as stated above.
D. is correct as stated above.
Date Written:             3/10/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                   App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/10/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:               RO:             SRO:   Cog Level:
Quest No:
69           Both           3                           194001           2.2.25               2.5               3.7     Low System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                   Equipment Control KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
69 Both 3 194001 2.2.25 2.5 3.7 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Equipment Control KA Statement:
Knowledge of bases in technical specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Knowledge of bases in technical specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Limits on RCS activity provided in Technical Specifications are based on the dose that would be received at the site boundary in a SGTR accident that begins with a steady-state primary-to-secondary leakage of 1 gpm.
Limits on RCS activity provided in Technical Specifications are based on the dose that would be received at the site boundary in a SGTR accident that begins with a steady-state primary-to-secondary leakage of 1 gpm.
Maintaining those limits ensures that the 2-hour dose at the site boundary during a SGTR will NOT exceed a small fraction of the _________________.
Maintaining those limits ensures that the 2-hour dose at the site boundary during a SGTR will NOT exceed a small fraction of the _________________.
A                 10 CFR 20, Standards for Protection Against Radiation, limits.
A 10 CFR 20, Standards for Protection Against Radiation, limits.
B                 10 CFR 100, Reactor Site Criteria, limits.
B 10 CFR 100, Reactor Site Criteria, limits.
C                 EPA Protective Action Guideline thresholds.
C EPA Protective Action Guideline thresholds.
D                 5 Rem TEDE limit for the general public.
D 5 Rem TEDE limit for the general public.
Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                                     Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.RC1-14, S.BZ1-03           Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-BZ-XL-01, Ch 2, Site and Buildings, Pgs 5, 6.            
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.RC1-14, S.BZ1-03 Byron NRC exam bank (2000)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-BZ-XL-01, Ch 2, Site and Buildings, Pgs 5, 6.  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 51.
I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 51.
Tech Spec 3.4.16, RCS Activity, and 3.4.13, RCS Operational Leakage, bases I1-SG-XL-01, Ch 22, Steam Generators, Pg 19 Explanation:
Tech Spec 3.4.16, RCS Activity, and 3.4.13, RCS Operational Leakage, bases I1-SG-XL-01, Ch 22, Steam Generators, Pg 19 Explanation:
Line 1,793: Line 3,011:
C. is incorrect, but plausible since evacuation actions are based on this guidline.
C. is incorrect, but plausible since evacuation actions are based on this guidline.
D. is incorrect, but plausible since this is the federal limit for rad workers.
D. is incorrect, but plausible since this is the federal limit for rad workers.
Date Written:             3/10/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/10/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:               RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
70           Both           3                         194001           2.2.34                 2.8               3.2               High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                 Equipment Control KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
70 Both 3
194001 2.2.34 2.8 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Equipment Control KA Statement:
Knowledge of the process for determining the internal and external effects on core reactivity.
Knowledge of the process for determining the internal and external effects on core reactivity.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
A Unit 2 reactor startup is in progress following a refueling outage.
Topic Question Stem:
  - Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC) is slightly positive at +.5 pcm/&deg;F
A Unit 2 reactor startup is in progress following a refueling outage.  
  - With critical data just obtained, rods are withdrawn to establish a +.1 DPM steady-state startup rate.
- Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC) is slightly positive at +.5 pcm/&deg;F  
- With critical data just obtained, rods are withdrawn to establish a +.1 DPM steady-state startup rate.
With no additional operator action, reactor power will RISE until which of the following occurs?
With no additional operator action, reactor power will RISE until which of the following occurs?
A                 The RCS heatup is sufficient to negate the reactivity added by the rods.
A The RCS heatup is sufficient to negate the reactivity added by the rods.
B                 Fuel temperature rises sufficiently to negate the reactivity added by the rods.
B Fuel temperature rises sufficiently to negate the reactivity added by the rods.
C                 Automatic steam dump response lowers RCS temperature.
C Automatic steam dump response lowers RCS temperature.
D                 An automatic reactor trip occurs.
D An automatic reactor trip occurs.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     A.RT3-08/15                 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 I1-RT-XL-03, Ch 3, Reactor Theory, MTC and Total Power Defect, Pgs 9, 19, 33.              
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
A.RT3-08/15 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RT-XL-03, Ch 3, Reactor Theory, MTC and Total Power Defect, Pgs 9, 19, 33.  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
MTC is + which means the point of adding heat will then add additional + reactivity as the coolant temperature rises. However, FTC is always negative and fuel temperature rise must occur to raise RCS temperature. The magnitude of negative reactivity added by the fuel temperature rise will rapidly offset the positive reactivity added by the moderator temperature rise. FTC is ~ 3 times as large in magnitude as MTC.
MTC is + which means the point of adding heat will then add additional + reactivity as the coolant temperature rises. However, FTC is always negative and fuel temperature rise must occur to raise RCS temperature. The magnitude of negative reactivity added by the fuel temperature rise will rapidly offset the positive reactivity added by the moderator temperature rise. FTC is ~ 3 times as large in magnitude as MTC.
Line 1,820: Line 3,055:
C. is incorrect since this would raise steam demand, raising power, holding temperature, not cooling down. Actual stabilization from FTC feedback to hold power.
C. is incorrect since this would raise steam demand, raising power, holding temperature, not cooling down. Actual stabilization from FTC feedback to hold power.
D. is incorrect since power will turn and stabilize low into the power range. Critical data is taken well above P-6 and stablization will be well below P-10.
D. is incorrect since power will turn and stabilize low into the power range. Critical data is taken well above P-6 and stablization will be well below P-10.
Date Written:             3/10/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/10/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:           SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
71           Both             3                         194001           2.3.2                 2.5           2.9           Low System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                   Radiological Controls KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
71 Both 3
194001 2.3.2 2.5 2.9 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Radiological Controls KA Statement:
Knowledge of facility ALARA program.
Knowledge of facility ALARA program.
UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Given the following conditions on Unit 2:
Topic Question Stem:
  - Operators are in the process of removing an OOS on a valve located in a high radiation area.
Given the following conditions on Unit 2:  
  - Rad Protection estimates that performing an independent verification will cause an individual to receive 26 mrem.
- Operators are in the process of removing an OOS on a valve located in a high radiation area.  
- Rad Protection estimates that performing an independent verification will cause an individual to receive 26 mrem.
What is the requirement for independent verification during this evolution?
What is the requirement for independent verification during this evolution?
A                 Must be performed unless waived by the Radiation Protection Manager.
A Must be performed unless waived by the Radiation Protection Manager.
B                 Operator self-check is substituted whenever an accumulated dose > 20 mrem is involved.
B Operator self-check is substituted whenever an accumulated dose > 20 mrem is involved.
C                 Is NOT required with Shift Manager approval. However, alternate verification techniques shall be considered.
C Is NOT required with Shift Manager approval. However, alternate verification techniques shall be considered.
D                 The verifier should position themselves, allowing the best view but lowest dose, and observe the positioning and self-check of the first operator.
D The verifier should position themselves, allowing the best view but lowest dose, and observe the positioning and self-check of the first operator.
Answer:     Task No:     HU-002                       Question Source:                                                       Question Difficulty C           Obj No:                                     Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
HU-002 Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Conduct of Operations, BAP 300  
1 Conduct of Operations, BAP 300  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
HU-AA-101, section 4.3.1.1 Explanation:
HU-AA-101, section 4.3.1.1 Explanation:
The independent verification requirements are given in HU-AA-101 and this issue is specifically addressed and states that in this circumstance, the Shift Manager can make a determination for ALARA concerns to NOT perform a hands-on independent verification, but shall consider alternate methods of verification, such as flow, pressure, indicating lights, etc.
The independent verification requirements are given in HU-AA-101 and this issue is specifically addressed and states that in this circumstance, the Shift Manager can make a determination for ALARA concerns to NOT perform a hands-on independent verification, but shall consider alternate methods of verification, such as flow, pressure, indicating lights, etc.
Line 1,847: Line 3,099:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect since this does NOT constitute an independent verification. This is close to concurrent verification.
D. is incorrect since this does NOT constitute an independent verification. This is close to concurrent verification.
Date Written:               3/10/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/10/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:       RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:             SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
72           Both           3                         194001         2.3.4                 2.5             3.1         High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                 Radiological Controls KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
72 Both 3
194001 2.3.4 2.5 3.1 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Radiological Controls KA Statement:
Knowledge of radiation exposure limits and contamination control, including permissible levels in excess of those authorized.
Knowledge of radiation exposure limits and contamination control, including permissible levels in excess of those authorized.
UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
A reactor operator has a Deep Dose Equivalent (DDE) of 1.3 Rem and a Committed Effective Dose Equivalent (CEDE) of 0.6 Rem to date.
A reactor operator has a Deep Dose Equivalent (DDE) of 1.3 Rem and a Committed Effective Dose Equivalent (CEDE) of 0.6 Rem to date.
With management approval, what is the maximum additional CEDE dose allowed during this year for this reactor operator? (Assume NO change in DDE dose for the remainder of the year)
With management approval, what is the maximum additional CEDE dose allowed during this year for this reactor operator? (Assume NO change in DDE dose for the remainder of the year)
A                 1.1 Rem.
A 1.1 Rem.
B                 3.1 Rem C                 3.7 Rem D                 4.4 Rem Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                       Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     6, 7, 15, 16               Prairie Island NRC exam bank (1996)
B 3.1 Rem C
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
3.7 Rem D
1 RP-AA-203, section 4.1.1            
4.4 Rem Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
6, 7, 15, 16 Prairie Island NRC exam bank (1996)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 RP-AA-203, section 4.1.1  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
RWT, Exelon Radiation Worker Training, Pgs 5, 1, 12 Explanation:
RWT, Exelon Radiation Worker Training, Pgs 5, 1, 12 Explanation:
DDE+CEDE=TEDE and the federal limit is 5 Rem/yr. 1.3 Rem + .6 Rem = 1.9 Rem. The Admin limit is 2 Rem, but with management approval dose to the federal limit can be authorized. Therefore, 1.9 Rem + 3.1 Rem = 5 Rem, so 3.1 Rem is correct.
DDE+CEDE=TEDE and the federal limit is 5 Rem/yr. 1.3 Rem +.6 Rem = 1.9 Rem. The Admin limit is 2 Rem, but with management approval dose to the federal limit can be authorized. Therefore, 1.9 Rem + 3.1 Rem = 5 Rem, so 3.1 Rem is correct.
A. is incorrect since this would = 3 Rem total, which used to be an old quarterly limit.
A. is incorrect since this would = 3 Rem total, which used to be an old quarterly limit.
B. is correct as described above.
B. is correct as described above.
C. is incorrect, but plausible if it was thought DDE was the only dose that was considered part of TEDE.
C. is incorrect, but plausible if it was thought DDE was the only dose that was considered part of TEDE.
D. is incorrect, but plausible if it was thought CEDE was the only dose that was considered part of TEDE.
D. is incorrect, but plausible if it was thought CEDE was the only dose that was considered part of TEDE.
Date Written:               3/10/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/10/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
73           Both           3                         194001             2.4.17               3.1               3.8           High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                 Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
73 Both 3 194001 2.4.17 3.1 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
Knowledge of EOP terms and definitions.
Knowledge of EOP terms and definitions.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
A LOCA has occurred on Unit 2 with the following Containment conditions:
A LOCA has occurred on Unit 2 with the following Containment conditions:
TIME             CNMT Pressure                   CNMT Radiation (1)-1000                 3.4 psig                     5.5 E4 R/hr (2)-1005                 4.8 psig                     1.1 E5 R/hr (3)-1010                 8.2 psig                     6.2 E5 R/hr (4)-1015                 4.9 psig                     5.0 E5 R/hr (5)-1020                 2.0 psig                     4.5 E4 R/hr Based on the above parameters being addressed at the designated times during this event, When did Containment FIRST go ADVERSE and when can NORMAL values be used?
TIME CNMT Pressure CNMT Radiation (1)-1000 3.4 psig 5.5 E4 R/hr (2)-1005 4.8 psig 1.1 E5 R/hr (3)-1010 8.2 psig 6.2 E5 R/hr (4)-1015 4.9 psig 5.0 E5 R/hr (5)-1020 2.0 psig 4.5 E4 R/hr Based on the above parameters being addressed at the designated times during this event, When did Containment FIRST go ADVERSE and when can NORMAL values be used?
FIRST GO                 NORMAL values ADVERSE                 can be used A (2)                           (1)
FIRST GO NORMAL values ADVERSE can be used A (2) (1)
B (3)                           (1), (5)
B (3) (1), (5)
C (3)                           (4), (5)
C (3) (4), (5)
D (2)                           (1), (5)
D (2) (1), (5)
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     T.EP01-04                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 Procedure use and Adherence        
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
T.EP01-04 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Procedure use and Adherence  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EP-XL-01, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Pg 7 Explanation:
I1-EP-XL-01, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Pg 7 Explanation:
Adverse CNMT conditions are defined as pressure above 5 psig or rad levels > 1E5 R/hr. The pressure component portion will not permanently impact the instrumentation and normal values may resume when pressure drops below 5 psig. The radiation component may cause permanent damage to the instrumentation and requires an engineering evaluation before normal values can be resumed regardless of how low the rad levels drop after reaching the adverse limit.
Adverse CNMT conditions are defined as pressure above 5 psig or rad levels > 1E5 R/hr. The pressure component portion will not permanently impact the instrumentation and normal values may resume when pressure drops below 5 psig. The radiation component may cause permanent damage to the instrumentation and requires an engineering evaluation before normal values can be resumed regardless of how low the rad levels drop after reaching the adverse limit.
Line 1,893: Line 3,180:
C. is incorrect since rad levels were above the limit at time 2 and 4 or 5 do not allow normal use after rad levels were > 1E5 R/hr.
C. is incorrect since rad levels were above the limit at time 2 and 4 or 5 do not allow normal use after rad levels were > 1E5 R/hr.
D. is incorrect since time 1 is the only time normal values could have been used.
D. is incorrect since time 1 is the only time normal values could have been used.
Date Written:             3/10/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:     None
Date Written:
3/10/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:
None  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:               RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
74           Both           3                         194001           2.4.22               3.0                 4.0             Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                 Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
74 Both 3
194001 2.4.22 3.0 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency operations.
Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency operations.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
What are the priorities of the Byron Status Trees based on?
What are the priorities of the Byron Status Trees based on?
A                 Ensures symptoms are addressed so as many fission product barriers as possible are intact at all times to insure health and safety of the public.
A Ensures symptoms are addressed so as many fission product barriers as possible are intact at all times to insure health and safety of the public.
B                 Ensures critical safety functions are addressed in the same sequence as the analyzed events in the UFSAR and Byron Emergency Procedures.
B Ensures critical safety functions are addressed in the same sequence as the analyzed events in the UFSAR and Byron Emergency Procedures.
C                 Ensures the hierarchy is sequenced to protect plant personnel by addressing the RCS boundary, then the fuel boundary, then the Containment boundary.
C Ensures the hierarchy is sequenced to protect plant personnel by addressing the RCS boundary, then the fuel boundary, then the Containment boundary.
D                 Ensures events are addressed in a sequence of MOST likely barrier to be lost to LEAST likely barrier to be lost to protect public health and safety.
D Ensures events are addressed in a sequence of MOST likely barrier to be lost to LEAST likely barrier to be lost to protect public health and safety.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty A           Obj No:       T.FR7-03                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-FR-XL-07, Status Trees, Pgs 6, 7          
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
T.FR7-03 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-FR-XL-07, Status Trees, Pgs 6, 7  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Explanation:
Explanation:
As stated in the background documents and the Lesson Plan, BSTs are symptom based, not event based and prioritized to ensure as many barriers as possible at all times to protect public health and safety. The hierarchy is sequenced to address fuel first, RCS second and containment third.
As stated in the background documents and the Lesson Plan, BSTs are symptom based, not event based and prioritized to ensure as many barriers as possible at all times to protect public health and safety. The hierarchy is sequenced to address fuel first, RCS second and containment third.
Line 1,916: Line 3,221:
C. is incorrect because bases is to protect public first and the barrier sequence is not correct.
C. is incorrect because bases is to protect public first and the barrier sequence is not correct.
D. is incorrect since this is not how BSTs are sequenced and they are symptom based, not event based.
D. is incorrect since this is not how BSTs are sequenced and they are symptom based, not event based.
Date Written:             3/16/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/16/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:       RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO: Cog Level:
Quest No:
75           Both           3           0               194001             2.4.39               3.3             3.1     Low System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                   Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
75 Both 3
0 194001 2.4.39 3.3 3.1 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
Knowledge of the RO's responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.
Knowledge of the RO's responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Unit 1 was at 100% power when a fire occurred in the 1A DG room.
Topic Question Stem:
  - CO2 actuation has occurred.
Unit 1 was at 100% power when a fire occurred in the 1A DG room.  
  - Smoke has been exhausting from the room for 20 minutes.
- CO2 actuation has occurred.  
- Smoke has been exhausting from the room for 20 minutes.
The following are actions/directions addressed in BAP 1100-10, Response Procedure For Fire:
The following are actions/directions addressed in BAP 1100-10, Response Procedure For Fire:
: 1. Security is called and asked for a computer access search of the 1A DG room.
: 1. Security is called and asked for a computer access search of the 1A DG room.
Line 1,934: Line 3,252:
: 6. Actuate the fire alarm for ~ 2 minutes.
: 6. Actuate the fire alarm for ~ 2 minutes.
Which of these LISTED actions are the Control Room Operators responsibility?
Which of these LISTED actions are the Control Room Operators responsibility?
A                 1, 3, 4 B                 2, 4, 5 C                 1, 4, 6 D                 3, 5, 6 Answer:     Task No:     AM-041                       Question Source:                                                     Question Difficulty C           Obj No:                                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A 1, 3, 4 B
2, 4, 5 C
1, 4, 6 D
3, 5, 6 Answer: Task No:
AM-041 Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BAP 1100-10, Response Procedure For Fire  
1 BAP 1100-10, Response Procedure For Fire  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
OJT Study Guide Explanation:
OJT Study Guide Explanation:
Per BAP 1100-10 items 1, 4, and 6 are stated as control room operator responsibilities.
Per BAP 1100-10 items 1, 4, and 6 are stated as control room operator responsibilities.
Line 1,945: Line 3,270:
C. is correct as stated above.
C. is correct as stated above.
D. is incorrect since 3 and 5 are the responsibility of the Fire Brigade Chief or the Fire Marshall as stated in BAP 1100-10.
D. is incorrect since 3 and 5 are the responsibility of the Fire Brigade Chief or the Fire Marshall as stated in BAP 1100-10.
Date Written:             5/19/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
5/19/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
76           SRO             1           1             000008           2.1.32               3.4               3.8             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident                   Conduct of Operations (Relief Valve Stuck Open)
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
76 SRO 1
1 000008 2.1.32 3.4 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident Conduct of Operations (Relief Valve Stuck Open)
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.
Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.
UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Unit 2 is at 80% power.
Topic Question Stem:
  - PZR PORV 2RY456 lifted and stuck partially open causing an RCS pressure transient.
Unit 2 is at 80% power.  
  - Operators were unable to position the PORV manually and closed 2RY8000B, PORV Block valve.
- PZR PORV 2RY456 lifted and stuck partially open causing an RCS pressure transient.  
  - RCS pressure dropped to 2215 psig and is slowly trending to normal.
- Operators were unable to position the PORV manually and closed 2RY8000B, PORV Block valve.  
- RCS pressure dropped to 2215 psig and is slowly trending to normal.
Which of the following is the NEXT required action and explains why the action is taken?
Which of the following is the NEXT required action and explains why the action is taken?
A                 Remove power from 2RY8000B within 1 hour to ensure positive control of the relief path while efforts to restore 2RY456 to OPERABLE status are in progress.
A Remove power from 2RY8000B within 1 hour to ensure positive control of the relief path while efforts to restore 2RY456 to OPERABLE status are in progress.
B                 Maintain 2RY8000B CLOSED and ENERGIZED to ensure the relief path is available with manual actions if needed.
B Maintain 2RY8000B CLOSED and ENERGIZED to ensure the relief path is available with manual actions if needed.
C                 Place the control switch for 2RY456 in the CLOSED position within 1 hour to preclude automatic opening for an overpressure event at a time that the block valve is CLOSED.
C Place the control switch for 2RY456 in the CLOSED position within 1 hour to preclude automatic opening for an overpressure event at a time that the block valve is CLOSED.
D                 Enter Tech Spec 3.0.3 since the INOPERABILITY of a PZR PORV that is STUCK partially open is NOT specifically addressed.
D Enter Tech Spec 3.0.3 since the INOPERABILITY of a PZR PORV that is STUCK partially open is NOT specifically addressed.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty A           Obj No:       S.RY1-26/28                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
S.RY1-26/28 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Tech Spec 3.4.11 and Bases, PZR PORVs  
1 Tech Spec 3.4.11 and Bases, PZR PORVs  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 40, 41 43(b) (2)
I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 40, 41 43(b) (2)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 1,974: Line 3,316:
C. is incorrect since this is not the required action and it would have no affect on a stuck valve.
C. is incorrect since this is not the required action and it would have no affect on a stuck valve.
D. is incorrect since the inoperability is addressed by Tech Spec 3.4.11.
D. is incorrect since the inoperability is addressed by Tech Spec 3.4.11.
Date Written:               3/17/2006 Author:       L. Wehner                   App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/17/2006 Author:
L. Wehner App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:               RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
77           SRO           1           1             000011         2.4.4                 4.0             4.3           High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Large Break LOCA                                       Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
77 SRO 1
1 000011 2.4.4 4.0 4.3 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Large Break LOCA Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures.
Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Given the following conditions on Unit 2:
Topic Question Stem:
  - An SI has occurred.
Given the following conditions on Unit 2:  
  - RCS pressure = 1200 psig and lowering.
- An SI has occurred.  
  - PZR level is off-scale low.
- RCS pressure = 1200 psig and lowering.  
  - CETC's = 535&deg;F.
- PZR level is off-scale low.  
  - Containment pressure = 9 psig and rising.
- CETC's = 535&deg;F.  
  - Containment radiation monitors are in ALARM.
- Containment pressure = 9 psig and rising.  
  - All SG pressures = 775 psig and lowering slowly.
- Containment radiation monitors are in ALARM.  
- All SG pressures = 775 psig and lowering slowly.
With these conditions, what event is occurring and what procedure would be entered after applicable steps of 2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Unit 2, have been completed?
With these conditions, what event is occurring and what procedure would be entered after applicable steps of 2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Unit 2, have been completed?
A                 A LOCA has occurred on an RCS loop, enter 2BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant Unit 2.
A A LOCA has occurred on an RCS loop, enter 2BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant Unit 2.
B                 ONE SG has a steamline break inside of containment, enter 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation Unit 2 C                 A PZR PORV has fully opened and it's block valve is open, enter 2BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant Unit 2.
B ONE SG has a steamline break inside of containment, enter 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation Unit 2 C
D                 A feedwater line break to ONE SG and MSIVs failed to close, enter 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation Unit 2.
A PZR PORV has fully opened and it's block valve is open, enter 2BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant Unit 2.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     T.EP01-06-A,               Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
D A feedwater line break to ONE SG and MSIVs failed to close, enter 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation Unit 2.
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-EP-XL-01, 1/2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Pg 28      
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
T.EP01-06-A, Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-EP-XL-01, 1/2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Pg 28  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EP-XL-02, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Pg 7 43(b) (5)
I1-EP-XL-02, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Pg 7 43(b) (5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,006: Line 3,366:
C. is incorrect since this would have been looked at in step 24 of 2BEP-0. It would be considered a small break LOCA and with low PZR press and level and a large RCS cooldown would not be indicative of a stuck open PORV.
C. is incorrect since this would have been looked at in step 24 of 2BEP-0. It would be considered a small break LOCA and with low PZR press and level and a large RCS cooldown would not be indicative of a stuck open PORV.
D. is incorrect for similar reasons described in B. above.
D. is incorrect for similar reasons described in B. above.
Date Written:             3/11/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/11/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:             RO:           SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
78           SRO             1           1             000015         2.1.32               3.4           3.8             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) Malfunctions               Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
78 SRO 1
1 000015 2.1.32 3.4 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) Malfunctions Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.
Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
All RCP's were manually tripped at 1425 psig during an emergency procedure implementation. During the recovery, the TSC has directed the shift to start one RCP per BOP RC-1, STARTUP OF A REACTOR COOLANT PUMP.
All RCP's were manually tripped at 1425 psig during an emergency procedure implementation. During the recovery, the TSC has directed the shift to start one RCP per BOP RC-1, STARTUP OF A REACTOR COOLANT PUMP.
Given the following information: (Assume other plant conditions are satisfactory to support RCP start)
Given the following information: (Assume other plant conditions are satisfactory to support RCP start)
A RCP         B RCP           C RCP         D RCP
A RCP B RCP C RCP D RCP  
  - Seal injection flow                                   8 gpm           10 gpm       9 gpm           10 gpm
- Seal injection flow 8 gpm 10 gpm 9 gpm 10 gpm  
  - Seal leakoff flow                                     1.2 gpm         .9 gpm       .4 gpm         1.7 gpm
- Seal leakoff flow 1.2 gpm.9 gpm.4 gpm 1.7 gpm  
  - #1 Seal D/P                                         330 psid       325 psid       198 psid       265 psid
- #1 Seal D/P 330 psid 325 psid 198 psid 265 psid  
  - Motor Upper Radial Bearing Temp                         144&deg;F           145&deg;F         132&deg;F           147&deg;F
- Motor Upper Radial Bearing Temp 144&deg;F 145&deg;F 132&deg;F 147&deg;F  
  - Motor Lower Radial Bearing Temp                         198&deg;F           153&deg;F         149&deg;F           144&deg;F
- Motor Lower Radial Bearing Temp 198&deg;F 153&deg;F 149&deg;F 144&deg;F  
  - Motor Upper Thrust Bearing Temp                         147&deg;F           142&deg;F         151&deg;F           146&deg;F
- Motor Upper Thrust Bearing Temp 147&deg;F 142&deg;F 151&deg;F 146&deg;F  
  - Motor Lower Thrust Bearing Temp                         112&deg;F           108&deg;F         107&deg;F           106&deg;F Which RCP will the Unit Supervisor direct the NSO to start?
- Motor Lower Thrust Bearing Temp 112&deg;F 108&deg;F 107&deg;F 106&deg;F Which RCP will the Unit Supervisor direct the NSO to start?
(BOP RC-1A1, RCP NO 1 SEAL LEAKOFF NORMAL OPERATING RANGE, is provided)
(BOP RC-1A1, RCP NO 1 SEAL LEAKOFF NORMAL OPERATING RANGE, is provided)
A                 RCP A B                 RCP B C                 RCP C D                 RCP D Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                       Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.RC2-09-A/B                 Byron LORT exam bank - Used last 2001 cycle 6-6a quiz.
A RCP A B
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
RCP B C
1 BOP RC-1, Startup of a Reactor Coolant Pump              
RCP C D
RCP D Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.RC2-09-A/B Byron LORT exam bank - Used last 2001 cycle 6-6a quiz.
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BOP RC-1, Startup of a Reactor Coolant Pump  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
BOP RC-1A1, RCP NO 1 Seal Leakoff Normal Operating Range I1-RC-XL-02, Ch 13, Reactor Coolant Pump, Pgs 30-32 43(b)(5)
BOP RC-1A1, RCP NO 1 Seal Leakoff Normal Operating Range I1-RC-XL-02, Ch 13, Reactor Coolant Pump, Pgs 30-32 43(b)(5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
D RCP seal leakoff is > 1.4 gpm, and C RCP #1 Seal D/P is < 200 psid, leaves B or A RCPs, A RCP exceeds the 195&deg;F limit for a motor bearing. The order of preferrence is D, C, B, A.
D RCP seal leakoff is > 1.4 gpm, and C RCP #1 Seal D/P is < 200 psid, leaves B or A RCPs, A RCP exceeds the 195&deg;F limit for a motor bearing. The order of preferrence is D, C, B, A.
Date Written:           3/27/2006 Author:       J. Heaton                 App. Ref:   BOP RC-1A1
Date Written:
3/27/2006 Author:
J. Heaton App. Ref:
BOP RC-1A1  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
79           SRO             1           1           000025           AA2.07                   3.4               3.7             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Residual Heat Removal System                     Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of (RHRS)                                                   Residual Heat Removal System:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
79 SRO 1
1 000025 AA2.07 3.4 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Residual Heat Removal System Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of (RHRS)
Residual Heat Removal System:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Pump cavitation UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Pump cavitation UserID:
Unit 2 has just completed refueling.
Topic Question Stem:
  - Preparations are in progress to install the reactor vessel head.
Unit 2 has just completed refueling.  
  - 2B RH pump is providing shutdown cooling with ~ 3300 gpm flow rate.
- Preparations are in progress to install the reactor vessel head.  
  - 2A RH pump is running transferring refueling cavity water to the RWST per BOP RH-9, Pumpdown of the Refueling Cavity to the RWST.
- 2B RH pump is providing shutdown cooling with ~ 3300 gpm flow rate.  
  - 2A RH pump has just been reduced to ~490 gpm, by throttling 2RH618, RH HX 2A Bypass Flow Control Vlv, with cavity level at ~ 403' elevation.
- 2A RH pump is running transferring refueling cavity water to the RWST per BOP RH-9, Pumpdown of the Refueling Cavity to the RWST.  
- 2A RH pump has just been reduced to ~490 gpm, by throttling 2RH618, RH HX 2A Bypass Flow Control Vlv, with cavity level at ~ 403' elevation.
Flow and motor amps ocillations are reported on the 2B RH train.
Flow and motor amps ocillations are reported on the 2B RH train.
What is the NEXT required action the Unit Supervisor will direct?
What is the NEXT required action the Unit Supervisor will direct?
A                 Stop draining the refueling cavity by closing 2RH618 and TRIP the 2B RH pump, then enter 2BOA PRI-10, Loss of RH Cooling Unit 2.
A Stop draining the refueling cavity by closing 2RH618 and TRIP the 2B RH pump, then enter 2BOA PRI-10, Loss of RH Cooling Unit 2.
Stop draining the refueling cavity by closing 2RH618 and reduce flow through the 2B RH train B
Stop draining the refueling cavity by closing 2RH618 and reduce flow through the 2B RH train B
in an attempt to stablize flow and amps per BOP RH-9.
in an attempt to stablize flow and amps per BOP RH-9.
C                 Trip BOTH 2A and 2B RH pumps and enter 2BOA S/D-2, Shutdown LOCA. C D                 Stop draining the refueling cavity by closing 2RH618 and trip the 2B RH pump, then place the 2A RH train in the shutdown cooling mode using BOP RH-6, Operations of RH System in Shutdown Cooling.
C Trip BOTH 2A and 2B RH pumps and enter 2BOA S/D-2, Shutdown LOCA. C D
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty B           Obj No:       S.RH1-09-C                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Stop draining the refueling cavity by closing 2RH618 and trip the 2B RH pump, then place the 2A RH train in the shutdown cooling mode using BOP RH-6, Operations of RH System in Shutdown Cooling.
1 I1-RH-XL-01, Residual Heat Removal System, Pgs 29-32                  
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.RH1-09-C New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RH-XL-01, Residual Heat Removal System, Pgs 29-32  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
BOP RH-9, Pumpdown of the Refueling Cavity 43(b) (5)
BOP RH-9, Pumpdown of the Refueling Cavity 43(b) (5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,063: Line 3,463:
C. is incorrect since tripping both pumps is not the immediate action and if you did, 2BOA S/D-2 is not correct.
C. is incorrect since tripping both pumps is not the immediate action and if you did, 2BOA S/D-2 is not correct.
D. is incorrect since this is action that may be directed in 2BOA PRI-10, but not in the current procedures.
D. is incorrect since this is action that may be directed in 2BOA PRI-10, but not in the current procedures.
Date Written:             3/17/2006 Author:       L. Wehner                     App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/17/2006 Author:
L. Wehner App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
80           SRO             1         1           000027           AA2.04                 3.7               4.3               Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Pressurizer Pressure Control (PZR PCS)                 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Malfunction                                           Pressure Control Malfunctions:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
80 SRO 1
1 000027 AA2.04 3.7 4.3 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Pressurizer Pressure Control (PZR PCS)
Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Malfunction Pressure Control Malfunctions:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Tech-Spec limits for RCS pressure UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Tech-Spec limits for RCS pressure UserID:
Following a refueling outage, Unit 2 is at 40% power with a power ascension at maximum preconditioning rate in progress. The Master PZR Pressure Controller, 2PK-455A, was discovered failing high. When the operator placed the controller in MANUAL, the following conditions were present:
Topic Question Stem:
  - RCS Tave = 567&deg;F.
Following a refueling outage, Unit 2 is at 40% power with a power ascension at maximum preconditioning rate in progress. The Master PZR Pressure Controller, 2PK-455A, was discovered failing high. When the operator placed the controller in MANUAL, the following conditions were present:  
  - PZR pressure = 2175 psig.
- RCS Tave = 567&deg;F.  
  - PZR level = 33%.
- PZR pressure = 2175 psig.  
  - CVCS letdown was isolated.
- PZR level = 33%.  
  - Excess letdown was in service.
- CVCS letdown was isolated.  
- Excess letdown was in service.
How will the RCS DNB limits be addressed under these conditions?
How will the RCS DNB limits be addressed under these conditions?
A                 PZR pressure must be raised to at least 2209 psig within 2 hours.
A PZR pressure must be raised to at least 2209 psig within 2 hours.
B                 PZR level must be restored to within 5% of program within the next 2 hours.
B PZR level must be restored to within 5% of program within the next 2 hours.
C                 NO action is required since PZR pressure limit is NOT challenged at this power level.
C NO action is required since PZR pressure limit is NOT challenged at this power level.
D                 NO action is required since RCS temperature limit is NOT exceeded.
D NO action is required since RCS temperature limit is NOT exceeded.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty A           Obj No:       S.RC1-12                 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 Tech Spec 3.4.1. RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits. And COLR                  
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
S.RC1-12 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Tech Spec 3.4.1. RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits. And COLR  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-RC-XL-01.Reactor Coolant System, Pg 41 NF-AP-440, Fuel Preconditioning Limits 43(b)(2)
I1-RC-XL-01.Reactor Coolant System, Pg 41 NF-AP-440, Fuel Preconditioning Limits 43(b)(2)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,094: Line 3,512:
C. is incorrect since this is applicable when the ramp is < 5%/minute.
C. is incorrect since this is applicable when the ramp is < 5%/minute.
D. is incorrect for the PZR pressure, even though true if only based on RCS temperature.
D. is incorrect for the PZR pressure, even though true if only based on RCS temperature.
Date Written:               3/11/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/11/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
81           SRO           1           1           00WE12             EA2.1                 3.2               4.0             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Uncontrolled Depressurization of all Steam           Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Uncontrolled Generators                                             Depressurization of all Steam Generators:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
81 SRO 1
1 00WE12 EA2.1 3.2 4.0 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Uncontrolled Depressurization of all Steam Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Uncontrolled Generators Depressurization of all Steam Generators:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations UserID:
Unit 1 was at 100% power when the following events occurred:
Topic Question Stem:
  - ALL SGs are faulted into containment.
Unit 1 was at 100% power when the following events occurred:  
  - While performing steps in 1BCA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators, a RED path is noted on the containment critical safety function.
- ALL SGs are faulted into containment.  
  - Actions of 1BFR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure, are performed.
- While performing steps in 1BCA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators, a RED path is noted on the containment critical safety function.  
  - Auxiliary Feedwater has been throttled to 45 gpm to each SG.
- Actions of 1BFR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure, are performed.  
  - When directed by 1BFR-Z.1 to return to procedure and step in effect, the following is noted on the CSF status trees:
- Auxiliary Feedwater has been throttled to 45 gpm to each SG.  
Subcriticality - Green Core Cooling - Green Heat Sink         - Red Integrity         - Orange Containment - Red Inventory         - Yellow It is required to ENTER AND PERFORM STEPS in which of the following procedures NEXT?
- When directed by 1BFR-Z.1 to return to procedure and step in effect, the following is noted on the CSF status trees:
A                 1BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation.
Subcriticality - Green Core Cooling - Green Heat Sink - Red Integrity - Orange Containment - Red Inventory - Yellow It is required to ENTER AND PERFORM STEPS in which of the following procedures NEXT?
B                 1BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.
A 1BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation.
C                 1BFR-P.1, Response to Imminent Pressurized Thermal Shock.
B 1BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.
D                 1BFR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure.
C 1BFR-P.1, Response to Imminent Pressurized Thermal Shock.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     T.FR7-03/07,               Byron NRC exam bank (2000) - modified Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
D 1BFR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure.
1 I1-FR-XL-07, Status Trees, Pg 9,            
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
T.FR7-03/07, Byron NRC exam bank (2000) - modified Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-FR-XL-07, Status Trees, Pg 9,  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-FR-XL-03, BFR H.1-H.5, Pg 5 43(b)(5)
I1-FR-XL-03, BFR H.1-H.5, Pg 5 43(b)(5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Once 45 gpm has been established to the faulted SGs in 1BCA-2.1, the CAUTION (If total feed flow is < 500 gpm due to operator action, this procedure should NOT be performed) prior to the first step in 1BFR-H.1 will apply and the SRO will proceed to the next CSF in the hierachy, INTEGRITY, since CONTAINMENT was just addressed and INTEGRITY is orange.
Once 45 gpm has been established to the faulted SGs in 1BCA-2.1, the CAUTION (If total feed flow is < 500 gpm due to operator action, this procedure should NOT be performed) prior to the first step in 1BFR-H.1 will apply and the SRO will proceed to the next CSF in the hierachy, INTEGRITY, since CONTAINMENT was just addressed and INTEGRITY is orange.
Date Written:             3/11/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/11/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:                   RO:                 SRO:     Cog Level:
Quest No:
82           SRO             1             2           000069           AA2.01                     3.7                 4.3         High System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Loss of Containment Integrity                             Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Containment Integrity:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
82 SRO 1
2 000069 AA2.01 3.7 4.3 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Loss of Containment Integrity Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Containment Integrity:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Loss of containment integrity UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
Loss of containment integrity UserID:
A small break LOCA has occurred on Unit 2.
Topic Question Stem:
  - Manual reactor trip and SI was actuated.
A small break LOCA has occurred on Unit 2.  
  - All systems responded as expected.
- Manual reactor trip and SI was actuated.  
  - Estimated leakrate is ~ 400 gpm.
- All systems responded as expected.  
  - RCS pressure is 2000 psig and slowly rising.
- Estimated leakrate is ~ 400 gpm.  
  - PZR level is 22% and rising.
- RCS pressure is 2000 psig and slowly rising.  
  - Containment radiation is 1.5 R/hour and stable.
- PZR level is 22% and rising.  
  - Containment pressure reached 9.0 psig, then rapidly dropped to 0.5 psig.
- Containment radiation is 1.5 R/hour and stable.  
- Containment pressure reached 9.0 psig, then rapidly dropped to 0.5 psig.
What is the current classification for this event based on these indications?
What is the current classification for this event based on these indications?
(Byron Annex Attached)
(Byron Annex Attached)
A                 Unusual Event - FU1 B                 Unusual Event - MU8 C                 Alert - FA1 D                 Site Area Emergency - FS1 Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       T.ZP1-16A, G-6-8             New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A Unusual Event - FU1 B
1 EP-AA-1002, Byron Annex for Radiological Emergency Plan                
Unusual Event - MU8 C
Alert - FA1 D
Site Area Emergency - FS1 Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
T.ZP1-16A, G-6-8 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 EP-AA-1002, Byron Annex for Radiological Emergency Plan  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Emergency Preparedness, G-6, Emergency Action Levels 43(b)(5)
Emergency Preparedness, G-6, Emergency Action Levels 43(b)(5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,149: Line 3,604:
C. is incorrect since more than the RCS barrier is lost or potentially lost.
C. is incorrect since more than the RCS barrier is lost or potentially lost.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:             3/19/2006 Author:         M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:     Byron Annex for Emergency Rad Plan
Date Written:
3/19/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:
Byron Annex for Emergency Rad Plan  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:               RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
83           SRO             1           2           000076             AA2.01                 2.7               3.2             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
High Reactor Coolant Activity                           Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the High Reactor Coolant Activity:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
83 SRO 1
2 000076 AA2.01 2.7 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
High Reactor Coolant Activity Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the High Reactor Coolant Activity:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Location or process point that is causing an alarm UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Location or process point that is causing an alarm UserID:
At 0800 - Unit 2 was performing a power ascension from 75% to 90% after a Refueling Outage.
Topic Question Stem:
            - Excessive Iodine Spiking is reported by Chemistry.
At 0800 - Unit 2 was performing a power ascension from 75% to 90% after a Refueling Outage.  
- Excessive Iodine Spiking is reported by Chemistry.
Which Radiation Monitor would FIRST detect the Iodine Spiking and what action would be taken?
Which Radiation Monitor would FIRST detect the Iodine Spiking and what action would be taken?
A                 VCT Cubicle Monitor; direct RP to survey the Auxiliary Building and establish required area postings.
A VCT Cubicle Monitor; direct RP to survey the Auxiliary Building and establish required area postings.
B                 CNMT ATMOS Monitor; verify CNMT Ventilation Isolation and consider placing a CNMT Charcoal filter train in service.
B CNMT ATMOS Monitor; verify CNMT Ventilation Isolation and consider placing a CNMT Charcoal filter train in service.
C                 MAIN STEAMLINE Monitor; verify a single Charging pump is adequate to maintain PZR level
C MAIN STEAMLINE Monitor; verify a single Charging pump is adequate to maintain PZR level  
                  > 17%.
> 17%.
D                 GROSS FAIL FUEL Monitor; contact Chemistry to calculate mixed bed demin decontamination factor.
D GROSS FAIL FUEL Monitor; contact Chemistry to calculate mixed bed demin decontamination factor.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty D           Obj No:       T.OA15-03/05               New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-OA-XL-15, BOA PRI-4, Abnormal Primary Chemistry, Pg 5              
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
T.OA15-03/05 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-OA-XL-15, BOA PRI-4, Abnormal Primary Chemistry, Pg 5  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
1/2BOA PRI-4, Abnormal Primary Chemistry, step 7 43(b) (5)
1/2BOA PRI-4, Abnormal Primary Chemistry, step 7 43(b) (5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,176: Line 3,649:
C. is incorrect since there is nothing in the stem to lead one to believe a SG tube leak exists.
C. is incorrect since there is nothing in the stem to lead one to believe a SG tube leak exists.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:             3/20/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/20/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:   Cog Level:
Quest No:
84           SRO           1           2             00WE02           2.2.22                 3.4             4.1     High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
SI Termination                                       Equipment Control KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
84 SRO 1
2 00WE02 2.2.22 3.4 4.1 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
SI Termination Equipment Control KA Statement:
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
A small break LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 and transition to 1BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, has been made. The crew is at step 6 which determines if ECCS flow can be reduced.
A small break LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 and transition to 1BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, has been made. The crew is at step 6 which determines if ECCS flow can be reduced.
The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:  
  - Containment pressure = 6.4 psig
- Containment pressure = 6.4 psig  
  - PZR level = 14%
- PZR level = 14%  
  - NR SG levels: 1A = 28%; 1B = 29%; 1C = 33%; 1D = 32%
- NR SG levels: 1A = 28%; 1B = 29%; 1C = 33%; 1D = 32%  
  - AF flow to SGs = 590 gpm
- AF flow to SGs = 590 gpm  
  - RCS pressure = 1482 psig and stable
- RCS pressure = 1482 psig and stable  
  - CETCs = 523&deg;F
- CETCs = 523&deg;F  
  - All RCPs are running
- All RCPs are running  
  - RWST level = 49%
- RWST level = 49%
Based on these conditions, ECCS __________________________.
Based on these conditions, ECCS __________________________.
(Figure 1BEP 1-1, RCS Subcooled Margin, is provided)
(Figure 1BEP 1-1, RCS Subcooled Margin, is provided)
A                 can be terminated, transition to 1BEP ES-1.1, SI Termination.
A can be terminated, transition to 1BEP ES-1.1, SI Termination.
B                 can not be terminated due to inadequate PZR level, continue in 1BEP-1.
B can not be terminated due to inadequate PZR level, continue in 1BEP-1.
C                 can not be reduced due to RWST level, transition to 1BEP ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
C can not be reduced due to RWST level, transition to 1BEP ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.
D                 can not be reduced due to RCS subcooling, transition to 1BEP ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
D can not be reduced due to RCS subcooling, transition to 1BEP ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                       Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     T.EP02-01-F               Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 1BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Step 6 criteria        
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
T.EP02-01-F Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Step 6 criteria  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EP-XL-02, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Pg 8 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, CAUTION prior to step 1 43b(5)
I1-EP-XL-02, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Pg 8 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, CAUTION prior to step 1 43b(5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,212: Line 3,702:
C. is incorrect since RWST level is not a termination criteria and is above the LO-2 setpoint for transition to 1BEP ES-1.3.
C. is incorrect since RWST level is not a termination criteria and is above the LO-2 setpoint for transition to 1BEP ES-1.3.
D. is incorrect since subcooling is addequate.
D. is incorrect since subcooling is addequate.
Date Written:             3/11/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:   1BEP 1-1
Date Written:
3/11/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:
1BEP 1-1  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
85           SRO             1           2           00WE09             2.4.30                 2.2               3.6           High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Natural Circulation Operations                         Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
85 SRO 1
2 00WE09 2.4.30 2.2 3.6 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Natural Circulation Operations Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
Knowledge of which events related to system operations/status should be reported to outside agencies.
Knowledge of which events related to system operations/status should be reported to outside agencies.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Which of the following events would require notification of the NRC within 1 hour?
Which of the following events would require notification of the NRC within 1 hour?
(Byron Annex is attached)
(Byron Annex is attached)
A                 Two vehicles crash in the Byron Station parking lot with minor injuries; no one hospitalized.
A Two vehicles crash in the Byron Station parking lot with minor injuries; no one hospitalized.
B                 Off-site power is lost to Unit 2 at 18% power resulting in a reactor trip.
B Off-site power is lost to Unit 2 at 18% power resulting in a reactor trip.
C                 SAT feeder breaker to Bus 141 trips and 1A DG fails to start with Unit 1 at 100% power.
C SAT feeder breaker to Bus 141 trips and 1A DG fails to start with Unit 1 at 100% power.
D                 A tornado is sighted within 5 miles of Byron Station.
D A tornado is sighted within 5 miles of Byron Station.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty B           Obj No:       G-6_8, G-5-8/9             New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
G-6_8, G-5-8/9 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Emergency Preparedness, G-6, Emergency Action Levels, Pg 15  
1 Emergency Preparedness, G-6, Emergency Action Levels, Pg 15  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Emergency Preparedness, G-5, Classification, Notification, and PARs, Pgs 17, 18 EP-AA-1002, Byron Annex For Radiological Emergency plan, Pg 3-10 43(b) (5)
Emergency Preparedness, G-5, Classification, Notification, and PARs, Pgs 17, 18 EP-AA-1002, Byron Annex For Radiological Emergency plan, Pg 3-10 43(b) (5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,237: Line 3,745:
C. is incorrect since this would be reportable, but not within 1 hour and does not exceed an EAL.
C. is incorrect since this would be reportable, but not within 1 hour and does not exceed an EAL.
D. is incorrect since a tornado strike within the protected area or switchyard is required to exceed an EAL.
D. is incorrect since a tornado strike within the protected area or switchyard is required to exceed an EAL.
Date Written:             3/22/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:   PE-AA-1002, Byron Annex
Date Written:
3/22/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:
PE-AA-1002, Byron Annex  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
86           SRO             2           1             012000             A2.06                 4.4             4.7               Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Reactor Protection System                               Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RPS and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
86 SRO 2
1 012000 A2.06 4.4 4.7 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Reactor Protection System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RPS and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Failure of RPS signal to trip the reactor UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Failure of RPS signal to trip the reactor UserID:
Unit 2 operators are performing steps in 2BFR S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS Unit 2, and have just isolated steam dumps when the following conditions are noted:
Topic Question Stem:
  - Unit 2 reactor power = 19%.
Unit 2 operators are performing steps in 2BFR S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS Unit 2, and have just isolated steam dumps when the following conditions are noted:  
  - PZR pressure is 1830 psig and trending down.
- Unit 2 reactor power = 19%.  
  - Reactor trip breakers are closed.
- PZR pressure is 1830 psig and trending down.  
  - Safety injection just Actuated.
- Reactor trip breakers are closed.  
- Safety injection just Actuated.
What actions will you direct for these conditions?
What actions will you direct for these conditions?
A                 Continue attempts to trip the reactor and transition to 2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, for SI Verification.
A Continue attempts to trip the reactor and transition to 2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, for SI Verification.
B                 Verify SI is actuated per the Operator Action Summary page in 2BFR S.1 while continuing with the steps in 2BFR S.1.
B Verify SI is actuated per the Operator Action Summary page in 2BFR S.1 while continuing with the steps in 2BFR S.1.
C                 Continue in 2BFR S.1 and after the reactor is tripped, immediately transition to 2BEP-0.
C Continue in 2BFR S.1 and after the reactor is tripped, immediately transition to 2BEP-0.
D                 Verify SI is properly actuated using the verification steps in 2BEP-0 and then continue with the steps of 2BFR S.1.
D Verify SI is properly actuated using the verification steps in 2BEP-0 and then continue with the steps of 2BFR S.1.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     T.FR1-07                     Byron LORT Bank. (2002) - Used last in 2004, cycle 6-8 SRO annual.                                                                         Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
T.FR1-07 Byron LORT Bank. (2002) - Used last in 2004, cycle 6-8 SRO annual.
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BFR S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS Unit 2  
1 1BFR S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS Unit 2  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-FR-XL-01, BFR S Series Subcriticality, Pg 21 43(b)(5)
I1-FR-XL-01, BFR S Series Subcriticality, Pg 21 43(b)(5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,266: Line 3,793:
C. is incorrect for essentially the same reason as A. above.
C. is incorrect for essentially the same reason as A. above.
D. is incorrect since the OAS page of 2BFR S.1 contains the verification steps and 2BEP-0 is not required.
D. is incorrect since the OAS page of 2BFR S.1 contains the verification steps and 2BEP-0 is not required.
Date Written:             3/22/2006 Author:       G. Wolfe                       App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/22/2006 Author:
G. Wolfe App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:               RO:             SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
87           SRO           2           1             026000           2.2.22                 3.4             4.1           Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Containment Spray System (CSS)                         Equipment Control KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
87 SRO 2
1 026000 2.2.22 3.4 4.1 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Containment Spray System (CSS)
Equipment Control KA Statement:
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 2 is currently in MODE 1 with Train B RCFC's INOPERABLE.
Unit 2 is currently in MODE 1 with Train B RCFC's INOPERABLE.
The Design Basis Accident analyses for the minimum OPERABILITY requirements for the Spray Additive System assumes that _____________________.
The Design Basis Accident analyses for the minimum OPERABILITY requirements for the Spray Additive System assumes that _____________________.
A                 ONE train of CS is OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches the Lo-2 setpoint is adequate to ensure a minimum 8.0 pH in the containment recirculation sump to reduce stress corrosion of mechanical components.
A ONE train of CS is OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches the Lo-2 setpoint is adequate to ensure a minimum 8.0 pH in the containment recirculation sump to reduce stress corrosion of mechanical components.
B                 ONE train of CS is OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches Lo-3 setpoint is adequate to remove iodine from the containment atmosphere and maintain it in solution in the recirculation sump.
B ONE train of CS is OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches Lo-3 setpoint is adequate to remove iodine from the containment atmosphere and maintain it in solution in the recirculation sump.
C                 TWO trains of CS are OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches the Lo-3 setpoint is adequate to ensure a minimum 8.0 pH in the containment recirculation sump to reduce stress corrosion of mechanical components.
C TWO trains of CS are OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches the Lo-3 setpoint is adequate to ensure a minimum 8.0 pH in the containment recirculation sump to reduce stress corrosion of mechanical components.
D                 TWO trains of CS are OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches the Lo-2 setpoint is adequate to remove iodine from the containment atmosphere and maintain it in solution in the recirculation sump.
D TWO trains of CS are OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches the Lo-2 setpoint is adequate to remove iodine from the containment atmosphere and maintain it in solution in the recirculation sump.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.CS1.03/15               Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 Tech Spec 3.6.7 bases, Pgs B3.6.7-2/3      
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.CS1.03/15 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Tech Spec 3.6.7 bases, Pgs B3.6.7-2/3  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-CS-XL-01, Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pgs 2, 3, 23, 24 43(b) (3)
I1-CS-XL-01, Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pgs 2, 3, 23, 24 43(b) (3)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,293: Line 3,838:
C. is incorrect since the design assumes only a single train operates and the pH reasoning is not complete.
C. is incorrect since the design assumes only a single train operates and the pH reasoning is not complete.
D. is incorrect since the design assumes only one train operates to Lo-3 in the RWST.
D. is incorrect since the design assumes only one train operates to Lo-3 in the RWST.
Date Written:             3/11/2006 Author:     M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/11/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:           Topic No:           KA No:               RO: SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
88           SRO           2             1           059000             2.2.22               3.4   4.1             Low System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Main Feedwater (MFW) System                               Equipment Control KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
88 SRO 2
1 059000 2.2.22 3.4 4.1 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Main Feedwater (MFW) System Equipment Control KA Statement:
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
The following conditions exist on Unit 2:
Topic Question Stem:
  - MODE 3 with reactor startup planned.
The following conditions exist on Unit 2:  
An NLO reports the following FW valves packing was adjusted due to excessive leakage:
- MODE 3 with reactor startup planned.
  - 2FW002C, 2C FW PP MOV DISCH
An NLO reports the following FW valves packing was adjusted due to excessive leakage:  
  - 2FW035A, S/G 2A FW TEMPERING ISOL VALVE
- 2FW002C, 2C FW PP MOV DISCH  
  - 2FW043D, S/G 2D FWIV BYPASS ISOL VALVE Which valves will you assign to have valve stroke time tests completed for Tech Spec 3.6.3, Containment Isolation Valves Operability?
- 2FW035A, S/G 2A FW TEMPERING ISOL VALVE  
A                 2FW043D ONLY.
- 2FW043D, S/G 2D FWIV BYPASS ISOL VALVE Which valves will you assign to have valve stroke time tests completed for Tech Spec 3.6.3, Containment Isolation Valves Operability?
B                 All three valves.
A 2FW043D ONLY.
C                 2FW002C and 2FW035A ONLY.
B All three valves.
D                 2FW035A and 2FW043D ONLY.
C 2FW002C and 2FW035A ONLY.
Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                                 Question Difficulty D           Obj No:     S,CD1-021/022                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
D 2FW035A and 2FW043D ONLY.
1 Tech Spec 3.6.3 Bases, Containment Isolation Valves, Table B. 3.6.3-1 (page 3 of 9)          
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty D
Obj No:
S,CD1-021/022 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 Tech Spec 3.6.3 Bases, Containment Isolation Valves, Table B. 3.6.3-1 (page 3 of 9)  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-CD-XL-01, Condensate and Feedwater System, Pg 63 43(b) (2)
I1-CD-XL-01, Condensate and Feedwater System, Pg 63 43(b) (2)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,322: Line 3,884:
C. is incorrect for the same reason as A.
C. is incorrect for the same reason as A.
D. is correct as described above.
D. is correct as described above.
Date Written:             3/22/2006 Author:         G. Wolfe                     App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/22/2006 Author:
G. Wolfe App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
89           SRO             2           1         062000                 A2.03                 2.9             3.4             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
A.C. Electrical Distribution System                     Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the A.C. Distribution System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
89 SRO 2
1 062000 A2.03 2.9 3.4 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
A.C. Electrical Distribution System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the A.C. Distribution System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Consequences of improper sequencing when transferring to or from an inverter UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
Consequences of improper sequencing when transferring to or from an inverter UserID:
Unit 2 was at 100% power when the following occurred:
Topic Question Stem:
  - The Inverter for Instrument Bus 211 failed resulting in loss of Bus 211.
Unit 2 was at 100% power when the following occurred:  
  - Operators responded per 2BOA ELEC-2, Loss of Instrument Bus Unit 2 and reenergized Bus 211 via the Constant Voltage Transformer (CVT).
- The Inverter for Instrument Bus 211 failed resulting in loss of Bus 211.  
PR channel N44 is subsequently placed in a tripped condition due to detector failure requiring a shut down to repair.
- Operators responded per 2BOA ELEC-2, Loss of Instrument Bus Unit 2 and reenergized Bus 211 via the Constant Voltage Transformer (CVT).
  - 2 days later, with the Unit still at 100% power, maintenance has repaired the inverter and is ready to place it back in service.
PR channel N44 is subsequently placed in a tripped condition due to detector failure requiring a shut down to repair.  
- 2 days later, with the Unit still at 100% power, maintenance has repaired the inverter and is ready to place it back in service.
What actions need to be directed BEFORE restoring Instrument Bus 211 to the Inverter?
What actions need to be directed BEFORE restoring Instrument Bus 211 to the Inverter?
A                 Leave PR channel N44 as is and restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter to the CVT per 2BOA ELEC-2.
A Leave PR channel N44 as is and restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter to the CVT per 2BOA ELEC-2.
B                 Place PR channel N44 in Bypass first, then restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter per BOP IP-1, Instrument Bus Inverter Startup.
B Place PR channel N44 in Bypass first, then restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter per BOP IP-1, Instrument Bus Inverter Startup.
C                 Place PR channel N41 on its alternate power supply, then restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter per BOP IP-1, Instrument Bus Inverter Startup.
C Place PR channel N41 on its alternate power supply, then restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter per BOP IP-1, Instrument Bus Inverter Startup.
D                 Place PR channel N41 in Bypass first, then restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter per 2BOA ELEC-2.
D Place PR channel N41 in Bypass first, then restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter per 2BOA ELEC-2.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty B           Obj No:     S.AP1-14-B                   New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 I1-AP-XL-01, Ch 4, AC Electrical Power Systems, Pgs 52, 53, 63, 64                  
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.AP1-14-B New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-AP-XL-01, Ch 4, AC Electrical Power Systems, Pgs 52, 53, 63, 64  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
BOP IP-1, Instrument Inverter Startup, Precautions 43(b)(5)
BOP IP-1, Instrument Inverter Startup, Precautions 43(b)(5)
BOP IP-1 has a precaution that reminds the operator that when transferring power from the reserve power to the inverter, the Explanation:
BOP IP-1 has a precaution that reminds the operator that when transferring power from the reserve power to the inverter, the Explanation:
Line 2,351: Line 3,930:
C. is incorrect since N44 does not have a backup power supply like many of the SSPS instruments do.
C. is incorrect since N44 does not have a backup power supply like many of the SSPS instruments do.
D. is incorrect since this action alone could result in a reactor trip with N44 already in trip.
D. is incorrect since this action alone could result in a reactor trip with N44 already in trip.
Date Written:               3/22/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/22/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:       RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
90           SRO           2         1           073000             A2.01                   2.5               2.9             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System             Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PRM System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
90 SRO 2
1 073000 A2.01 2.5 2.9 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PRM System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Erratic or failed power supply UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
Erratic or failed power supply UserID:
Unit 1 is at 100% power with the following conditions:
Topic Question Stem:
  - 0100 on 6/5 - 1FS-RF008, Containment Floor Drain Sump Flow monitor, failed.
Unit 1 is at 100% power with the following conditions:  
                      - Parts have been ordered for replacement.
- 0100 on 6/5 - 1FS-RF008, Containment Floor Drain Sump Flow monitor, failed.  
  - 1300 on 6/30 - 1PR011J, CNMT ATMOS Unit 1, monitor has just alarmed indicating an OPERATE FAILURE.
- Parts have been ordered for replacement.  
- 1300 on 6/30 - 1PR011J, CNMT ATMOS Unit 1, monitor has just alarmed indicating an OPERATE FAILURE.
What actions are/were directed as a result of these conditions?
What actions are/were directed as a result of these conditions?
A                 Enter LCOAR for 1FS-RF008 failure; enter LCO 3.0.3 for 1PR011J failure.
A Enter LCOAR for 1FS-RF008 failure; enter LCO 3.0.3 for 1PR011J failure.
B                 Place 1FS-RF008 in the Degraded Equipment Log; enter LCOAR for 1PR011J failure.
B Place 1FS-RF008 in the Degraded Equipment Log; enter LCOAR for 1PR011J failure.
C                 Enter LCOAR for 1FS-RF008 failure; enter separate LCOAR for 1PR011J failure.
C Enter LCOAR for 1FS-RF008 failure; enter separate LCOAR for 1PR011J failure.
D                 Place 1FS-RF008 and 1PR011J in the Degraded Equipment Log; verify alternate instumentation is OPERABLE.
D Place 1FS-RF008 and 1PR011J in the Degraded Equipment Log; verify alternate instumentation is OPERABLE.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                               Question Difficulty B           Obj No:       S.RC1-12, S.AR1-06/15     New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.RC1-12, S.AR1-06/15 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 50  
1 I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 50  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitoring, Pg 35 Tech Spec 3.4.15, RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation BAP 1400-6, Tech Spec LCOARs 43(b) (5)
I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitoring, Pg 35 Tech Spec 3.4.15, RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation BAP 1400-6, Tech Spec LCOARs 43(b) (5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,379: Line 3,975:
C. is incorrect since no LCOAR is required for 1FS-RF008 alone failed and this Tech Spec does not allow separate entries for clock starts on LCOAR actions.
C. is incorrect since no LCOAR is required for 1FS-RF008 alone failed and this Tech Spec does not allow separate entries for clock starts on LCOAR actions.
D. is incorrect since only 1FS-RF008 is required in the DEL and LCOAR is required for 1PR011J failure.
D. is incorrect since only 1FS-RF008 is required in the DEL and LCOAR is required for 1PR011J failure.
Date Written:             3/27/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/27/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
91           SRO             2           2             034000           K1.04                   2.6               3.5             Low System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES)                 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the Fuel Handling System and the following systems:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
91 SRO 2
2 034000 K1.04 2.6 3.5 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES)
Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the Fuel Handling System and the following systems:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
NIS UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
NIS UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
The Fuel Handling Supervisor has just notified the Control Room that audible counts in CNMT ceased as they were lifting a fuel assembly from the upender. The NSO also reports that audible counts in the Control Room have been lost. The fuel handlers have suspended core alterations.
The Fuel Handling Supervisor has just notified the Control Room that audible counts in CNMT ceased as they were lifting a fuel assembly from the upender. The NSO also reports that audible counts in the Control Room have been lost. The fuel handlers have suspended core alterations.
Which of the following will allow core alterations to resume?
Which of the following will allow core alterations to resume?
A                 Set the audible count rate selector switch to the other channel, VERIFY audible count rate to the Control Room and CNMT with ONE SR channel OPERABLE.
A Set the audible count rate selector switch to the other channel, VERIFY audible count rate to the Control Room and CNMT with ONE SR channel OPERABLE.
B                 Initiate emergency boration until it can be VERIFIED that all filled portions of the RCS are at least 2300 ppm boron concentration.
B Initiate emergency boration until it can be VERIFIED that all filled portions of the RCS are at least 2300 ppm boron concentration.
C                 VERIFY Inverse Count Rate Ratio is being performed AND BOTH SR channels OPERABLE.
C VERIFY Inverse Count Rate Ratio is being performed AND BOTH SR channels OPERABLE.
D                 Set the audible count rate selector switch to the other channel, VERIFY audible count rate to the Control Room ONLY with ONE SR channel OPERABLE.
D Set the audible count rate selector switch to the other channel, VERIFY audible count rate to the Control Room ONLY with ONE SR channel OPERABLE.
Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty C           Obj No:     T.OA10-03, T.GP6-         Byron NRC exam bank (1996)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 1/2BOA INST-1, Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction, step 3 and 6 for SR channels          
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
T.OA10-03, T.GP6-Byron NRC exam bank (1996)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1/2BOA INST-1, Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction, step 3 and 6 for SR channels  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Tech Spec 3.9.3 requires at least 2 operable for core alterations.
Tech Spec 3.9.3 requires at least 2 operable for core alterations.
I1-GP-XL-06, Refueling Outage, Pgs 3, 4 43(b) (7)
I1-GP-XL-06, Refueling Outage, Pgs 3, 4 43(b) (7)
Explanation:
Explanation:
At least 2 operable channels are required for core alterations per Tech Spec 3.9.3. Also _BOA INST-1 action is to select the other channel and ensure that at least 2 channels are operable to perform core alterations or any + reactivity additions. Audible count rate is not required for refueling if an ICCR is being performed. 1BGP 100-6, Refueling Outage Unit 1, Limitation and Action #8, Pg 15, states that ICRR must be performed when refueling, if MCR SR recorder loses input OR audible count rate is not available to the MCR and Cnmt.
At least 2 operable channels are required for core alterations per Tech Spec 3.9.3. Also _BOA INST-1 action is to select the other channel and ensure that at least 2 channels are operable to perform core alterations or any + reactivity additions. Audible count rate is not required for refueling if an ICCR is being performed. 1BGP 100-6, Refueling Outage Unit 1, Limitation and Action #8, Pg 15, states that ICRR must be performed when refueling, if MCR SR recorder loses input OR audible count rate is not available to the MCR and Cnmt.
Date Written:             3/11/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/11/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                 RO:               SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
92           SRO             2           2               045000         2.2.22                 3.4               4.1             High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Main Turbine Generator (MT/G) System                     Equipment Control KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
92 SRO 2
2 045000 2.2.22 3.4 4.1 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Main Turbine Generator (MT/G) System Equipment Control KA Statement:
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Unit 2 is at 100% power with the following condition:
Topic Question Stem:
  - NLO reports from the field that 2ES017A, Extraction Steam Nonreturn Check Valve, from the 24A Feedwater Heater, did not move during performance of the monthly surveillance.
Unit 2 is at 100% power with the following condition:  
- NLO reports from the field that 2ES017A, Extraction Steam Nonreturn Check Valve, from the 24A Feedwater Heater, did not move during performance of the monthly surveillance.
What are the required actions for continued operations and why?
What are the required actions for continued operations and why?
(BOP HD-6T1, Turbine Operations Limitation Table Concerning the Isolation of Various Strings of Feedwater Heaters, is provided)
(BOP HD-6T1, Turbine Operations Limitation Table Concerning the Isolation of Various Strings of Feedwater Heaters, is provided)
A                 Reduce turbine load to 820 Mwe, then open the Low Pressure Heater String Bypass Valve and isolate the 21A, 22A, 23A, and 24A Feedwater Heater string to preclude water induction into the turbine on a High level in the associated heaters.
A Reduce turbine load to 820 Mwe, then open the Low Pressure Heater String Bypass Valve and isolate the 21A, 22A, 23A, and 24A Feedwater Heater string to preclude water induction into the turbine on a High level in the associated heaters.
B                 Reduce turbine load to 1173 Mwe, then isolate extraction steam to the 24A Feedwater Heater to prevent possible turbine overspeed on a turbine trip.
B Reduce turbine load to 1173 Mwe, then isolate extraction steam to the 24A Feedwater Heater to prevent possible turbine overspeed on a turbine trip.
C                 Reduce turbine load to 1173 Mwe, then isolate the MOVs in the extraction steam lines to the 24A/B/C Feedwater Heaters to preclude water induction into the turbine on a High level in the associated heaters.
C Reduce turbine load to 1173 Mwe, then isolate the MOVs in the extraction steam lines to the 24A/B/C Feedwater Heaters to preclude water induction into the turbine on a High level in the associated heaters.
D                 Reduce turbine load to 937 Mwe, then isolate the MOVs in the extraction steam lines to the 22A, 23A, and 24A Feedwater Heaters to prevent possible turbine overspeed on a turbine trip.
D Reduce turbine load to 937 Mwe, then isolate the MOVs in the extraction steam lines to the 22A, 23A, and 24A Feedwater Heaters to prevent possible turbine overspeed on a turbine trip.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty B           Obj No:       S.ES1-04/11                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
S.ES1-04/11 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-ES-XL-01, Ch 36, Extraction Steam, Feedwater Heater Vents and Drains, Pgs 19, 20, 24, 32, 35  
1 I1-ES-XL-01, Ch 36, Extraction Steam, Feedwater Heater Vents and Drains, Pgs 19, 20, 24, 32, 35  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-MT-XL-01, Main Turbine and Reheat Steam TRM 3.3.g BOP HD-6T1, Turbine Operations Limitation Table Concerning the Isolation of Various Strings of Feedwater Heaters BOP HD-16, Isolating and Return to Service LP FW Heaters _4A/B/C Shell Side and Restoration Following HI-2 Level Isolation 43(b) (2)
I1-MT-XL-01, Main Turbine and Reheat Steam TRM 3.3.g BOP HD-6T1, Turbine Operations Limitation Table Concerning the Isolation of Various Strings of Feedwater Heaters BOP HD-16, Isolating and Return to Service LP FW Heaters _4A/B/C Shell Side and Restoration Following HI-2 Level Isolation 43(b) (2)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,430: Line 4,061:
C. is incorrect since all three heaters are not required to be isolated.
C. is incorrect since all three heaters are not required to be isolated.
D is incorrect since the power reduction required is 1173. This would be required to remove the 3 heaters in the string, but that is not required.
D is incorrect since the power reduction required is 1173. This would be required to remove the 3 heaters in the string, but that is not required.
Date Written:             3/24/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:     BOP HD-6T1
Date Written:
3/24/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:
BOP HD-6T1  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:             SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
93           SRO         2           2             075000             A2.01                 3.0             3.2             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Circulating Water System                             Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Circulating Water System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
93 SRO 2
2 075000 A2.01 3.0 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Circulating Water System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Circulating Water System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
KA Statement:
KA Statement:
Loss of intake structure UserID:                                     Topic Question Stem:
Loss of intake structure UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
With both Units at 100% power, the control room operators have identified a loss of flow condition on CW Makeup flow indicator, 0FT-CW040, in response to INTAKE BAY LEVEL LOW alarm.
With both Units at 100% power, the control room operators have identified a loss of flow condition on CW Makeup flow indicator, 0FT-CW040, in response to INTAKE BAY LEVEL LOW alarm.
If 0AOV-CW220, CW Makeup Flow Control Valve, does NOT open, the operators are procedurally directed to conserve flume level.
If 0AOV-CW220, CW Makeup Flow Control Valve, does NOT open, the operators are procedurally directed to conserve flume level.
Which of the following actions would the operators be directed to perform?
Which of the following actions would the operators be directed to perform?  
  - 1. Reduce reactor power and shutdown a CW pump on each unit.
- 1. Reduce reactor power and shutdown a CW pump on each unit.  
  - 2. Secure CW blowdown.
- 2. Secure CW blowdown.  
  - 3. Secure CW makeup to SX.
- 3. Secure CW makeup to SX.  
  - 4. Reduce reactor power on each unit.
- 4. Reduce reactor power on each unit.
A                 2 and 4 B                 2 and 3 C                 1 and 3 D                 1 and 2 Answer:     Task No:                               Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty A           Obj No:     T.OA43B-03               Byron LORT bank - Used last 2006, cycle 1-4.
A 2 and 4 B
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
2 and 3 C
1 and 3 D
1 and 2 Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
T.OA43B-03 Byron LORT bank - Used last 2006, cycle 1-4.
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 0BOA SEC-11, Inadequate Ciculating Water Makeup  
1 0BOA SEC-11, Inadequate Ciculating Water Makeup  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-OA-XL-43, Inadequate Circulating Water Makeup, Pgs 3, 4 43(b)(5)
I1-OA-XL-43, Inadequate Circulating Water Makeup, Pgs 3, 4 43(b)(5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,457: Line 4,109:
C. is incorrect since shutdown of CW pumps would not conserve flume level, SX actually takes priority.
C. is incorrect since shutdown of CW pumps would not conserve flume level, SX actually takes priority.
D. is incorrect since shutdown of CW pumps would not conserve flume level.
D. is incorrect since shutdown of CW pumps would not conserve flume level.
Date Written:             3/23/2006 Author:     G. Wolfe                       App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/23/2006 Author:
G. Wolfe App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:         GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:                 RO:                 SRO:       Cog Level:
Quest No:
94           SRO             3                           194001           2.1.7                   3.7                 4.4           High System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                   Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
94 SRO 3
194001 2.1.7 3.7 4.4 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Given the following conditions on Unit 2:
Topic Question Stem:
  - Reactor power - 31% and rising.
Given the following conditions on Unit 2:  
  - RCS Tave = 556&deg;F and slowly lowering.
- Reactor power - 31% and rising.  
  - PZR pressure = 2175 psig and slowly lowering.
- RCS Tave = 556&deg;F and slowly lowering.  
  - PZR level = 29% and slowly lowering.
- PZR pressure = 2175 psig and slowly lowering.  
  - Turbine load is stable.
- PZR level = 29% and slowly lowering.  
  - SG pressures = 940 psig and lowering.
- Turbine load is stable.  
  - SG PORVs indicate closed.
- SG pressures = 940 psig and lowering.  
  - Steam Dumps indicate closed.
- SG PORVs indicate closed.  
  - Unit 1 Turbine Bldg Rounds calls the Control Room and reports steam on the 451' level in the Turbine building.
- Steam Dumps indicate closed.  
- Unit 1 Turbine Bldg Rounds calls the Control Room and reports steam on the 451' level in the Turbine building.
What action should be directed for these conditions?
What action should be directed for these conditions?
Immediately trip the ______________.
Immediately trip the ______________.
A                 turbine and close the MSIVs.
A turbine and close the MSIVs.
B                 reactor and close the MSIVs.
B reactor and close the MSIVs.
C                 turbine and initiate safety injection.
C turbine and initiate safety injection.
D                 reactor and initiate safety injection.
D reactor and initiate safety injection.
Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                                                 Question Difficulty B           Obj No:                                   Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 OP-AA-101-111-1001, Operations Philosophy Handbook                      
Question Difficulty B
Obj No:
Byron Cert exam bank (2001)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 OP-AA-101-111-1001, Operations Philosophy Handbook  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Conditions of an Operating License, 10CFR50 43(b)(5)
Conditions of an Operating License, 10CFR50 43(b)(5)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,494: Line 4,163:
C. is incorrect since this may trip the reactor, it will not islate the steamline break.
C. is incorrect since this may trip the reactor, it will not islate the steamline break.
D. is incorrect since the reactor trip first is OK, but the SI will not stop the steam leak to protect personnel.
D. is incorrect since the reactor trip first is OK, but the SI will not stop the steam leak to protect personnel.
Date Written:             3/11/2006 Author:         M. Jorgensen                   App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/11/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:             KA No:             RO:           SRO:           Cog Level:
Quest No:
95           SRO             3                         194001             2.1.32             3.4             3.8             Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                 Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
95 SRO 3 194001 2.1.32 3.4 3.8 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Conduct of Operations KA Statement:
Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.
Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
LCO 3.0.6 requires a Loss of Safety Function Evaluation (LOSF) be performed when an inoperabilty of a support system renders a supported system inoperable.
LCO 3.0.6 requires a Loss of Safety Function Evaluation (LOSF) be performed when an inoperabilty of a support system renders a supported system inoperable.
During a situation involving two supported systems inoperable due to the same support system without a LOSF, to ensure further LOSF evaluations on the supported systems to be properly performed, per BAP 1400-6, "TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION LIMITING CONDITIONS FOR OPERATION ACTION REQUIREMENTS (LCOAR)", the inoperable supported systems are REQUIRED to be logged in the A                 Degraded Equipment Log (DEL)
During a situation involving two supported systems inoperable due to the same support system without a LOSF, to ensure further LOSF evaluations on the supported systems to be properly performed, per BAP 1400-6, "TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION LIMITING CONDITIONS FOR OPERATION ACTION REQUIREMENTS (LCOAR)", the inoperable supported systems are REQUIRED to be logged in the A
B                 Shift Managers Log C                 supported systems LCOAR paperwork and the associated Unit Log D                 associated supported systems LCOAR Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty A           Obj No:       S.TS1-05-B, T.AM13-         New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Degraded Equipment Log (DEL)
1 I1-TS-XL-01, Ch 3, Introduction to Technical Specifications, Pg 22                
B Shift Managers Log C
supported systems LCOAR paperwork and the associated Unit Log D
associated supported systems LCOAR Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
S.TS1-05-B, T.AM13-New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 I1-TS-XL-01, Ch 3, Introduction to Technical Specifications, Pg 22  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Selected Administrative Procedures, BAP 1400-6, Pg 49 BAP 1400-6, Tech Spec Limiting Conditions for Operation Action Requirement LCOAR) procedure, Pg 8 43(b)(4)
Selected Administrative Procedures, BAP 1400-6, Pg 49 BAP 1400-6, Tech Spec Limiting Conditions for Operation Action Requirement LCOAR) procedure, Pg 8 43(b)(4)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,515: Line 4,203:
C. is incorrect since this is required to be documented separately as a reminder and not duplicate LCOAR generation.
C. is incorrect since this is required to be documented separately as a reminder and not duplicate LCOAR generation.
D. is incorrect for basically the same reason as C. above.
D. is incorrect for basically the same reason as C. above.
Date Written:               3/24/2006 Author:     G. Wolfe                       App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/24/2006 Author:
G. Wolfe App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:         KA No:                 RO:               SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
96           SRO             3                       194001             2.2.3                 3.1               3.3           Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                 Equipment Control KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
96 SRO 3
194001 2.2.3 3.1 3.3 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Equipment Control KA Statement:
(multi-unit) Knowledge of the design, procedural, and operational differences between units.
(multi-unit) Knowledge of the design, procedural, and operational differences between units.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Compare the expected response between Unit 1 and Unit 2 for establishing feedwater flow to a Dry Steam Generator after initiation of Feed and Bleed as part of Attachment B in 1/2BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.
Compare the expected response between Unit 1 and Unit 2 for establishing feedwater flow to a Dry Steam Generator after initiation of Feed and Bleed as part of Attachment B in 1/2BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.
A Dry SG is any SG with Wide Range level < 10% (27% ADVERSE CNMT) on ___(1)___ and, if feedwater flow has been stopped for > 75 minutes with SG level < 45% Narrow Range, the feed line is considered voided on ____(2)____, and the feedwater initial flowrate is determined by whether the tempering line is at least 75&deg;F subcooled on
A Dry SG is any SG with Wide Range level < 10% (27% ADVERSE CNMT) on ___(1)___ and, if feedwater flow has been stopped for > 75 minutes with SG level < 45% Narrow Range, the feed line is considered voided on ____(2)____, and the feedwater initial flowrate is determined by whether the tempering line is at least 75&deg;F subcooled on
___(3)____.
___(3)____.
(1)           (2)           (3)
(1) (2) (3)
A both Units Unit 2                 Unit 1 B Unit 1             Unit1         Unit 1 C both Units Unit 1                   Unit 2 C Unit 2               Unit 2       Unit 2 Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                             Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       T.FR3-04-A/E               New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A both Units Unit 2 Unit 1 B Unit 1 Unit1 Unit 1 C both Units Unit 1 Unit 2 C Unit 2 Unit 2 Unit 2 Answer: Task No:
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
T.FR3-04-A/E New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1/2BFR-H.1, Attachment B, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, Pg 53  
1 1/2BFR-H.1, Attachment B, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, Pg 53  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-FR-XL-03, FRPs-BFR H.1-H.5, Pg 54 - 56 43(b) (1)
I1-FR-XL-03, FRPs-BFR H.1-H.5, Pg 54 - 56 43(b) (1)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,539: Line 4,244:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect since the application of voiding is Unit 1.
D. is incorrect since the application of voiding is Unit 1.
Date Written:             3/11/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/11/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:               RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
97           SRO             3                       194001             2.3.6               2.1             3.1             High System/Evolution Name:                               Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                               Radiological Controls KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
97 SRO 3
194001 2.3.6 2.1 3.1 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Radiological Controls KA Statement:
Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits.
Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
A gas release from Containment is pending on Unit 2 at 100% power using Containment Mini Purge System with the following progression:
Topic Question Stem:
  - 0200 on 6/19 - Containment sample analyzed.
A gas release from Containment is pending on Unit 2 at 100% power using Containment Mini Purge System with the following progression:  
                      - 2RE-PR011B, CNMT ATMOS UNIT 2, is in service.
- 0200 on 6/19 - Containment sample analyzed.  
  - 0500 on 6/19 - Release package requested from Radiation Protection (RP).
- 2RE-PR011B, CNMT ATMOS UNIT 2, is in service.  
  - 1200 on 6/19 - Release was approved by Lead RP.
- 0500 on 6/19 - Release package requested from Radiation Protection (RP).  
  - 1500 on 6/19 - Release was approved by the shift SRO.
- 1200 on 6/19 - Release was approved by Lead RP.  
- 1500 on 6/19 - Release was approved by the shift SRO.
What is the expiration time/date for this release package per BCP 400-TCNMTROUTINE, Gaseous Effluent Release Form?
What is the expiration time/date for this release package per BCP 400-TCNMTROUTINE, Gaseous Effluent Release Form?
A                 0000 on 6/20 B                 0200 on 6/20 C                 0800 on 6/20 D                 1500 on 6/20 Answer:     Task No:     GW-001, S-HP-002,           Question Source:                                                         Question Difficulty C           Obj No:                                 New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
A 0000 on 6/20 B
1 BCP 400-TCNMTROUTINE, Gaseous Effluent Release Form                  
0200 on 6/20 C
0800 on 6/20 D
1500 on 6/20 Answer: Task No:
GW-001, S-HP-002, Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 BCP 400-TCNMTROUTINE, Gaseous Effluent Release Form  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Byron SRO Certification Guide (OJT), Pg 22, 33 43(b) (6)
Byron SRO Certification Guide (OJT), Pg 22, 33 43(b) (6)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,565: Line 4,290:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect but plausible since this would be 24 hours from SRO approval, which is a common sample frequency for a release monitor being OOS.
D. is incorrect but plausible since this would be 24 hours from SRO approval, which is a common sample frequency for a release monitor being OOS.
Date Written:             3/25/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen               App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/25/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:       GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:               RO:   SRO: Cog Level:
Quest No:
98           SRO             3                           194001           2.3.10               2.9   3.3   Low System/Evolution Name:                                   Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                   Radiological Controls KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
98 SRO 3 194001 2.3.10 2.9 3.3 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Radiological Controls KA Statement:
Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of radiation and guard against personnel exposure.
Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of radiation and guard against personnel exposure.
UserID:                                         Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Unit 2 is in MODE 6 with refueling activities in progress when the following occurs:
Topic Question Stem:
  - A fuel assembly is dropped during removal from the core.
Unit 2 is in MODE 6 with refueling activities in progress when the following occurs:  
  - Bubbling is observed from the core region.
- A fuel assembly is dropped during removal from the core.  
- Bubbling is observed from the core region.
What is your FIRST required action as the SRO in CNMT for Fuel Handling operations?
What is your FIRST required action as the SRO in CNMT for Fuel Handling operations?
A                 Direct operations to establish CNMT closure.
A Direct operations to establish CNMT closure.
B                 Direct the Control Room to start CNMT Charcoal Filter units.
B Direct the Control Room to start CNMT Charcoal Filter units.
C                 Direct the Control Room to announce, "ALL personnel evacuate Unit 2 CNMT".
C Direct the Control Room to announce, "ALL personnel evacuate Unit 2 CNMT".
D                 Direct the Fuel Handlers to PLACE any fuel assembly in the transfer device into the change fixture.
D Direct the Fuel Handlers to PLACE any fuel assembly in the transfer device into the change fixture.
Answer:     Task No:                                   Question Source:                                         Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       S.OA29-03                     Byron NRC exam bank (1994)
Answer: Task No:
Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Question Source:
1 2BOA REFUEL-1, Fuel Handling Emergency. Pg 1, 2 entry conditions and step 1                  
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
S.OA29-03 Byron NRC exam bank (1994)
Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 2BOA REFUEL-1, Fuel Handling Emergency. Pg 1, 2 entry conditions and step 1  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-OA-XL-29, BOA REFUEL-1, Fuel Handling Emergency, Pg 4 43(b)4),(7)
I1-OA-XL-29, BOA REFUEL-1, Fuel Handling Emergency, Pg 4 43(b)4),(7)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,593: Line 4,334:
C. is correct as described above.
C. is correct as described above.
D. is incorrect since this is not an option immediately, and additonal movement must be evaluated first.
D. is incorrect since this is not an option immediately, and additonal movement must be evaluated first.
Date Written:               3/11/2006 Author:         M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/11/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:         TIER:     GROUP:         Topic No:           KA No:               RO:             SRO:         Cog Level:
Quest No:
99           SRO           3                         194001           2.4.34               3.8               3.6           High System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                 Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
99 SRO 3 194001 2.4.34 3.8 3.6 High System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during emergency operations including system geography and system implications.
Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during emergency operations including system geography and system implications.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
THIS QUESTION WAS DELETED BASED ON POST EXAMINATION COMMENT Unit 1 control room has been evacuated and 1BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, has been implemented due to a fire in the Upper Cable Spreading Room.
THIS QUESTION WAS DELETED BASED ON POST EXAMINATION COMMENT Unit 1 control room has been evacuated and 1BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, has been implemented due to a fire in the Upper Cable Spreading Room.
The Remote Shutdown Panel (RSP) is being activated.
The Remote Shutdown Panel (RSP) is being activated.  
  - The NSO has aligned the RSP and 1PL05JA per Attachment A of 1BOA PRI-5.
- The NSO has aligned the RSP and 1PL05JA per Attachment A of 1BOA PRI-5.  
  - The NSO reports he has NO indication of 1D SG level or pressure at the RSP.
- The NSO reports he has NO indication of 1D SG level or pressure at the RSP.
What action(s) is/are directed for this report?
What action(s) is/are directed for this report?
A                 If MSIVs are open, use any other SG for pressure, balance feedwater flow to be consistent with the other 3 SGs.
A If MSIVs are open, use any other SG for pressure, balance feedwater flow to be consistent with the other 3 SGs.
B                 If MSIVs are closed, stop feeding the 1D SG, stop the 1D RCP, and verify 1D SG PORV is closed.
B If MSIVs are closed, stop feeding the 1D SG, stop the 1D RCP, and verify 1D SG PORV is closed.
C                 Dispatch an operator to the Unit 1 Fire Hazards Panel to establish communications with the NSO at the RSP and align 1D SG level and pressure indication.
C Dispatch an operator to the Unit 1 Fire Hazards Panel to establish communications with the NSO at the RSP and align 1D SG level and pressure indication.
D                 Verify 1D SG MSIV is closed, isolate AF Flow to 1D SG, initiate a cooldown to < 550&deg;F with the other 3 SGs and verify 1D SG PORV remains closed.
D Verify 1D SG MSIV is closed, isolate AF Flow to 1D SG, initiate a cooldown to < 550&deg;F with the other 3 SGs and verify 1D SG PORV remains closed.
Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                           Question Difficulty C           Obj No:       T.OA16-03/05/08             New Medium Time:       Cross Ref:
Answer: Task No:
1 1BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, step 8          
Question Source:
Question Difficulty C
Obj No:
T.OA16-03/05/08 New Medium Time:
Cross Ref:
1 1BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, step 8  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-OA-XL-16, BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, Pgs 16 43(b) (5) RMC Explanation:
I1-OA-XL-16, BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, Pgs 16 43(b) (5) RMC Explanation:
Although the suggested alternatives seem plausible, the proper direction in the BOA is to dispatch an operator to the Fire Hazards Panel to place only the required indications in local that can not be obtained at the RSP. Only 1A and 1D SG parameters are available at the Fire Hazards Communications will need to be established since the controls for the SG are still at the RSP.
Although the suggested alternatives seem plausible, the proper direction in the BOA is to dispatch an operator to the Fire Hazards Panel to place only the required indications in local that can not be obtained at the RSP. Only 1A and 1D SG parameters are available at the Fire Hazards Communications will need to be established since the controls for the SG are still at the RSP.
Line 2,620: Line 4,377:
C. is correct as directed in the procedure.
C. is correct as directed in the procedure.
D. is incorrect, again plausible, not procedural.
D. is incorrect, again plausible, not procedural.
Date Written:             3/27/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:
Date Written:
3/27/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:  


Quest No:     RO SRO:       TIER:     GROUP:       Topic No:           KA No:                   RO:             SRO:             Cog Level:
Quest No:
100         SRO             3                         194001             2.4.36                 2.0             2.8               Low System/Evolution Name:                                 Category Statement:
RO SRO:
Generic                                                 Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
TIER:
GROUP:
Topic No:
KA No:
RO:
SRO:
Cog Level:
100 SRO 3 194001 2.4.36 2.0 2.8 Low System/Evolution Name:
Category Statement:
Generic Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:
Knowledge of chemistry / health physics tasks during emergency operations.
Knowledge of chemistry / health physics tasks during emergency operations.
UserID:                                       Topic Question Stem:
UserID:
Topic Question Stem:
Unit 2 Reactor has been manually tripped due to a steamline break on the 2B SG in the Safety Valve room.
Unit 2 Reactor has been manually tripped due to a steamline break on the 2B SG in the Safety Valve room.
The crew has transitioned to 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, and is currently performing Step 6, Check Secondary Radiation.
The crew has transitioned to 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, and is currently performing Step 6, Check Secondary Radiation.
What direction is given to the Chemistry Department prior to exiting 2BEP-2?
What direction is given to the Chemistry Department prior to exiting 2BEP-2?
A                 Sample ALL SGs for activity.
A Sample ALL SGs for activity.
B                 ONLY sample INTACT SGs for activity.
B ONLY sample INTACT SGs for activity.
C                 ONLY sample the FAULTED SG for activity.
C ONLY sample the FAULTED SG for activity.
D                 Sample the RCS for boron concentration Answer:     Task No:                                 Question Source:                                                                   Question Difficulty A           Obj No:       T.EP3-03                   New Low Time:       Cross Ref:
D Sample the RCS for boron concentration Answer: Task No:
1 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, Pg 9          
Question Source:
Question Difficulty A
Obj No:
T.EP3-03 New Low Time:
Cross Ref:
1 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, Pg 9  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
I1-EP-XL-03, BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, Pg 9, 10 43(b)(4)
I1-EP-XL-03, BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, Pg 9, 10 43(b)(4)
Explanation:
Explanation:
Line 2,645: Line 4,418:
C. is incorrect since this would not allow sampling the 3 SGs that are being used for plant temperature control and may be steaming to atmosphere.
C. is incorrect since this would not allow sampling the 3 SGs that are being used for plant temperature control and may be steaming to atmosphere.
D. is incorrect since this sample will be directed the appropriate procedure and is not the concern in 2BEP-2.
D. is incorrect since this sample will be directed the appropriate procedure and is not the concern in 2BEP-2.
Date Written:             3/26/2006 Author:       M. Jorgensen                 App. Ref:}}
Date Written:
3/26/2006 Author:
M. Jorgensen App. Ref:}}

Latest revision as of 07:23, 15 January 2025

Ro/Sro Initial Examination - June 2006, Questions 1 Through 75 RO Examination, Questions 76 Through 100 SRO Examination (Question 99 Deleted Due to Post Exam Comment)
ML062260244
Person / Time
Site: Byron  
Issue date: 06/30/2006
From:
NRC/RGN-III
To:
References
Download: ML062260244 (101)


Text

BYRON WRITTEN INITIAL EXAMINATION, JUNE 2006 QUESTIONS 1 THROUGH 75 RO EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 76 THROUGH 100 SRO EXAMINATION (QUESTION 99 DELETED DUE TO POST EXAM COMMENT)

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

1 Both 1

1 000007 7EK1.04 3.6 3.9 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Reactor Trip Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the reactor trip:

KA Statement:

Decrease in reactor power following reactor trip (prompt drop and subsequent decay)

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 was operating at 100% power.

At Time=0 an inadvertent turbine trip occurs.

All systems respond as designed.

At Time=2 minutes, IR Nuclear Instrument N35 reads 5E-2% power.

Which of the following is the MINIMUM additional time expected for the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lite to GO OUT on the IR NI N35 Drawer on 1PM07J?

A 5-7 minutes B 11-13 minutes C 14-16 minutes D 17-19 minutes Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.NI2-08-B, A.NT7-New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-NT-XL-07, Nuclear Theory Chapter 7, Neutron Kinetics, pg 33, 46, 60

Reference:

ILT Systems: I1-NI-XL-01BY, Gamma-Matric Source and Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation, pg 11, 21 22, 28.

Explanation:

A prompt drop and rapid power level decay occurs over the first 2-4 minutes following a reactor trip. The reactor then reaches a stable -1/3 DPM startup rate due to the dominant decay of the long-lived fission product precursers. This stable period is sustained well into the source range. From the 5E-2% power to 5E-6% (Setpoint for the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lite) is 4 decades and will take ~12 minutes. MJJ 2/27/06 Date Written:

2/27/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

2 Both 1

1 000008 82.1.30 3.9 3.4 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident Conduct of Operations (Relief Valve Stuck Open)

KA Statement:

Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit-1 is at 100% power.

PZR PORV DSCH TEMP HIGH (1-12-C6) is in alarm.

PORV 1RY456 indicates partially OPEN after C/S was placed in CLOSE 1RY8000B, PORV Isolation Valve, C/S was taken to CLOSE but continues to show dual indication.

Charging Header flow has risen ~ 5gpm and stablized PZR level on program.

PZR Pressure is stable at 2218 psig The crew has entered 1BOA PRI-1, Excessive Primary Plant Leakage.

What is/are the NEXT required action(s) based on these indications?

A. Trip the Reactor and manually actuate Safety Injection.

B. Locally CLOSE 1RY8000B at MCC 131X2 by resetting the breaker and re-CLOSING the breaker.

C. Dispatch an operator with RP to enter Containment and manually CLOSE 1RY8000B.

D. Locally CLOSE 1RY8000B at MCC 132X2 after placing the LOCAL/REMOTE switch at the breaker in LOCAL.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

T.OA12-02 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1BOA PRI-1, Excessive Primary Plant Leakage, Step 3 RNO

Reference:

I1-OA-XL-12, 1BOA PRI-1, Excessive Primary Plant Leakage Explanation:

A. is incorrect because the system has stablized within normal charging capacity and does not warrant a Reactor trip or SI. Explanation:

B. is incorrect because this is the wrong MCC and there is no indication that the breaker has tripped requiring a reset.

C. is incorrect because this is not a procedural option nor would this occur at 100% power.

D is the correct action as specified for this condition in 1BOA PRI-1.

Date Written:

2/28/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

3 Both 1

1 000009 9EA2.24 2.6 2.9 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Small Break LOCA Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to a small break LOCA:

KA Statement:

RCP temperature setpoints UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A Small Break LOCA has just occurred on Unit 1 and Safety Injection has been actuated. All systems responded as designed.

-RCP Trip Criteria has NOT been met.

Without any additional operator action, which of the following RCP temperatures would RISE significantly during the next 10 minutes of RCP operation?

A. Thrust Bearing B. Motor Lower Radial Bearing C. Motor Stator Winding D. Pump Lower Radial Bearing Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.RC2-08-C New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RC-XL-02, Ch 13, Reactor Coolant Pump

Reference:

Explanation:

C. is correct because the SI and Phase A actuations cause RCFCs to run in Low Speed without Chilled Water for cooling (SX only) and Post-LOCA environment will cause higher temperatures in Cnmt. The Motor Windings are air cooled from the Cnmt atmosphere.

A and B are incorrect because CCW flow actually increases post SI (2 CC pumps running) and adds additional cooling for the oil coolers causing temperature to be stable or drop.

D. is incorrect since the additional seal injection flow rate post SI aids in cooling and temperature will be stable or drop.

Date Written:

3/2/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

4 Both 1

1 000022 22AA2.04 2.9 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Pump Makeup:

KA Statement:

How long PZR level can be maintained within limits UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit-1 is at 20% and stable Tave is on program PZR level control is in AUTO Letdown flow is 75 gpm Total RCP Leakoff flow is 16 gpm The running CV pump impeller degrades resulting in a Charging Header flow stablizing at 59 gpm With continued operation and no operator action, when would Pressurizer level BEGIN to RISE?

ASSUME 130 gallons per % in the PZR.

A. 30 -35 minutes B. 40 -45 minutes C. 50 - 55 minutes D. 60 - 65 minutes Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.RY1-03/20 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer

Reference:

Explanation:

D. is correct because at 20% power, PZR level program is 32%. Level will RISE in the PZR when Letdown Auto isolates at 17%.

32%-17% is 15% level drop. PZR has 130 gal/% ~ 1950 gallons. Level is dropping at 16 (75-59) gpm + 16 gpm RCP leakoff which =

32 gpm. At 32 gpm, 1950 gal will take between 60 and 65 minutes to isolate letdown, then charging will cause PZR level to RISE.

Date Written:

2/28/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

5 Both 1

1 000026 26AK3.04 3.5 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)

Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water:

KA Statement:

Effect on the CCW flow header of a loss of CCW UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Component Cooling Water (CCW) is in a normal at power lineup with Unit-1 CCW providing cooling for the inservice Spent Fuel Pool heat exchanger. A tube leak develops in the Spent Fuel Pool heat exchanger.

Unit-1 CCW Surge Tank level will___(1)____ and CCW pump discharge header flowrate will

___(2)____.

(1) (2)

A. rise drop B. rise rise C. drop drop D. drop rise Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.CC1-18 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-CC-XL-01, Ch 19, Component Cooling Water System, Pgs 12, 30

Reference:

1BOA PRI-6, Component Cooling Water Malfunction Explanation:

CCW is at a higher pressure in the SFP heat exchanger, therefore Surge Tank level will drop and the increased system demand will cause pump discharge flowrate to rise.

Date Written:

2/28/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

6 Both 1

1 000029 292.2.25 2.5 3.7 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Anticipated Transient Without Scram Equipment Control (ATWS)

KA Statement:

Knowledge of bases in technical specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

10 CFR 50.62 established requirements for reducing the risk of an Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS) in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants.

The ATWS Rule, when applied, is based on reducing the risk of which of the following?

A. Exceeding DNBR limit B. Excessive RCS overpressure C. Exceeding Kw/ft Fuel limit D. Excessive RCS cooldown Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.RP3-01/04 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Byron UFSAR Ch 15.8

Reference:

Ch 60c, I1-RP-XL-03, ATWS Mitigation System Explanation:

B. is correct because AMS provides a diverse start signal for AFW and a Turbine Trip to maintain the SGs as a Heat Sink to minimize the RCS overpressure transient that occurs with no Reactor Trip.

A. is incorrect since pressure rise precludes reaching DNB.

C. is incorrect since temperature rise adds negative reactivity (Doppler) and limits linear heat rate.

D. is incorrect since a heatup is the concern, cooldown would limit the overpressurization.

Date Written:

2/28/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

7 Both 1

1 000038 38EA2.01 4.1 4.7 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR)

Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to a SGTR:

KA Statement:

When to isolate one or more S/Gs UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

An accident is in progress on Unit 1.

The following plant conditions exist:

Containment Pressure = 3 psig (slowly dropping)

SG levels (NR): (All are slowly rising) 1A: 5%

1B: 7%

1C: 8%

1D: 5%

Main Steamline 1B radiation ALERT alarm is lit.

In accordance with 1BEP-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, the EARLIEST the operator is directed to manually isolate AF to the 1B SG by closing 1AF013B and 1AF013F is:

A. immediately.

B. as soon as 1B SG narrow range level is above 10%.

C. as soon as all SGs narrow range levels are at or above 10%.

D. as soon as 1B SG narrow range level is above 31%.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

T.EP04-08 Byron 2000 NRC exam Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1/2BEP-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Step 4

Reference:

I1-EP-XL-04, BEP-3 series, Pg 15 Explanation:

The ruptured SG level must be > 10% to ensure an adequate thermal layer exists prior to isolation of Aux Feed. This will insulate the steam space in the SG from the cooler RCS water as the RCS is cooled down to allow depressurization of the RCS to stop the leakage to the SG without losing subcooling, if the SG were to depressurize while trying to equalize RCS to SG pressure.

A. is incorrect since the >10% is required prior to isolation.

B. is correct as described above.

C. is incorrect since the requirement for isolation only applies to the ruptured SG. The other, intact, SGs can be throttled for heat removal control once at least one of them is >10%.

D. is incorrect since this is the ADVERSE CNMT value which is not used when CNMT pressure is < 5 psig for these conditions.

Date Written:

2/27/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

8 Both 1

1 000040 40AK2.02 2.6 2.6 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Steam Line Rupture Knowledge of the interrelations between the Steam Line Rupture and the following:

KA Statement:

Sensors and detectors UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 tripped from 100% power due to a steamline break inside of Containment. 2 minutes after the trip, the following parameters were recorded:

PZR pressure is 1750 psig and stable PZR level is 22% and stable CNMT pressure has reached 7.8 psig S/G NR levels; 1A 31%, 1B 30%, 1C 16%, 1D 34%

S/G pressures; 1A 760 psig, 1B 775 psig, 1C 660 psig, 1D 800 psig An automatic steamline isolation occurred due to_________.

A. low S/G pressure B. low S/G level C. containment pressure D. low PZR pressure SI Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

S.MS1-07-D 2000 Byron NRC exam Low Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-MS-XL-01, Ch 23, Main Steam System

Reference:

Explanation:

A. is correct since a steamline break would cause steamline pressure to drop rapidly. The low pressure setpoint is 640 psig, but is rate sensitive and could have occurred without actually going below 640 psig.

B. is incorrect because the SG level circuit does not input to the steamline isolation logic.

C. is incorrect since 8.2 psig in CNMT has not been reached.

D. is incorrect since low PZR pressure SI does not cause a main steamline isolation to occur.

Date Written:

3/2/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

9 Both 1

1 000054 54AA1.03 3.5 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW)

Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW):

KA Statement:

AFW auxiliaries, including oil cooling water supply UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 was at 100% power.

Unit 2 is in MODE 6.

2B SX pump is OOS for replacement A spurious Feed Water Isolation occurred on Unit 1. The crew manually tripped the Unit 1 Reactor.

When the Unit 1 Main Generator output breakers opened, Off-Site power was lost to BOTH Units resulting in the following condition:

1A DG started and loaded. 1A SX pump tripped after starting.

1B DG did not start 2A DG is running, but the output breaker will NOT CLOSE.

2B DG started and loaded What is the IMPACT on CONTINUED operation of the Unit 1 Aux Feed Pumps?

(Ignore any fuel consumption concerns)

A. BOTH pumps can continue to run as long as Fuel Oil is available.

B. 1A ONLY requires 1A DG running; 1B will be damaged.

C. 1B will trip on High Jacket Water temperature; 1A can continue to run.

D. 1B can continue to run as long as Fuel Oil is available; 1A will be damaged.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.AF1-04/15 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feedwater System

Reference:

Explanation:

A. is incorrect because 1A requires an SX pump running for oil cooling and will rapidly overheat bearings and most likely trip the supply breaker.

B. is incorrect because of the reasoning in A. above. It may run until the EDG overheats and stops, but will probably have already tripped. 1B is designed to run without an SX pump running. It has it's own shaft driven SX pump.

C. is incorrect for the same reasons described in B. above.

D. is correct because 1B has it's own shaft driven SX pump and will supply cooling as long as an SX reservoir is maintained while 1A requires an SX pump running to provide oil cooling and should be stopped when the no SX condition is recognized to prevent damage beyond repair.

Date Written:

3/2/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

10 Both 1

1 000055 55EK1.01 3.3 3.7 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply Blackout) to the Station Blackout:

KA Statement:

Effect of battery discharge rates on capacity UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 is at 100% power

- At 0800 a Loss of all AC power occurs on Unit 1.

- DC Bus 111 and 112 are being supplied by their respective Batteries.

- 1BCA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power Unit 1, has been entered.

With AC Power available to Unit 2, DC Bus 111 and 112 must be energized by a Unit 2 battery charger by_______?

A. 0900 B. 1200 C. 1600 D. 2400 Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

T.OA03-03/09, New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems

Reference:

1BCA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power Unit 1, Step 12 RNO Byron UFSAR, CH 8.3 1BOA ELEC-3, Loss of 4KV ESF Bus, ATT A/C, Step 6 RNO Explanation:

The design of the 1E 125 VDC Batteries is Blackout with LOCA and only one DG (no AC to Battery Charger for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />) and minimum voltage of 105 VDC. 1BOA ELEC-3, ATTs A/C, Step 6 RNO, and BCA-0.0, Step 12 RNO, state that if a battery charger cannot be restored and the opposite unit charger is energized, then crosstie within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> per BOP DC-7.

A. is correct as described above.

B. is incorrect but plausible action time used in Tech Specs for electrical problems.

C. is incorrect but plausible action time used in Tech Specs for electrical problems.

D. is incorrect but plausible action time used in Tech Specs for electrical problems.

Date Written:

3/2/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

11 Both 1

1 000056 56AK1.04 3.1 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Offsite Power Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Offsite Power:

KA Statement:

Definition of saturation conditions, implication for the systems UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A Reactor Trip with a Loss of Off-Site Power has occurred. The following conditions exist:

CETCs = 582°F and stable All Hot Leg Temperatures = 578°F and stable All Cold leg Temperatures = 550°F and stable Pressurizer Pressure = 2085 psig and stable It is desired to reduce RCS pressure but maintain 50°F subcooling. The MINIMUM pressure that will maintain 50°F RCS subcooling as indicated on SPDS is ____.

A 1878 psig B 1893 psig C 1933 psig D 1948 psig Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

T.EP01-06-D Byron 2001 Cert exam Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BEP 0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown, Fig 1BEP 0.2-2 and ATT A

Reference:

I1-EP-XL-01, 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection - series pgs 95, 100 Steam Tables Explanation:

Add 50°F to 582°F (highest temp) = 632°F; look up Sat Press for 632°F in Steam Tables = 1947 psia; subtract 15 psi = 1932 psig A. Is incorrect but plausible if wrong temp used and subtracted 15psi instead of adding for steam table use.

B. is incorrect but plausible if 15 psi was not added in for steam table use.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect but plausible if 15 psi was not subtracted back out of the steam table result to get psig.

Date Written:

3/2/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

12 Both 1

1 000057 57AK3.01 4.1 4.4 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:

KA Statement:

Actions contained in EOP for loss of vital ac electrical instrument bus UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 was at 100% power when a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred due to a SGTR.

2 Minutes later, Off-site power was lost.

Both 1A and 1B DG started and closed on to their respective buses.

All B Train loads are running.

A Train loads are being manually started.

When the 1A AF pump is started, the operator notices that the flowrates to each SG from the 1A AF pump rapidly LOWER from ~ 180 gpm to 0 gpm.

Of the following, the manual load start and the resultant 1A AF flow response occurred because of loss of _____________.

A 125 VDC Bus 111 B 120 VAC Bus 111 C 125 VDC Bus 113 D 120 VAC Bus 113 Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.AP1-14-B, T.OA02-New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BOA ELEC-2, Loss Of Instrument Bus Unit 1

Reference:

I1-OA-XL-02, BOA ELEC-2, Loss of Instrument Bus, Pgs. 11, 12 I1-AP-XL-01, AC Electrical Power Systems I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feed System, Pgs 34, 35, 44 Explanation:

Sequencer for A Train equipment and to control setpoint signal for the A Train 1AF005 valves are powered by Explanation:

120 VAC Bus 111 requiring manual sequencing of loads and causes the flow control setpoint for the 1AF005 valves to position for a zero flow setpoint.

A. is incorrect because this would not allow breaker operation of A Train loads from the MCR.

B. is correct as stated above.

C. is incorrect because this would have no impact on sequencing of loads or AF valve control.

D. is incorrect because this would also have no impact on sequencing of loads or AF valve control.

Date Written:

3/3/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

13 Both 1

1 000058 58AA1.01 3.4 3.5 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of DC Power Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of DC Power:

KA Statement:

Cross-tie of the affected dc bus with the alternate supply UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

At 0800:

- 125 VDC Bus 111 is being supplied by Battery 111 due to failure of the Battery Charger.

- 125 VDC Bus 111 voltage is 122 VDC.

- 125 VDC Bus 211 is being supplied by it's Battery Charger and voltage is steady at 128 VDC.

At 0810:

- 125 VDC Bus 111 voltage is 120 VDC If the rate of usage has been STEADY from 0800, what is the LATEST time, from the following choices, BEFORE it becomes UNACCEPTABLE to X-tie with a load on 125 VDC Bus 111?

A 0820 B 0835 C 0900 D 0920 Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.DC1-05-D New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BOP DC-7, 125 VDC ESF Crosstie/Restoration

Reference:

I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems Explanation:

BOP DC-7 states in a Precaution that X-tie to a loaded DC Bus should not occur with > 20 volts differential. At 2 VDC usage every 10 minutes, it will take 60 minutes additional time to reach 108 VDC on Bus 111, so after 0910, the 20 VDC differential limit will be exceeded.

A. is incorrect since Bus 111 voltage will be 118 and it is acceptable to crosstie until after 0910.

B. is incorrect since Bus 111 voltage will be 115 and it is acceptable to crosstie until after 0910.

C. is correct since Bus 111 voltage will be at 110 and the next time choice of 0920 will be > 20 volts difference.

D. is incorrect since Bus 111 voltage will be 106 and it is NOT acceptable to crosstie with > 20 volts difference.

Date Written:

3/4/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

14 Both 1

1 000062 62AK3.04 3.5 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Nuclear Service Water Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water:

KA Statement:

Effect on the nuclear service water discharge flow header of a loss of CCW UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 and Unit 2 are at 100% power in a normal at power lineup with the following conditions:

- 2B SX pump is running.

- 2A CC pump has tripped on overcurrent.

- 2B CC pump has auto started.

- A large tube leak develops in the U-2 CC Heat Exchanger.

- U-2 CC Surge Tank level is dropping rapidly with full make-up capacity.

Considering the impact on 2B SX pump alone, with no operator action, what would be the response of 2B SX pump discharge pressure, AFTER the U-2 CC Surge Tank level drops to 13%, and why?

A Discharge pressure will initially drop due to the 2B CC pump trip, then rise and stablize below the original value.

B Discharge pressure will rise immediately due to the loss of the large heat load and remain above the original value.

C Discharge pressure will drop and stablize at a lower value due to the loss of the large heat load.

D Discharge pressure will rise due to the 2B CC pump trip, then drop due to the loss of the large heat load and should stablize close to the original value.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

S.SX1-15, S.CC1-18 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-SX-XL-01, Ch 20, Essential Service Water System,

Reference:

I1-CC-XL-01, Ch 19, Component Cooling Water System, Pg 4, 12, 26 Explanation:

CC is at a higher pressure than SX. The SX pump discharge pressure is normally ~ 90 psig. The CCW pump discharge pressure is ~

130 psig with system reliefs are set at 150 psig or higher. When the 2B CC pump trips, the SX pump discharge will drop initially while the CC system is refilled by SX. When CC is refilled, a very small demand will continue through the Surge tank vent. CCW heat load on SX is minimal with both Units at 100% power.

A. is correct because pressure drops originally due to the increase demand on the system to refill CCW. Once CCW is full, the increased demand will be small through the surge tank vent, thus the pressure will recover, but remain below the original value.

B is incorrect because SX flow goes up, thus pressure drops.

C. is incorrect because the completion of CCW refill will cause pressure to rise.

D. is incorrect because the increased SX flow will cause pressure to drop.

Date Written:

3/12/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

15 Both 1

1 000065 65AA1.02 2.6 2.8 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Instrument Air Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air:

KA Statement:

Components served by instrument air to minimize drain on system UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 has completed refueling and is in the process of plant heatup with the following conditions:

- 2B RH is in shutdown cooling mode.

- RCS temperature is 300°F.

- RCS pressure is 340 psig.

- 2B CV pump is in operation.

- PZR bubble has just been established.

- A loss of instrument air has just occurred.

Which ONE of the following describes the INITIAL response and WHY, if NO operator action is taken?

A RCS will cooldown due to the RISE in RH flow through the 2B RH Hx.

B PZR level DROPS due to the RISING RH letdown flow.

C 2B CV pump suction pressure will DROP due to the RISE in charging flow.

D RCS will heatup due to the DROP in RH flow through the 2B RH Hx.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

S.RH1-11, T.OA39-03 Byron NRC exam bank (1996)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Ch 18, Residual Heat Removal, Pg 12

Reference:

1BOA SEC-4, Loss of Instrument Air, Table A, Pg 12 I1-OA-XL-39, Loss of Instrument Air, Pg 31 Explanation:

B Train RHR Hx outlet valve, 1RH607, fails open and the Hx bypass, 1RH619, fails closed forcing total flow through the RHR Hx.

CCW flow through the Hx remains unchanged, therefore an RCS cooldown will occur.

A. is correct because of the rise in RH flow through the Hx.

B. is incorrect because RH letdown flow stops due control valve 1CV-131 failing closed and PZR level will go up with charging to the RCP seals maintained.

C. is incorrect because total charging flow will drop and CV pump suction pressure will rise or stay about the same.

D. is incorrect because a cooldown will occur due to valve fail positions in th RH system.

Date Written:

3/5/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

16 Both 1

1 00WE04 WE04EK2.2 3.8 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

LOCA Outside Containment Knowledge of the interrelations between the LOCA Outside Containment and the following:

KA Statement:

Facility's heat removal systems, including primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A small break LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 outside containment.

Actions of 1BCA-1.2, LOCA Outside Containment, have been completed.

- RCS pressure continues to DROP.

A transition was made to 1BCA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.

Which of the following is the reason a transition was made to 1BCA-1.1?

A To recover after the break was isolated.

B To terminate off-site dose release.

C To attempt alternate methods for break isolation.

D To take compensatory actions for lack of inventory in the contaiment sump.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

T.CA2-05 Byron NRC bank (2000)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BCA-1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recircualtion

Reference:

1BCA-1.2, LOCA Outside of Containment I1-CA-XL-02, BCA 1.1, 1.2 Contingency Action, Pg 1 Explanation:

This procedure is used when recirculation cannot be accomplished due to alignment problems or lack of inventory in the CNMT sump and tries to delay depletion of the RWST by stopping unnecessary ECCS and CS pumps and reducing RCS pressure to slow or stop the leakage.

A. is incorrect since RWST inventory and leakage would no longer be a concern.

B. is incorrect since this BCA is not intended to isolate a barrier.

C. is incorrect since these actions would have been addressed in other procedures and this BCA is strictly buying time for inventory depletion.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/5/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

17 Both 1

1 00WE11 WE11EK2.1 3.6 3.9 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation and the following:

KA Statement:

Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following conditions on Unit 1:

- Reactor Trip and SI occurred at 0700.

- RH system problems resulted in a loss of recirculation capability.

- Current time is 1340

- RCS subcooling is 10°F

- 1A and 1B CV pumps are running

- Hi head SI flow is 350 gpm (Assume equal flow from each CV pump)

- 1A SI pump discharge flow is 20 gpm

- 1B SI pump discharge flow is 50 gpm In order to meet the MINIMUM ECCS flow for decay heat removal, the ONLY ECCS pump(s) RUNNING will be ________. (Figure 1BCA 1.1-1 is attached)

A BOTH SI pumps B BOTH CV pumps C 1A CV pump and 1A SI pump D 1A CV pump and 1B SI pump Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

T.CA2-05 Byron Cert bank (2001)

Low Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BCA 1.1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, Step 15 RNO

Reference:

I1-CA-XL-02, BCA 1.1, 1.2 Contingency Action, Pg 17 Explanation:

Per Figure BCA 1.1-1, the required flow for 400 minutes (6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, 40minutes) is ~ 220 gpm. To accomplish this and delay RWST level drop, 1 CV pump with 175 gpm/pump and the 1B SI pump with 50 gpm would be the closest combination given to provide adequate decay heat removal and minimize the rate of RWST level drop.

A. is incorrect since required flow rate is at least 220 gpm and this would only provide 70 gpm.

B. is incorrect since 350 gpm will provide adequate decay heat removal, but excessive depletion of the RWST.

C. is incorrect since the flow rate of 195 gpm is not adequate for the ~ 220 gpm required for decay heat removal.

Date Written:

3/5/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Figure 1BCA-1.1-1

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

18 Both 1

1 00WE05 WE052.1.27 2.8 2.9 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Secondary Heat Sink Conduct of Operations KA Statement:

Knowledge of system purpose and or function.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

The first step of 1BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, is to check if RCS pressure is greater than any intact SG pressure. If NOT, the crew returns to procedure and step in effect.

Why is 1BFR-H.1 NOT performed under these conditions?

A ECCS injection is NOT providing adequate cooling.

B The SGs are NOT needed as a sink.

C Higher priority RED paths are anticipated due to the indicated large break LOCA.

D Cold leg recirculation re-establishes thermal coupling with the SGs.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

T.FR03-03 Ginna NRC bank (1996)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.

Reference:

I1-FR-XL-03, BFRs H.1-H.5, Pg 5 Explanation:

With the RCS depressurized below the SGs, the break size is large enough for ECCS to provide adequate heat removal. Also, when this occurs, the SGs are no longer thermodynamically coupled and they become a heat source instead of a heat sink, therefore, actions to restore them as a heat sink are not required and not necessary.

A. is not correct for all LOCAs B. is correct for this assessment.

C. is not correct, assumed ECCS is adequate. Higher order RED paths should NOT be anticipated with adequate ECCS flow.

D. is incorrect since ECCS flow should be adequate before cold leg recirc is required.

Date Written:

3/5/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

19 Both 1

2 000024 24AK3.02 4.2 4.4 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Emergency Boration Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Emergency Boration:

KA Statement:

Actions contained in EOP for emergency boration UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following Unit 1 plant conditions:

- Reactor Tripped 20 minutes ago due to a partially stuck open SG safety valve.

- 2 RCCAs from Shutdown Bank B stuck in the mid-out position.

- A loss of off-site power occurred while completing Step 3 of 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION

- 1B DG is OOS

- 1A DG is operating as expected.

- RCS temperature is currently 548°F.

- The stuck open SG safety is causing a cooldown rate of 15°F/Hour.

Which of the following is/are required operator action(s) and why?

A Emergency borate using 1B CV pump from the RWST and MAXIMIZE CV pump flow due to the 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.

B Emergency borate using the Boric Acid Transfer pump due to the cooldown and the 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.

C Determine the Shutdown Margin within the next 60 minutes to verify within COLR limits due to the cooldown and 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.

D Emergency borate using the 1A CV pump from the RWST and MAXIMIZE charging flow due to the cooldown and 2 RCCAs NOT fully inserted.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

T.EP01-06-C, Byron NRC exam bank (2000)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BEP ES-0.1, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection

Reference:

I1-EP-XL-01, BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Pgs 57, 60 BOA PRI-2, Emergency Boration I1-OA-XL-13, BOA PRI-2, Emergency Boration, Pg 1 Explanation:

BEP ES-0.1 requires emergency boration for RCS temperature < 557°F and for each rod not fully inserted if more than 1 is not fully inserted. Emergency boration can be accomplished from the BATs via Boric Acid Transfer pump to the CV pump suction or from the RWST via the CV pump. For this case, only 1A CV pump is available. Boric Acid Transfer pump is non ESF power.

A. is incorrect since 1B CV pump has no power.

B. is incorrect since the flowpath must include a CV pump (1A).

C. is incorrect since SDM is required within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> for the 2 RCCAs stuck. No action requirement initially stated for the cooldown.

D. is correct as described.

Date Written:

3/5/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

20 Both 1

2 000032 322.2.22 3.4 4.1 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Source Range Nuclear Equipment Control Instrumentation KA Statement:

Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem: The following conditions exist on Unit 1:

- A reactor startup is in progress.

- Source range counts are 6.5E4 cps on N-31 and 6.95E4 on N-32.

- Intermediate range power is 3.2E-5% on N-35 and 4.1E-5% on N-36.

- Control Bank D is at 136 steps.

Just prior to blocking SR NI's, N-31 fails low.

Which of the following identifies the power limits due to the SR N-31 failure?

A Power must be immediately reduced to < P-6.

B NO further positive reactivity additions can occur.

C Reactor startup may proceed.

D Power may be raised, but a MODE change SHALL NOT occur.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

T.OA10-06/12, S.NI1-Byron 2001 Cert exam Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BOA INST-1, Nuclear Instrument Malfunction

Reference:

I1-OA-XL-10, BOA INST-1, NI Malfunction, Pg 13 Tech Spec/Bases 3.3.1, RTS Instrumentation I1-NI-XL-01, Ch 31, Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation, Pg 23 Explanation:

A trip will not occur with the SR channel failing low. The Tech Spec applies in MODE 2 with power < P-6. The condition given is >

P-6 and adequate IR overlap is given, therefore Blocking SR would be appropriate and power ascension may continue.

A. is incorrect since this is not required action.

B. is incorrect since power is > P-6, if below P-6, this would be required.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect, this is not a MODE change requirement.

Date Written:

3/5/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

21 Both 1

2 000059 59AK2.01 2.7 2.8 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release Knowledge of the interrelations between the Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release and the following:

KA Statement:

Radioactive-liquid monitors UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

What action occurs when 0RE-PR16J, 0A Blowdown After Filter Outlet Radiation Monitor, detects a high radiation condition?

A The inlet valve to the OA Blowdown Monitor tank CLOSES, then re-opens automatically when the high radiation condition clears.

B The isolation valve to the main condenser or CST CLOSES, then re-opens automatically when the high radiation condition clears.

C The inlet valve to the OA Blowdown Monitor tank OPENS, then must be manually closed when the high radiation condition clears.

D The isolation valve to the main condenser or CST OPENS, then must be manually closed when the high radiation condition clears.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.AR1-04-B-04 Byron NRC exam bank (2000) - Modified Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pgs 28

Reference:

BAR RM-11 for 0RE-PR16J Explanation:

When 0RE-PR16J generates a HIGH alarm the auto action will close isolation valve to the condenser or CST after opening the inlet to the Blowdown Monitor Tank. This allows collection of radioactive drains in a tank that can be aligned for processing in radwaste.

The interlock is only auto in this direction and requires manual realignment after the condition clears. This will prevent a monitor malfunction from causing a realignment resulting in a release to the environment.

A. is incorrect since this valve is opened and no auto realignment takes place.

B. is incorrect since no auto realigment occurs.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect since this valve is closed, not opened.

Date Written:

3/5/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

22 Both 1

2 000061 61AK1.01 2.5 2.9 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply Alarms to Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:

KA Statement:

Detector limitations UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Which of the following transients will cause Main Steam Line Radiation Monitors, _AR22A/B/C/D, to be UNRELIABLE?

A LOCA inside Containment B Steam Generator Tube Rupture C Main Steam Line break inside Containment.

D Feed Line break in the Safety Valve Enclosure.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

A.PF3-03, S,AR1 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-PF-XL-03, I&C Ch 3, Radiation Detection and Measurement

Reference:

I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pgs 7 BAR RM11-1-1AR22J Explanation:

These monitors use GM detectors and are placed in close proximity to each of the Main Steam lines in the Safety Valve Enclosure.

Since they are proximity devices, they have very little shielding around them from the room environment and, as stated in the BAR, are succeptible to alarming due to high temperature in the area.

A. is incorrect since the harsh environment is in CNMT and not in the vicinity of the detectors.

B. is incorrect since the detectors should work as designed for this condition, i.e. no change to their environment.

C. is incorrect since the harsh environment is in CNMT and not in the vicinity of the detectors.

D. is correct since this is the same enclosure where the detectors are located and high temperatures would result.

Date Written:

2/27/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

23 Both 1

2 000068 68AA2.11 4.3 4.4 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Control Room Evacuation Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Control Room Evacuation:

KA Statement:

Indications of natural circulation UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following conditions on Unit 1:

- Reactor tripped due to a fire in the Upper Cable Spreading Room.

- All RCPs are stopped

- The crew is in 1BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability Unit 1, with a cooldown established from the Remote Shutdown Panel.

Which of the following indicates core heat removal by natural circulation is DEGRADING?

(Consider each condition independently)

A SG pressures have dropped from 700 psig to 600 psig and are now starting to drop at a slower rate.

B PZR level is 15% and slowly dropping while indicated subcooling is 80°F and rising.

C Thot is 520°F and Tcold is 460°F and the Delta T between them is rising.

D Thot is 490°F and dropping slowly and indicated CETCs are dropping slowly.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

A.HT5-03/04 Byron bank Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-HT-XL-01, Ch 5, Natural Circulation, Pg 11

Reference:

BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, Step 18 RNO Explanation:

Items verified for adequate Nat Circ flow are subcooling, CETCs stable or dropping, Thot stable or dropping and consistent with CETCs (CETCs will normally be slightly higher), Tcold ~ Tsat for SG pressure, and SG pressure stable or dropping. One other consideration is the design Nat Circ power-to-flow ratio is such that Thot-Tcold (delta-T) should never be > full power delta-T (60°F).

A. is incorrect since this meets the Nat Circ verification criteria.

B. is incorrect since subcooling is adequate and PZR level response is not a criteria.

C. is correct since the delta-T is 60°F and rising. This denotes the driving head of Tcold is not adequate to provide sufficient flow through the core.

D. is incorrect since this is an adequate response to verify Nat Circ is occurring.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

24 Both 1

2 00WE14 WE14EA2.2 3.3 3.8 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

High Containment Pressure Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the High Containment Pressure:

KA Statement:

Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following conditions on Unit 1:

- A LOCA has occurred.

- Transition has been made to 1BEP ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.

- Containment Spray (CS) actuated as designed.

- Spray Add Tank LO-2 lights are LIT

- All systems are operating as expected.

When and how is Containment Spray terminated?

A ONE CS pump is stopped when containment pressure is < 15 psig. The other CS pump is stopped when RWST LO-3 level is reached.

B ONE CS pump is stopped when containment pressure is < 20 psig. The other CS pump is stopped after it has operated for at least 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

C BOTH CS pumps are stopped when containment pressure is < 15 psig and have operated for at least 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

BOTH CS pumps are stopped when containment pressure is < 20 psig and RWST LO-3 level D

is reached.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.CS1-12 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pg 29

Reference:

1BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, step 7 Explanation:

Following a LOCA it is part of the design criteria to terminate CS when containment pressure has dropped below 15 psig and the Spray Add tank contents have been injected into the CNMT atmosphere and sump and recirculatedfor 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> for iodine removal and maintenance.

A. is incorrect since no CS pumps are required to be run once CNMT pressure falls below 15 psig, however, 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> is required. If necessary, at Lo-3 in the RWST, suction is switched to the CNMT sump.

B. is incorrect since the criteria is < 15 psig and both pumps are stopped.

C. is corrrect as described above.

D. is incorrect since the criteria is < 15 psig and 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />. If necessary, at Lo-3, suction is switched to the CNMT sump.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

25 Both 1

2 00WE06 WE06EA1.3 3.7 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Degraded Core Cooling Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Degraded Core Cooling:

KA Statement:

Desired operating results during abnormal and emergency situations UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A CAUTION in 1BFR-C.2, Response to Degraded Core Cooling, states that an SI accumulator injection may cause a Red path condition in INTEGRITY and that 1BFR-C.2 should be completed before transition to 1BFR-P.1, Response to Imminent Pressurized Thermal Shock Condition. The CAUTION applies during depressurization, prior to transitioning to 1BFR-P.1.

What is the reason for this CAUTION?

A Responding to the INTEGRITY Red path at this time could result in a CORE COOLING Red path.

B The INTEGRITY Red path only protects the RCS barrier and the continued actions in 1BFR-C.2 will protect both the fuel clad and the RCS barriers.

C Responding to the INTEGRITY Red path at this time could result in an INVENTORY Red path.

D The INTEGRITY Red path will be corrected by continuing the actions of 1BFR-C.2.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

T.FR02-02 Byron NRC bank (2000)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-FR-XL-02, BFR-C.1, C.2, C.3, Pg 54

Reference:

BFR C.2, Response to Degraded Core Cooling, step 10 Explanation:

SI Accumulator injection will cause a significant temperature drop and rapid cooldown and may cause a Red path on INTEGRITY, however, exiting before completing BFR C.2 would result in only a short term cooldown resulting in a Red path on CORE COOLING, since the first thing BFR-P.1 would have you do is stop the cooldown.

A. is correct as described above.

B. is incorrect since INTEGRITY is directly concerned with the RCS barrier and CORE COOLING action here is trying to cool the fuel to minimize/prevent fuel barrier damage and is not concerned at this point in protecting the RCS barrier.

C. is incorrect since CORE COOLING is a higher priority and INVENTORY at worst can be a Yellow path.

D. is incorrect since this is not necessarily true, but for barrier protection of the fuel, it is more important to gain control of core cooling, then deal with INTEGRITY.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

26 Both 1

2 00WE03 WE03EK3.1 3.3 3.7 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization:

KA Statement:

Facility operating characteristics during transient conditions, including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity changes and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A reactor trip and SI have occurred on Unit 2.

- Control room operators are responding to a small break LOCA.

- All RCPs are stopped.

- Containment pressure is normal.

- The crew has transitioned to 2BEP ES-1.2, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.

- A PZR PORV is being used to depressurize the RCS until PZR level is > 25%.

In addition to ensuring that RCS conditions are under adequate operator control, what is the basis for establishing this PZR level?

A Ensures sufficient inventory to prevent a low PZR level condition when a RCP is started.

B Ensures that a reduction in subcooling does not occur when SI flow is reduced.

C Ensures that letdown can be established prior to starting a RCP.

D Ensures adequate PZR steam space to absorb pressure fluctuations during an RCP start.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

T.EP02-01-D Byron NRC bank (1996)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-EP-XL-02, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Pgs 86, 87.

Reference:

1/2BEP ES-1.2, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization Explanation:

This level is established to start one RCP. It is assumed the level will drop when the RCP is started and allows adequate level to maintain PZR level and pressure control to maintain the RCP running as the possible head void is collapsed.

A. is correct as described above.

B. is incorrect since this is not part of the ECCS flow reduction segment.

C. is incorrect since letdown is not a concern at this point. Forced flow for cooldown and pressure control is.

D. is incorrect since the concern is adequate inventory to support the RCP start to ensure it continues to run. There is plenty of steam space and the subsequent start will cause pressure to drop, not rise.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

27 Both 1

2 00WE10 WE10EK2.1 3.3 3.5 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Natural Circulation with Steam Void in Vessel Knowledge of the interrelations between the Natural Circulation with Steam Void with/without RVLIS in Vessel with/without RVLIS and the following:

KA Statement:

Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following Unit 1 conditions:

- The crew is in 1BEP ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown.

- PZR pressure is being controlled using Aux. Spray and PZR heaters.

- Charging and letdown are in manual and are balanced.

As pressure is being lowered through 1300 psig, a rapid rise is observed in PZR level.

What action is required to be taken?

A Repressurize the RCS.

B Reduce charging flow rate.

C Raise the RCS cooldown rate.

D Place excess letdown in service.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

T.EP01-06-D Byron NRC bank (1998)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BEP ES-0.2, Natural Circulation Cooldown step 15 RNO

Reference:

I1-EP-XL-01, Reactor Trip or SI, Pg 102 Explanation:

With vessel head cooling available, this procedure assumes no head voiding will occur. At step 15, any substantial rise in PZR level or RVLIS indicating head voiding is occurring requires immediate repressurization of the RCS to collapse the void.

A. is correct as described above.

B. is incorrect since this action is not required and could cause additional pressure drop and void growth.

C. is incorrect since the occurrence of head voiding is not diminished by raising the cooldown rate of the RCS. The metal mass in the head has very minimal cooling from the RCS fluid in Nat Circ.

D. is incorrect since additional letdown will remove inventory, but the inventory has not risen, only displaced by an additional steam bubble.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

28 Both 2

1 003000 30002.1.33 3.4 4.0 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)

Conduct of Operations KA Statement:

Ability to recognize indications for system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for technical specifications.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following Unit 1 conditions:

- RCS temperature (Average CETCs) = 340°F

- All SG pressures = 100 psig

- RCS pressure = 390 psig

- RCPs 1B and 1D running

- RCPs 1A and 1C have breakers tagged OOS

- RHR loops 1A and 1B are aligned for ECCS RCP 1D has just tripped on breaker overcurrent.

What is/are the required action(s)?

A Immediately take actions to place the unit in MODE 5 with either RHR Train in operation.

B Immediately place one train of RHR in service for shutdown cooling.

C Restore 1A or 1C RCP to OPERABLE within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

D Immediately restore 1A or 1C RCP to service and make 1A or 1C RCP OPERABLE.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.RC1-12 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Byron ITS Section 3.4.6

Reference:

I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System Explanation:

The Tech Spec requires 2 loops of 4(2 RCS + 2 RHR) be OPERABLE and at least ONE in operation in MODE 4. The action requirement (Cond B) states that for one required loop inoperable to initiate action to restore a second loop to operable status immediately.

A. is incorrect since a RHR loop is unavailable for SDC in this condition and is required to attain MODE 5.

B. is incorrect since RCS pressure is too high to place RHR in service (<337 psig).

C. is incorrect since the Tech Spec requires immediate action to restore one loop to operable, not 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

29 Both 2

1 003000 3000K5.05 2.8 3.0 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)

Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the RCPS:

KA Statement:

The dependency of RCS flow rates upon the number of operating RCPs UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given Unit 1 at 25% power with the following plant conditions:

- Steam Dumps are in Tave-Mode.

- Rod Control is in Manual

- 1A RCP trips With NO operator action, what is the response of SG pressures in the OPERATING loops one minute after the RCP tripped?

A Higher due to higher SG temperature.

B Lower due to reactor trip on LO-2 SG level.

C No change due to a constant steam demand.

D Lower due to higher steam flow.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

A.HT7-09-A Byron exam bank Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-HT-XL-07, Ch 7, Steady State, Normal and Abnormal, Pgs 28-31

Reference:

Explanation:

This creates less total system flow; affected loop SG Tsat=Tcold from the other loops due to reverse flow resulting in essentially no steam flow from this SG, core flow is less, core delta-T rises, SGs with RCP steam more for same steam demand, thus SG pressure drops with same steam demanded and same core power produced.

A. is incorrect since just the opposite occurs.

B. is incorrect since maintaining SG level will not be a result of the RCP trip.

C. is incorrect since pressure must drop with same steam demanded from only 3 of the 4 SGs.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

30 Both 2

1 004000 4000A4.04 3.2 3.6 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Chemical and Volume Control System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

(CVCS)

KA Statement:

Calculation of boron concentration changes UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 is operating at 50% power with Rod Control in Manual. A special RCS Chemistry procedure requires RAISING Tave 6°F, with no change in rod position or plant power, by changing boron concentration ONLY.

Given the following parameters:

- Initial RCS boron concentration = 600 ppm

- Moderator Temperature Coefficient = -15 pcm/°F

- Differential boron worth = -10 pcm/ppm Which of the following is the final RCS boron concentration needed to RAISE Tave 6°F?

A 591 ppm B 596 ppm C 604 ppm D 609 ppm Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

A.RT5-07 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Reactor Theory, Ch 5, I1-RT-XL-05, Chemical Shim Control, Pgs 21-23, 30

Reference:

Explanation:

Raising temperature at constant power and a negative MTC means that negative reactivity needs to be removed (add + reactivity) to offset the change, therfore boron must be removed to raise temperature. The negative reactivity from the moderator temperature rise requested is -15 pcm/°F X 6°F = -90 pcm to offset. -90 pcm divided by -10 pcm/ppm boron worth = 9 ppm reduction in boron concentration. 600 ppm - 9 ppm = 591 ppm.

A. is correct as calculated above.

B. is incorrect and could have resulted from taking 6°F X -10 pcm/ppm, then divide by -15 pcm/°F = 4 and subtract from 600 to get 596. Misconception error.

C. is incorrect and could have happened with the misconception in B. above, then add it to 600.

D. is incorrect and could have resulted from the misconception of reactivity added being + or sign mistake and misconception.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

31 Both 2

1 004000 4000K4.16 2.6 3.0 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Chemical and Volume Control System Knowledge of CVCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the (CVCS) following:

KA Statement:

Temperature at which the temperature control valve automatically diverts flow from the demineralizer to the VCT; reason for this diversion UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

As CVCS Letdown temperature reaches ___(1)___, Letdown flow automatically bypasses the demineralizers to ____(2)______.

(1) (2)

A 133°F protect the demin resin beads from decomposing and releasing impurities into the RCS.

B 125°F maintain the VCT at the proper temperature for Hydrogen addition.

C 133°F prevent reverse ion exchange from occurring resulting in RCS dilution.

D 125°F prevent excessive channeling through the resin bed reducing ion exchange efficiency.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

S.CV1-05-D New Low Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BAR 1-9-E2

Reference:

GFE Fundamentals, Sect 1, Ch 7 I1-CV-XL-01, Ch 15a, CVCS, Pg 15, 16 Explanation:

CV129, Letdown Demin High Temp Divert Valve, will divert flow directly to the VCT, bypassing the demins, at 133°F. The high temperature alarm is also at 133°F on 1-9-E2. At > 140°F, the resin will overheat resulting in degradation. This may lead to release of ions exchanged as well as the resin matrix itself. These constituants are not compatible with RCS chemistry control and once activated can cause coolant activity levels to be elevated and cause pH problems.

A. is correct as described.

B. is incorrect since the actuation is at 133°F and diversion has nothing to do with H2 addition.

C. is incorrect since reverse ion exchange is not the concern. Some additonal boron is initially released as temperature rises, but this is not due to reverse ion exchange.

D. is incorrect since the setpoint is 133°F and high flow would cause channeling to occur, not high temperature.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

32 Both 2

1 005000 5000K5.02 3.4 3.5 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)

Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the RHRS:

KA Statement:

Need for adequate subcooling UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A LIMITATION in BOP RH-6, Operation of the RH System in Shutdown Cooling, states that "Switchover from the shutdown cooling to ECCS alignment should not be performed when the RCS Hot Leg temperature is > 260°F".

What is the reason for this LIMITATION?

A Realignment could overpressurize the RWST.

B Realignment may cause steam binding at the RH pump suction to be aligned for ECCS injection.

C Realignment may result in lifting RH system reliefs once realigned for ECCS Injection.

D Realignment may cause RWST temperature limit to be exceeded.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.RH1-12 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BOP RH-6, Operation of the RH System in Shutdown Cooling.

Reference:

I1-RH-XL-01, Ch 18, Residual Heat Removal System, Pg 23 Explanation:

When an RHR train is in the SDC lineup and temperature at the suction is > 260°F and subsequently realigned for ECCS injection, the suction header change in pressure from the RCS to the RWST will cause voiding (flashing) at the pump suction or lack of subcooling for a pump start. This makes the train inoperable for ECCS injection and, until MODE 5 is entered, 1 Train is required to be in the ECCS injection lineup.

A. is incorrect since the RWST is adequately vented, overpressure would not be a concern.

B. is correct as described above.

C. is incorrect since there is no system overpressure concern in the RHR system due to this temperature during realignment for ECCS injection. The Train will see RWST pressure.

D. is incorrect since the RWST volume is so large, there would be very little temperature rise.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

33 Both 2

1 005000 5000K6.03 2.5 2.6 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)

Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RHRS:

KA Statement:

RHR heat exchanger UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 is shutdown with the following conditions:

- 1B Train RHR providing shutdown cooling.

- RCS pressure = 350 psig

- RCS temperature = 330°F

- RCS cooldown rate = 30°F/hour

- RHR total flow = 3300 gpm

- 1RH607, RH HX 1B Outlet Flow Control Vlv, throttled at 52% open (1500 gpm)

Flow transmitter 1FT619, 1B RH Discharge Flow, fails LOW with flow controller for 1RH619, RH HX Bypass valve, in automatic.

What will the operator observe due to this failure?

A The RCS cooldown rate will NOT change.

B The RCS cooldown rate will RISE.

C The RCS cooldown rate will DROP.

D RCS pressure would rapidly DROP.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.RH1-11 Byron Cert exam bank (2001) - modified Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RH-XL-01, Ch 18, Residual Heat Removal System, Pg 12, 46, 52, 59

Reference:

Explanation:

1RH619 controller is set at 3300 gpm in auto to maintain total RH pump flow at that value. The valve modulates to maintain that flow as sensed by 1FT619. With 1FT619 failing low, the 1RH619 valve will open to raise the flow sensed by 1FT619. As it opens, less RH pump discharge is through the heat exchanger and more is bypassed through the 1RH619 valve, therefore the RCS cooldown rate will drop.

A. is incorrect since less flow will be through the heat exchanger.

B. is incorrect since the cooldown rate will drop as more flow bypasses the heat exchanger.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect since the total flow will rise, but returns to the RCS, no RCS inventory is lost and a bubble exists in the PZR.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

34 Both 2

1 006000 6000K6.03 3.6 3.9 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)

Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ECCS:

KA Statement:

Safety Injection Pumps UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following plant conditions on Unit 1:

- A LOCA has occurred

- 1B SI pump tripped

- Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation is required.

- RCS pressure is ~ 50 psig.

What is the approximate total SI pump flow indicated on the main control board and how will this value change following transfer of BOTH trains of ECCS to Cold Leg Recirculation?

(Flow) (Change)

A 605 gpm lower B 605 gpm higher C 1210 gpm lower D 1210 gpm higher Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.EC1-03-B Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-EC-XL-01, Ch 58, ECCS, Pgs 9, 10

Reference:

Explanation:

Maximum flowrate for each SI pumps is ~ 650 gpm with 800 psig in the RCS. Below 800 psig, flow is restricted to this value. The total flow includes ~ 45 gpm recirc flow, so the actual injection will be read on the MCR indicator as ~ 605 gpm. Since the pumps create this flowrate taking suction from the RWST and creates flow based on DP across the pump, the flowrate will rise when the suction pressure rises in cold leg recirc because the RH pumps are now aligned to provide suction pressure to the SI pump. The actual suction pressure changes from ~ 20 psig to as much as 200 psig. Also, part of the alignment shift to Cold Leg Recirc closes the SI mini-flow valves, thus the 45 gpm recirc will now go into the RCS and be seen on the MCB meter. And in this case only one SI pump is running.

A. is incorrect since flow will rise due to significantly higher suction pressure to the pump.

B. is correct as described above.

C. is incorrect since only one SI pump is running and flow would be higher.

D. is incorrect since only one SI pump is running.

Date Written:

3/6/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

35 Both 2

1 007000 7000A2.06 2.6 2.8 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on (PRTS) the PRTS and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KA Statement:

Bubble formation in PZR UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 is in MODE 5 preparing to draw a bubble in the PZR with the following initial conditions in the PRT:

- PRT level = 71%

- PRT pressure = 4.5 psig

- PRT temperature = 85°F Following venting the PZR solid:

- PRT level = 77% and stable

- PRT pressure = 7.2 psig and slowly rising

- PRT temperature = 92°F and stable What caused this response and what is the required action?

A PZR PORV did NOT Close; CLOSE the PZR PORV Block valve.

B Gaseous Waste isolation valve did NOT close; CLOSE the PRT to GW isolation valve.

C Nitrogen Regulator has failed; CLOSE N2 Supply to PRT isolation valve.

D RCP Seal Leakoff Relief valve is lifting; VERIFY Seal Leakoff lineup to the VCT.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.RY1-13/14/15 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BAR 1-12-B7, PRT PRESS HIGH

Reference:

I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 14, 15, 22 Explanation:

At 6 psig, RY469 auto closes to GW from the PRT. The BAR says probable cause is (1) Valve leakoff or relief valve flow, (2) PORV or Safety valve lifted, (3) Filling PRT, and (4) N2 Regulator failure. With no additional level or temperature rise, the N2 regulator would be the appropriate selection for cause. Subsequent action closes PW to PRT CNMT isolation (this would not fix the problem since there is no indication it is leaking by, i.e. no level rising) and closes N2 supply to the PRT. This would be correct action for the indicated pressure rise.

A. is incorrect because temperature and level are stable.

B. is incorrect because pressure would only be sensed from the PRT to the GW header, check valve would prevent reverse.

C. is correct by process of elimination as described above.

D. is incorrect since level is stable.

Date Written:

3/7/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

36 Both 2

1 008000 8000K3.01 3.4 3.5 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)

Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CCWS will have on the following:

KA Statement:

Loads cooled by CCWS UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 is operating with the following conditions:

- Cooldown rate = 20°F/hour.

- 1A RH Train is in service, 1B RH Train is in standby.

- 1A RCP is running.

- 1B, 1C, and 1D RCPs are stopped.

- RCS pressure = 225 psig with a bubble in the PZR (Aux Spray valve 1CV8145 is open).

- RCS Hot Leg temperature = 230°F.

- Feeding and steaming SGs has been secured.

- Indicated letdown flow = 75 gpm.

What would be the effect of 1CC130A, Letdown HX Outlet Temperature Control Valve, failing OPEN?

(Assume no operator action and neglible change in 1A RH HX return temperature to the RCS)

A RCS temperature will RISE.

B RCS pressure will DROP.

C RCS pressure will RISE.

D Neglible effect on RCS conditions.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.CV1-05-A, S.CV1-New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-CV-XL-01, Ch 15a, CVCS, Pg 91

Reference:

Explanation:

This failure would put maximum CC flow through the letdown Hx dropping letdown temperature. This would then cool the VCT.

Cooler water is then returned to the RCS via RCP seals, normal charging, and Aux spray to the PZR. With no operator action, RCS pressure would drop requiring manual action to restore pressure.

A. is incorrect; even if some flow is diverted from the RH Hx to provide more for the L/D Hx, this would only slow the cooldown rate. The major impact would be charging to the PZR.

B. is correct as discussed above.

C. is incorrect since overall a temperature drop would occur, thus pressure, would drop.

D. is incorrect since the colder water to the PZR would cause a significant drop in pressure.

Date Written:

3/7/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

37 Both 2

1 010000 10000K1.03 3.6 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between PCS) the PZR PCS and the following systems:

KA Statement:

RCS UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following conditions on Unit 1:

- Reactor power is steady at 100%.

- All systems normally aligned.

- Tave is steady on program.

- PZR level is on program and stable.

- PZR pressure is 2230 psig and begins dropping slowly.

Which of the following has occurred?

A 1LK-459, PZR Level Controller, has failed HIGH.

B 1PK-455A, Master PZR Pressure Controller, has failed HIGH.

C 1PT-458, PZR pressure transmitter, has failed HIGH.

D 1RY455B, PZR Spray valve, has failed to 20% OPEN.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.RY1-25 Byron NRC exam bank (2000)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 39, 60, 73

Reference:

Explanation:

Pressure drops from the condensing action of a large amount of spray flow with no change in PZR level.

A. is incorrect because this failure will cause both level and pressure to rise. This will call for max charging flow.

B. is incorrect since this would cause pressure to drop rapidly by fully opening both Spray Valves, not slowly.

C. is incorrect since this failure will not open a PORV. It only disables PORV reset at 2185 psig, if it were to open inadvertently.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/7/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

38 Both 2

1 012000 120000K3.01 3.9 4.0 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Reactor Protection System Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RPS will have on the following:

KA Statement:

CRDS UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following Unit 1 conditions:

- Reactor power is at 100%.

- Reactor Trip Bypass breaker A (BYA) is racked in and closed for testing.

- Both Reactor Trip breakers (RTA and RTB) are closed.

What would occur if a single 15 VDC power supply failed in the 1B Train SSPS Logic cabinet?

A The redundant power supply will maintain normal SSPS Train B conditions and only a Safeguards Test Cabinet Power Failure alarm is generated.

B The reactor trips when BOTH the UV and Shunt trip coils are actuated for BYA and RTB.BB C

Plant conditions remain unchanged with a General Warning alarm lit for 1B train.

D The reactor trips when BOTH the UV and Shunt trip coils are actuated for RTA and RTB.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.RP1-06/09/11 Byron NRC exam bank (2000) - modified High Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RP-XL-01, Ch 60a, SSPS, Pgs 16-18

Reference:

Explanation:

The condition of Train A has generated a General Warning, since BYA is racked in and closed. The loss of the 15 VDC on Train B generated another General Warning. With 2 General Warnings an automatic Rx Trip is generated. An automatic Rx Trip will deenergize the UV coils on BYA, RTA, and RTB, but only energize the shunt trip coils on RTA and RTB. A manual Rx Trip actuation would also energize the shunt trip coil on BYA.

A. is incorrect since a Rx trip is generated with 2 general warnings and the alarm is activated when a 120 VAC power source to SSPS is lost.

B. is incorrect because the shunt trip coil is not actuated for BYA on an automatic Rx Trip signal.

C. is incorrect because a Rx Trip will occur since Train A already had a general warning in from BYA racked in and closed.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/7/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

39 Both 2

1 013000 130000A4.01 4.5 4.8 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

(ESFAS)

KA Statement:

ESFAS-initiated equipment which fails to actuate UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following indications on Unit 1:

- Reactor power was at 100% when a spurious SI signal was generated.

- Reactor trip breaker B failed to OPEN.

- The spurious SI signal has cleared

- Both SI reset pushbuttons have been depressed.

- The RH pumps, SI pumps, and the 1A CV pump have been stopped.

Then a small break LOCA occurs.

What will occur as containment pressure RISES to 10 psig? (Assume no operator action is taken)

A ONLY the MSIVs and MSIV Bypass valves CLOSE.

B 1B and 1C MSIVs CLOSE, 1A and 1D MSIVs remain OPEN.

C 1A RH, 1A SI, and 1A CV pumps START; all MSIVs and MSIV Bypass valves CLOSE.

D 1B RH and 1B SI pumps START; all MSIVs and MSIV Bypass valves CLOSE.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.MS1-07-D, S.EC1-Byron NRC exam bank (2000)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-MS-XL-01, Ch 23, Main Steam System, Pgs 10, 11

Reference:

I1-EC-XL-01, Ch 58, Emergency Core Cooling System, Pg 25 I1-EF-XL-01, Ch 61, ESFAS, Pgs 17, 18 Explanation:

with the B Rx trip breaker open, B train SI reset has no seal in and therefore any additional SI actuation setpoint exceeded will cause a B train SI. A Train SI is reset and sealed in until A Rx trip breaker is cycled. There has been no change in the inputs for Main Steam Isolation Actuation. Now, when pressure rises in CNMT, B train SI will actuate at 3.4 psig and MSIVs and Bypass valves will receive a close signal at 8.2 psig (both Trains). Since offsite power is supplying the ESF buses and 1B CV pump was already running, it will continue to run, therefore only the 1B RH and 1B SI pump will start. A train ECCS will not auto start.

A. is incorrect since B train SI pumps will also start.

B. is incorrect since all MSIVs and Bypasses close and B train SI pumps start.

C. is incorrect since A train SI will not occur.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/7/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

40 Both 2

1 013000 13000K2.01 3.6 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Engineered Safety Features Actuation System Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

(ESFAS)

KA Statement:

ESFAS/safeguards equipment control UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 Reactor trip and SI have occurred. All systems responded as designed.

1 minute into the event the following indications occur:

- 2B DG indicates tripped.

- 2B Train ESF pumps show running amps, but all RUN lights are NOT LIT.

What could have caused these indications to occur?

A SAT Feed Breaker 242-2 has tripped B

120 VAC Bus 212 has deenergized C

480 VAC MCC 232X has tripped D

125 VDC Bus 212 has deenergized Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.EF1-08, S.DC1-06 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-EF-XL-01, Ch 61, ESFAS

Reference:

I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems Explanation:

Loss of DC power to a running DG will cause the DG to shutdown (fuel racks close), but in the control room the annunciators will indicate a trip condition. Run lights are also DC powered, as is breaker indications of position, but the amp indications are AC powered, therefore with running pumps, amps will continue to display, but run lights go out.

A. is incorrect since this would have caused the DGs to close onto their respective buses and load.

B. is incorrect since this would not cause either indication to occur.

C. is incorrect since loss of any single MCC would not have caused these indications to occur.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/7/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

none

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

41 Both 2

1 022000 22000A1.02 3.6 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Containment Cooling System (CCS)

Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CCS controls including:

KA Statement:

Containment pressure UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

The following conditions exist on Unit 1:

- LOCA is in progress.

- Containment Spray has actuated.

- Containment pressure is currently 18 psig.

- Containment Spray signal has been reset.

- All actions of 1BEP ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, have been completed.

Off-site power has been lost and the DG output breakers have just CLOSED on the ESF buses.

How will the Containment Spray Pumps respond?

A Pumps will auto start ~15 seconds later.

B Pumps will auto start ~40 seconds later.

C If the operator immediately places BOTH CS & PHASE B ISOL switches to ACTUATE, pumps will start immediately.

D If the operator immediately places BOTH CS & PHASE B ISOL switches to ACTUATE, pumps will auto start ~15 seconds later.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.CS1-0/16 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-CS-XL-01, Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pgs 13-15

Reference:

Explanation:

CS pumps will sequence with a DG output breaker closure at 15-18 seconds or after 40 seconds depending on whether 2/4 logic is satisfied by CNMT pressure at or above 20 psig. Reset of CS & Phase B wil block auto restart of the CS pumps. For the loss of offsite power, the loads on the 4KV buses will load shed, then sequence. At 15 seconds the CS pump will restart only if the operator manually reactivates both CS & Phase B relay switches for the start logic to see an active start permissive. However, the DG sequencer will still control the actual start time of the CS pumps.

A. is incorrect since the CS pump circuit will not see HI-3 Cnmt pressure in this condition.

B. is incorrect since the CS pump circuit will not see HI-3 Cnmt pressure and would have started at 15 seconds if it had.

C. is incorrect since manual actuation is blocked by the sequencer to prevent a DG overload during sequencing.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/7/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

42 Both 2

1 026000 26000A3.01 4.3 4.5 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Containment Spray System (CSS)

Ability to monitor automatic operation of the CSS, including:

KA Statement:

Pump starts and correct MOV positioning UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following conditions on Unit 1:

- The unit is operating at 100% power.

- 1CS007A, 1A CS Pump Header Isolation valve, is OOS and CLOSED for breaker inspection.

- A spurious SI signal has actuated.

- SI is reset and ECCS has been terminated.

Five minutes later, a steamline break occurs.

- Containment pressure RISES to 25 psig.

- Main steamline pressure DROPS to 600 psig.

With no operator action, the 1A CS pump will ___(1)___ and the 1B CS pump will ___(2)___.

(1) (2)

A START NOT START B START START C NOT START START D NOT START NOT START Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.CS1-08-C, S.CS1-09 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-CS-XL-01, Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pgs 13-17

Reference:

Explanation:

CS pumps will auto start with 2/4 CNMT pressures at or above 20 psig (HI-3) with power to the breaker. 1CS007A/B receive an open signal, but are not interlocked to be open for a CS pump to start. The 1A CS pump will not provide any flow to CNMT with 1CS007A closed, but the pump will start as long as 1CS019A, Eductor Suction Isolation valve, from the Spray Additive Tank is open.

A. is incorrect since nothing is identified on Train B that would prevent an auto start of 1B CS pump.

B. is correct as described above.

C. is incorrect since 1CS007A closed will not prevent an auto start of 1A CS pump.

D. is incorrect since both CS pumps would receive an auto start signal and have all required interlocks satisfied to start.

Date Written:

3/7/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

43 Both 2

1 039000 A4.01 2.9 2.8 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)

Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

KA Statement:

Main steam supply valves UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 is at 3% power preparing for power ascension.

- Reheater Temperature Control System (RTC) is in AUTO with a Cold Start in progress.

OPEN indication for the 1MS009A/B/C/D, MSR MS Shutoff valves, will be OBSERVED when the________________________.

A Main Turbine reaches 600 rpm.

B Main Turbine load reaches 35%.

C Main Turbine reaches 1800 rpm.

D Main Turbine Generator reaches 250 Mwe.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.MT1-08 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-MT-XL-01, Ch 35, Main Turbine and Reheaters

Reference:

Explanation:

A. is incorrect - 600 rpm is true for a Hot Start.

B. is correct - RTC in Auto and Cold Start opens valves at 35% as sensed off 1st stage HP turbine.

C. is incorrect - 1800 rpm is turbine rated speed but provides NO feedback to RTC.

D is incorrect - Mwe does not feedback to RTC.

Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

44 Both 2

1 039000 K5.05 2.7 3.1 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)

Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the MRSS:

KA Statement:

Bases for RCS cooldown limits UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 reactor has tripped from 100% Power.

If all systems respond as expected, the 1MS009A-D, MSR MS Reheater Shutoff valves, 1MS067A-D, S/U Purge valves, and 1MS147A-D and 1MS010A-D, RHTR Temperature Control valves, will automatically CLOSE.

In 1BEP ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response, at Step 2, the Reheater Shutoff and S/U Purge valves may need to be VERIFIED CLOSED.

What is the PRIMARY concern if these valves are still OPEN?

A MSR reliefs may be challenged causing internal damage to the MSRs.

A B

Excessive heating may occur with potential damage to the turbine LP sections during turbine coastdown.

C Excessive RCS cooldown may occur resulting in uncontrolled positive reactivity addition and subsequent challenge to RCS INTEGRITY.

D Excessive loading may be placed on the Main Condenser resulting in overpressure, thus limiting use of Steam Dumps for decay heat removal.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.MT1-08, S.EP01-New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-MT-XL-01, Ch 35, Main Turbine and Reheaters

Reference:

I1-EP-XL-01, 1BEP-0 (- ES-0.2), Reactor Trip or SI, Pg 56 Explanation:

Reactivity management is the first issue with temperature in the RCS < 557°F. These valves are addressed in the RNO for step 2 of BEP ES-0.1 to ensure excess steam demand is not causing an uncontrolled cooldown adding positive reactivity and reducing SDM. A continued excessive cooldown rate could eventually challenge RCS INTEGRITY, therefore the RNO action of ensuring these valves are closed is necessary. The valves open will continue to draw main steam through the MSR tube bundle to the condenser. This could add undue stress to the tube bundle, however, all drains should be open to the condenser. Even though conditions could be created to speculate damage to components, the primary reason for the action is the continued main steam draw creating impacts on the RCS, not what may occur to secondary components.

A. is incorrect since with proper Main Turbine Trip actuation, this pressure is dumped rapidly to the condenser.

B. is incorrect since this steam or the environment that might be heated up will be dissipated to the condenser. The LP segments are also protected from overpressure, as well as the condenser, by blowout rupture discs on the LP casings.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect since overpressure of the condenser is protected by blowout rupture discs on the LP casings.

Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

45 SRO 2

1 059000 A1.03 2.7 2.9 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Main Feedwater (MFW) System Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW System controls including:

KA Statement:

Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 is operating at 95% power with the following conditions:

- 2A FW pump is OOS.

- 2C HD pump is OOS.

2B HD pump tripped at 1000.

Proper runback actions were initiated at 1002 and the Unit is responding as expected.

What will Unit 2 turbine load be at 1012?

A Stablized at ~780 Mwe B

Stablized at ~700 Mwe C

> 1000 Mwe ramping down to ~700 Mwe D

< 1000 Mwe ramping down to ~780 Mwe Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

T.OA36-03/05, New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-OA-XL-36, Secondary Pump Trip, 1BOA SEC-1, pg 24

Reference:

2BOA SEC-1, Secondary Pump Trip Unit 2, pgs 21-23 I1-CD-XL-01, Cond/FW System, Ch 25, pgs 64, 68, 69 Explanation:

Without a 2nd HD pump available, 2 BOA SEC-1 will require a HD Runback. This runback is set at 20 MW/min to ~ 780 Mwe. At 95% power, load is ~ 1160 Mwe. At 20 MW/min for 10 minutes, the turbine will be at ~960 Mwe, therefore, < 1000 Mwe on the way to ~ 780 Mwe.

A. is incorrect since the runback for HD pump trip is only 20 MW/min, it will be almost 10 more minutes to reach 780 Mwe..

B. is incorrect since the runback is only at 20 MW/min and 700 Mwe is the setpoint for a FW or CD pump trip.

C. is incorrect since load will be < 1000 Mwe (~960 Mwe) and the bottom setpoint for HD pump runback is ~780 Mwe.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

5/19/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

46 Both 2

1 061000 2.1.28 3.2 3.3 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW)

Conduct of Operations System KA Statement:

Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

The 1B AF pump can be started locally at the 364' level in the Aux Building near the CC Heat Exchangers.

One of the switch positions is "START WITH BYPASS".

Which of the following trip signals does this switch position bypass?

A All trips are bypassed.

B Low lube oil pressure.

C Low suction pressure.

D High Jacket Water temperature.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.AF1-05/15 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feedwater System, Pg 10

Reference:

Explanation:

This Switch position can only be used if there is a Lo-Lo suction trip and a fire is present in the AEER or Aux building elevation 383', :

401' or 426'. The switch also has a NORMAL position that allows starts from normal locations and a START position to allow a remote start with suction pressure > Lo-Lo suction trip.

A. is incorrect since it will bypass the Lo-Lo suction trip only. The other trips are still in the circuit but not as likely impacted by a fire.

B. is incorrect since this is never bypassed (except a time delay on start for pressure to buildup).

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect since this is never bypassed.

Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

47 Both 2

1 061000 K4.08 2.7 2.9 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW)

Knowledge of AFW System design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for System the following:

KA Statement:

AFW recirculation UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Which of the following describes how Auxiliary Feedwater Pumps are protected from damage when running with feed flow to the SGs isolated?

A Recirculation is controlled at ~100 gpm back to the suction source by an air operated control valve that senses downstream flowrate.

B Recirculation is limited to ~100 gpm back to the suction source by an in-line orifice and can be isolated to the CST with an air operated isolation valve that fails open on loss of air pressure.

C At least 85 gpm recirculation flow is maintained by a manual throttle valve with a motor operated isolation valve that automatically closes when the SX suction valves open.

D A maximum recirculation flow of 85 gpm is controlled by an in-line orifice with an air operated isolation valve to the CST that automatically closes when the SX recirculation valve opens.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.AF1-14 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-AF-XL-01, Ch 26, Auxiliary Feedwater System

Reference:

Explanation:

A is incorrect because flow is not regulated by a control valve.

B. is correct because this is how the sytem is designed.

C. is incorrect because 100 gpm is the design to ensure at least 85 gpm is met and an orifice is used with an AOV for isolation.

D. is incorrect because 100 gpm is the design to ensure at least 85 gpm is met and the AOV closes if BOTH respective SX valves are NOT fully closed.

Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

48 Both 2

1 062000 K2.01 3.3 3.4 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

A.C. Electrical Distribution System Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

KA Statement:

Major system loads UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A reactor trip has just occurred on Unit 1. The Automatic Bus Transfer (ABT) failed to operate for Bus 157.

Which of the following loads is UNAVAILABLE?

A 1A Main Feed pump B

1B Reactor Coolant pump C

1C Heater Drain pump D

1D Condensate/Condensate Booster pump Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.AP1-12-A Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Low Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-AP-XL-01, Ch 4, AC Electrical Power Systems, Pg 34

Reference:

Explanation:

Bus 157 is a 6.9KV bus that provides breakers to 1A RCP, 1A and 1C HD pumps, and the RSH transformers.

A. is incorrect because it's power source is 6.9KV bus 156.

B. is incorrect because it's power source is 6.9KV bus 156.

C is correct D is incorrect because it's power by 6.9KV bus 158 Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

49 Both 2

1 063000 K1.02 2.7 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

D.C. Electrical Distribution System Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the D.C. Electrical System and the following systems:

KA Statement:

AC electrical system UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 was at 100% power in a normal at power lineup.

- Power is lost to DC Bus 212

- 5 minutes later, SAT 242-1 develops a fault What is the status of ESF Bus 242 immediately following the SAT fault?

A Energized from 2B DG.

B Energized from SAT 242-2.

C Deenergized with all feed breakers tripped.

D Deenergized with ACB 2422 closed.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.DC1-09 Byron NRC exam bank (2000)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-DC-XL-01, Ch 8a, 125 VDC Power Systems, pgs 19-20

Reference:

Explanation:

A. is incorrect since 2B DG will not start due to no DC power.

B. is incorrect since SAT 242-2 will also be lost from the tripping of th SAT's feed breaker from the switchyard.

C. is incorrect since all feed breakers will still be closed without DC to open them.

D. is correct since there will be no power source to the bus and 2422 will not have opened since DC was lost.

Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

50 Both 2

1 064000 2.1.2 3.0 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Conduct of Operations KA Statement:

Knowledge of operator responsibilities during all modes of plant operation.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

The crew is performing 1BEP ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.

- ESF busses are supplied by the diesel generators (DG).

- The DGs have been continuously loaded to 6000 KW at 1050 amps for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

By design, how much longer can the DGs remain running at this present load?

A DGs must be secured immediately.

B 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

C 1999 hours0.0231 days <br />0.555 hours <br />0.00331 weeks <br />7.606195e-4 months <br />.

D Indefinitely.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.DG1-01 Byron NRC exam bank (2000)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-DG-XL-01, Ch 9, Diesel Generator and Auxiliary System, Pg 32

Reference:

Explanation:

The DGs are rated for 5500 Kw @954 amps continuous; 5500-5935 Kw @1030 amps for 2000 hours0.0231 days <br />0.556 hours <br />0.00331 weeks <br />7.61e-4 months <br />; 5935-6050 Kw @1050 amps for 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

A. is incorrect since this load is allowed for 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

B. is correct as stated above.

C. is incorrect since this load is allowed for 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

D. is incorrect since this load is allowed for 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

51 Both 2

1 064000 K4.10 3.5 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System Knowledge of ED/G System design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

KA Statement:

Automatic load sequencer: blackout UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following conditions on Unit 2:

- The reactor is at 100% power.

- A grid problem has just LOWERED voltage to 3700 volts on Buses 241 and 242.

With no operator action and voltage sustained at 3700 volts, what is the SEQUENCE of events for this condition?

A 2A and 2B DGs start after ~310 seconds, then both ESF buses deenergize.

B 2A and 2B DGs start immediately, then both ESF buses deenergize.

C Both ESF buses deenergize after ~310 seconds, then 2A and 2B DGs start.

D Both ESF buses deenergize immediately, then 2A and 2B DGs start.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.AP1-10-A Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-AP-XL-01, Ch 4, AC Electrical Power System, Pg 40

Reference:

Explanation:

With voltage degraded to < 3847.5 volts but > 2870 volts, a 310 second time delay is actuated and must time out to cause the feeder breakers for the ESF buses to trip. Once tripped, the DGs see an UV and receive a start signal.

A. is incorrect because the sequence is not correct.

B. is incorrect because both the time frame and sequence are not correct.

C. is correct D. is incorrect because the timer must time out first.

Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

52 Both 2

1 073000 A2.02 2.7 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PRM System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KA Statement:

Detector failure UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A liquid release is in progress from Release Tank 0WX01T.

- RM-11 alarm is received and acknowledged to be 0PR01J, Liquid Radwaste Effluent Rad Monitor, with Color Code: BLUE.

What is the impact of this alarm and appropriate action(s), if any?

A Detector RM-80 micro-processor has lost communication with the RM-11; VERIFY with RW operator that release flow rate has NOT changed, sample every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, and continue release.

B Detector may have failed; DIRECT RW operator to terminate release IF flow rate RISES, otherwise, continuously monitor flow rate and continue release.

C OPERATE FAILURE is indicated; VERIFY with RW operator that the release has TERMINATED; initiate LCOAR for 0PR01J and re-establish conditions for a new release.

D OPERATE FAILURE is indicated; VERIFY 0PR10J, Station Blowdown Monitor, is in service and below the ALERT limit; If YES, the release may continue.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.AR1-04-B-01/09/18, New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors

Reference:

I1-WX-XL-01, Ch 48, Liquid Radwaste RM-11 BAR for 0PR01J BCP-400-TWX01, Liquid Radwaste Release Form For Realease Tank 0WX01T Explanation:

The BLUE Code on the RM-11 means an OPERATE FAILURE has occurred, which could be several things from detector failure to loss of sample flow, but the exact cause will not be readily apparent at the RM-11. Since this is the case, the output will be generated to any auto actuation components as if the monitor is in a HIGH alarm condition. For 0PR01J, this will close the liquid release isolation valve, stopping the release. This is the BAR action for this condition. This detector INOPERABLE requires Tech Spec/TRM action, thus LOCAR initiation. Release may be reestablished and resumed without this monitor using alternate procedure steps.

A. is incorrect because this Color Code is Magenta and does not constitute action for release effects. 0PR01J is still operating and OPERABLE.

B. is incorrect, this reason is plausible, but isolation of the release path is expected to occur.

C. is correct per the RM-11 BAR D. is incorrect, this reason is plausible, but isolation of the release path is expected to occur.

Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

53 Both 2

1 076000 A3.02 3.7 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Service Water System (SWS)

Ability to monitor automatic operation of the SWS, including:

KA Statement:

Emergency heat loads UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 was being synchronized to the grid when a steamline break occurred in containment

- 2 minutes later, a switchyard fault caused both Unit 1 SATs to deenergize.

- Containment pressure peaked at 16.5 psig When would the 1A SX pump re-start?

A After the 1A CS pump.

B Between the start of 1A CV pump and 1A RH pump.

C Before 1A AF pump.

D Coincident with the start of 1A and 1C RCFCs.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.DG1-07-C, S.SX1-Byron NRC exam bank (1998) - modified Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-DG-XL-01, Ch 9, Diesel Generators and Auxiliaries, pgs 36-38

Reference:

I1-SX-XL-01, Ch 20, Essential Service Water System, pgs 48-49 Explanation:

1A SX pump will always sequence on the DG at 25 seconds. The 1A CS pump sequences at 15-18 seconds or after 40 seconds if an auto actuation is present (at or above 20 psig in containment). The SI pump starts between the CV and RH pump. The RCFC start at time 0 in the sequence. Regardless of whether an SI occurred or just loss of offsite power the SX pump always starts 10 seconds before the 1A AF pump, which will auto sequence at the same time for either event.

A. is incorrect because the 1A CS pump will NOT auto start with < 20 psig in Containment.

B. is incorrect since the 1A SI pump would sequence at 10 seconds which is between these two pumps.

C. is correct since the 1A AF pump would start at 35 seconds and the 1A SX pump always sequences at 25 seconds.

D. is incorrect because the RCFCs will start at time 0 in this sequence being supplied by 480 VAC MCCs that are powered as soon as the DG output breaker closes.

Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

54 Both 2

1 078000 K3.02 3.4 3.6 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Instrument Air System (IAS)

Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the IAS will have on the following:

KA Statement:

Systems having pneumatic valves and controls UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 is at 100% power with all systems in normal lineup, when Instrument air is lost to the containment.

Complete the following statement.

With no operator action, Pressurizer (PZR) pressure will RISE__________.

A until the PZR PORVs cycle to control pressure.

B initially, but will control at 2235 psig due to PZR Sprays opening.

C causing backup heaters to deenergize with the variable heaters remaining full on.

D continuously to the PZR pressure Reactor trip setpoint.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

S.RY1-05/25A/B, Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 33

Reference:

I1-CV-XL-01, Ch 15a, CVCS, Pgs 47 1/2BOA SEC-4, Loss of IA, steps 4, 5 and Table A Explanation:

This is an integrated plant question. CV letdown and normal charging fail closed. The seal injection flow is maintained resulting in a net rise in RCS inventory. This causes PZR level to rise, thus PZR pressure will rise as the bubble is compressed. The loss of air has caused the normal PZR spray valves to fail closed, Aux spray is isolated, thus pressure will rise to the PORV's lift setpoint and lift because the PORVs have a reservoir (accumulator) that maintains operation of the PORVs with no IA available.

A. is correct as described above.

B. is incorrect since the normal spray valves require IA to open.

C. is incorrect since the insurge will cause B/U heaters to energize, the variable heaters will be off with the higher pressure.

D. is incorrect since PORV's will still function to keep pressure below the reactor trip setpoint.

Date Written:

3/8/2006 Author:

M.Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

55 Both 2

1 103000 A2.03 3.5 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Containment System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Containment System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KA Statement:

Phase A and B isolation UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.

- Immediate actions in 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, are complete

- Containment pressure is 24 psig The following Group Monitor lights are NOT LIT:

- 1CV8152, Letdown Line Containment Isolation Valve

- 1CC685, CC From RCPs Thermal Barrier Isolation Valve

- 1CS019B, Eductor 1B Spray Add Valve What are the FIRST actions required in 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, for these indications?

A Manually actuate Phase A, CS & Phase B.

B VERIFY position of each valve; Manually position each valve using the control switch as required.

C Manually actuate SI, CS & Phase B.

D VERIFY associated opposite Train valve CLOSED, then continue in 1BEP-0.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

T.EP01-05 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or SI, Steps 8 and 14

Reference:

I1-EP-XL-01, 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or SI, pgs 12, 14 Explanation:

BEP-0 RNO action for each of these group lights NOT LIT specifically states to Manually Actuate Phase A for 1CV8152, and Manually Actuate CS&Phase B (2 of 2 switches) for 1CC685 and/or 1CS019B.

A. is correct as stated in the procedure.

B. is incorrect since this is followup action if the Manual actuations were not successful.

C. is incorrect since SI has already been manually actuated by procedure as a backup to auto actuation early in the event.

D. is incorrect since this is also a followup action after Manual actuation has been attempted.

Date Written:

3/9/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

56 Both 2

2 001000 K2.01 3.5 3.6 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Control Rod Drive System Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

KA Statement:

One-line diagram of power supply to M/G sets UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 is operating at 50% power in a normal at power lineup.

Which of the following would cause Alarm 1-10-D8, ROD DRIVE M/G SET TROUBLE, to alarm?

A Loss of 4KV Bus 141 B

Loss of 4KV Bus 142 C

Loss of 4KV Bus 143 D

Loss of 120 VAC Bus 113 Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.RD1-11-A New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BAR 1-10-D8, Rod Drive M/G Set Trouble

Reference:

I1-RD-XL-01, Ch 28, Rod Control System, Pgs 20, 53 Explanation:

The power supplies to the MG sets are 480 VAC MCCs 133Y and 134Y, which are fed by 4KV buses 143 and 144. If power is lost to a running MG set with the other MG set running, the breakers for the deenergized MG set will trip on reverse power, which is one of the inputs to the alarm. Other alarm inputs are associated with other running breaker faults (i.e. OC, OV, Grnd).

A. is incorrect since this is an ESF power supply that could be x-tied to supply bus 143, but that is NOT a normal lineup.

B. is incorrect since this is an ESF power supply that could be x-tied to supply bus 144, but that is NOT a normal lineup.

C. is correct since this would cause 1A RD MG set to lose power (i.e. 133Y will deenergize) causing a reverse power trip from the other energized MG set. This will cause the alarm.

D. is incorrect since there is NO interface or impact to the MG sets from a loss of this bus.

Date Written:

3/9/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

57 Both 2

2 002000 2.1.32 3.4 3.8 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Reactor Coolant System (RCS)

Conduct of Operations KA Statement:

Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 is in MODE 4 during a plant heatup with the following conditions:

- RCS temperature = 300°F

- RCS pressure = 400 psig

- PZR level = 33%

- Preparations are in progress to start the FIRST RCP.

Complete the following statement of applicability.

Per BOP RC-1, Startup of a Reactor Coolant Pump, the requirement of having < 50°F difference between S/G temperature and the associated RCS loop temperature_____________

A is NOT applicable since this is the first RCP to be started.

B ensures RCP seal parameters remain within normal operating range.

C prevents an overpressure event in the RCS.

D provides adequate NPSH at the suction of the selected RCP.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.RC2-09-C Byron NRC exam bank (1998)

Low Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RC-XL-02, Ch 13, Reactor Coolant Pump, Pg 31

Reference:

Tech Spec 3.4.6 and 3.4.7 Explanation:

This is the Tech Spec requirement, thus preventing a challenge to LTOP, due to the rapid distribution of the higher energy fluid when an RCP is initially started. The limit is the analyzed range boundary.

A. is incorrect since this is a Tech Spec limit and it always applies.

B. is incorrect since the seal parameters are not impacted by this requirement.

C. is correct as part of the LTOP analysis to prevent overpressurization of the RCS on an RCP start.

D. is incorrect since this is established strictly by the P/T limits in th RCS alone.

Date Written:

3/9/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

58 Both 2

2 011000 K3.03 3.2 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Pressurizer Level Control System (PZR LCS)

Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the PZR LCS will have on the following:

KA Statement:

PZR PCS UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 is at 50% power with all systems in Auto, except Rod Control which is in Manual.

- Letdown flow is 75 gpm.

- RCS Loop 1C Tave channel fails HIGH.

What is the response of PZR Pressure Control AFTER 10 minutes with no operator action?

A One PORV is cycling, Sprays FULL OPEN.

B Spray valves CLOSED, Backup heaters ON, Variable heaters full ON.

C Spray valves Throttled OPEN, Backup heaters OFF, Variable heaters OFF.

D Spray valves Throttled OPEN, Backup heaters ON, Variable heaters OFF.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.RY1-21I New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 25, 26, 28

Reference:

Explanation:

This failure inputs to PZR level Control Program level setpoint now calling for 100% power PZR level. Charging flow rate will immediately rise, raising PZR level. As PZR level rises, pressure rises causing variable heaters to go to minimum (OFF) and sprays to open to maintain pressure control. Sprays have more than enough capacity to prevent reaching the PORV lift setpoint on this transient. Backup heaters should already be OFF and remain OFF. They will reenergize on a > 5% level deviation above program normally expected on an insurge, but in this case the deviation is the other direction and they won't reenergize.

A is incorrect because the sprays will prevent reaching the PORV setpoint.

B. is incorrect because this response would be to a drop in PZR level.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect because sprays will be on, variable heaters will be off, but backup heaters will be off also.

Date Written:

3/9/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

59 Both 2

2 014000 K4.03 3.2 3.4 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Rod Position Indication System (RPIS)

Knowledge of RPIS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

KA Statement:

Rod bottom lights UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Which of the following will cause the Rod Bottom LED to FLASH?

A DRPI General Warning B

DRPI Data A failure C

An Ejected rod D

A Dropped rod from 9 steps during withdrawal Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.PI1-04/06 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-PI-XL-01, Ch 29, Pgs 9-11, 18

Reference:

Explanation:

Several failures will cause the Rod Bottom lights to flash including DRPI Data A AND Data B failures coincident with one another, Data A and B differ by more than 1 bit, sum of Data A and B exceeds 38 bits, and an ejected rod.

A. is incorrect since this is caused by Data A or Data B failure, but not both at the same time or an urgent alarm is present for one particular rod or rods.

B. is incorrect since this brings in a DRPI General Warning.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect since this would bring in the light solid.

Date Written:

3/9/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

60 Both 2

2 016000 K1.12 3.5 3.5 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Non-Nuclear Instrumentation System (NNIS)

Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the NNIS and the following systems:

KA Statement:

S/G UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 is at 35% power with all systems in normal lineup.

What failure will cause an INITIAL DROP in feedwater flow to ALL SGs?

A PT-505, Turbine First Stage Impulse Pressure, fails LOW.

B PT-506, Turbine First Stage Impulse Pressure, fails LOW C

PT-507, Main Steamline Pressure, fails LOW.

D PT-508, Main Feedwater Header Pressure, fails LOW.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.FW2-16 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-FW-XL-01, Ch 27, SG Water Level Control System, Pg 20

Reference:

Explanation:

PT-507 is input to FWP turbine speed control for maintaining delta-P program across the FRVs. A low failure would denote a large delta-P and the FWP speed will slow down to lower the delta-P, thus reducing FW flow to the SGs. The same effect would occur if PT-508 failed high.

A. is incorrect since this PT does not input to the SGWLC program.

B. is incorrect since this PT does not input to the SGWLC program.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect since this input will cause the SG's level to go up, a failure high would produce the same response as B.

Date Written:

3/9/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

61 Both 2

2 017000 K5.01 3.1 3.9 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

In-Core Temperature Monitor (ITM) System Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ITM System:

KA Statement:

Temperature at which cladding and fuel melt UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Implementation of 2BFR C.1 is safety significant, when CETCs are > 1200°F, because additional operator action is required to ___________.

A Prevent core uncovery.

B Provide core cooling to prevent hydrogen generation from the zircaloy-water reaction.

C Limit containment pressure to less than the design pressure.

D Provide core cooling to maintain a coolable geometry.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.FR02-01 Byron exam bank (modified)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-FR-XL-02, BFR-C.1, C.2, C.3, Pg 2, 3

Reference:

Explanation:

This is the express purpose of the BFR C-series, prevent excessive first barrier (clad) damage and maintain a coolable core geometry.

A. is incorrect because the fact is the core uncovery has already occurred at this temperature.

B. is incorrect because this is a by-product of clad degradation and a process of embrittlement. Clad breach is the concern.

C. is incorrect because this barrier is addressed in BFR Z-series.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/9/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

62 Both 2

2 029000 A3.01 3.8 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Containment Purge System (CPS)

Ability to monitor automatic operation of the Containment Purge System, including:

KA Statement:

CPS isolation UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Which Containment Radiation Monitor provides a signal to automatically actuate a Containment Vent Isolation?

A AR011, Containment Fuel Handling Incident monitor.

B PR011, Containment Atmosphere monitor.

C AR014, Containment General Area monitor.

D PR001, Containment Purge Effluent monitor.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

S.AR1-04-A-02 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pg 30

Reference:

Explanation:

AR011 and AR012 respectively isolate Train A and Train B Primary (Not used term at Byron) CNMT (Vent at Byron) Purge (VQ) valves.

A. is correct as described above.

B. is incorrect because this monitor in alarm isolates the CNMT Air Sampling Panel and monitor.

C. is incorrect-this monitor provides indication and alarm only.

D. is incorrect-this monitor provides indication and alarm only.

Date Written:

3/9/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

63 Both 2

2 034000 K6.02 2.6 3.3 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES)

Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the Fuel Handling System:

KA Statement:

Radiation monitoring systems UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

While using the Spent Fuel Pool Crane to move new fuel into the Spent Fuel Pool, radiation monitor 0RE-AR039, Fuel Handling Building Crane Monitor, alarms HIGH.

What ACTION for the Fuel Handling Building Crane is affected?

A Traverse of the bridge and trolley.

B BOTH lowering and raising the hoist.

C BOTH Traverse of the trolley and raising the hoist.

D Raising the hoist ONLY.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.AR1-04-A-03 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitors, Pg 27

Reference:

Explanation:

Raising the hoist is the only movement that is inhibited.

A. is incorrect since this movement is not inhibited.

B. is incorrect since lowering the hoist is not inhibited.

C. is incorrect since trolley movement is not inhibited.

D. is correct as stated above.

Date Written:

3/9/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

64 Both 2

2 041000 A1.02 3.1 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Steam Dump System (SDS) and Turbine Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding Bypass Control design limits) associated with operating the SDS controls including:

KA Statement:

Steam pressure UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

During a Unit 2 plant cooldown, the following conditions exist:

- RCS loop Tave:

550°F Loop 1 is lowering 548°F Loop 2 is lowering 551°F Loop 3 is lowering 548°F Loop 4 is lowering

- Steam header pressure is 1030 psig and lowering.

- Steam Dump Mode Selector switch is in STM PRESS MODE.

- Steam Dump Controller is in MAN, set at 30% demand.

The operator momentarily places the Train A and Train B Steam Dump Bypass Interlock switches to BYPASS and then releases them.

What is the Steam Dump valve status following this action?

A All valves are fully CLOSED.

B Three valves in groups 1, 2, and 3 will OPEN.(9 total)

C Three valves in group 1 ONLY will OPEN.

D One valve in groups 1, 2, and 3 will fully OPEN.(3 total)

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.DU1-04-C/07-B Byron NRC exam bank (2000)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-DU-XL-01, Ch 24, Steam Dumps, Pg 12

Reference:

Explanation:

If temperature on 2/4 Tave channels is below 550°F, all valves close and when BYPASS INTERLOCK is selected on both trains, the steam dumps will reopen on demand, however, only group 1 valves can open below 550°F, without jumpering the control circuit.

A is incorrect since this action will allow group 1 valves to open with a demand on the controller.

B. is incorrect since groups 2 and 3 valves are blocked from opening below 550°F.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect since 3 total valves is correct, but they are all in group 1; groups 2 and 3 are blocked below 550°F.

Date Written:

3/10/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

65 Both 2

2 071000 A4.24 2.9 3.4 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS)

Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:

KA Statement:

The double verification required before waste gas release UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

While preparing to perform BCP 400-TWASTE GAS, Gaseous Effluent Release Form: Waste Gas Decay Tank, you discover that 0PR02J, Gas Decay Tank Effluent, Radiation Monitor is INOPERABLE.

It is still desired to perform the Gaseous Release.

Which of the following does NOT REQUIRE an independent verification for the release to proceed?

A Lifting Leads BOP GW-13, 0PR02J Interlock Function Defeat.

B Placing the Gas Decay Tank, that will be released, in Storage alignment per BOP GW-6, Realignment of Gas Decay Tanks.

C Sampling the Gas Decay Tank that will be released for activity.

D Calculating the release rate of the Gas Decay Tank that will be released.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.GW1-12 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BCP 400-TWASTE GAS, Gaseous Effluent Release Form: Waste Gas Decay Tank.

Reference:

BOP GW-13, 0PR02J Interlock Defeat Function.

BOP GW-6, Realignment of Gas Decay Tanks I1-GW-XL-01, Ch 46, Gaseous Radwaste System. Pgs 14, 20, 21 TRM 3.11.b, Radioactive Gaseous Effluent Monitoring Instrumentation Explanation:

BCP 400-TWASTE GAS requires an independent verification (also TRM 3.11.b) of tank activity and release rate. Also the procedure requires BOP GW-13 be performed to defeat the interlock function of the gas release islolation valve, 0GW014. This involves lifting leads and always requires an independent verification. The realignment of the Gas Decay tanks is a normal function for operations and does not require an independent verification.

A. is incorrect since this involves lifting leadss, which always reqires IV.

B. is correct since this is a normal operator evolution and does NOT require IV.

C. is incorrect since the procedure and the TRM requires this action for 0PR02J inoperable.

D. is incorrect since the procedure and the TRM requires this action for 0PR02J inoperable.

Date Written:

3/16/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

66 Both 3

194001 2.1.12 2.9 4.0 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Conduct of Operations KA Statement:

Ability to apply technical specifications for a system.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 is in MODE 1. Due to a turbine malfunction and a trip of the running containment chiller, the following conditions exist:

- Current time = 1000.

- RCS Tave = 549°F.

- PZR pressure = 2202 psig.

- Containment pressure = 1.1 psig.

- Containment temperature (Ave of running RCFCs) = 122°F Which Technical Specification LCO parameter MUST BE RESTORED by 1030 to allow continued operation in MODE 1? (Assume turbine problem has been corrected)

A RCS Tave.

B PZR pressure.

C Containment pressure.

D Containment temperature.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

S.RC1-12, S.PC1-08 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Tech Specs 3.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.6.4 and 3.6.5

Reference:

I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 41 I1-PC-XL-01, Ch 40, Primary Containment, Pgs 25, 26 Explanation:

RCS Tave is required to be at or above 550°F when critical per Tech Spec 3.4.2.

A. is correct as stated above.

B. is incorrect since PZR pressure is required to be restored at or above 2209 psig, per Tech Spec 3.4.1, within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

C. is incorrect since CNMT Pressure is required to be within limits (-.1 to +1.0 psig) within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> per Tech Spec 3.6.4.

D is incorrect since CNMT Temperature is required to be at or below 120°F within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> per Tech Spec 3.6.5.

Date Written:

3/10/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

67 Both 3 194001 12.1.27 2.8 2.9 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Conduct of Operations KA Statement:

Knowledge of system purpose and or function.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

In accordance with the Operating Department Standards found in BAP 300-1, Byron Addendum to Conduct of Operations Manual, which of the following would meet the "Operator's judgement" call for taking a controller from AUTO to MANUAL?

A To establish the control output to desired setpoint faster during a load ramp.

B Periodically to check if MANUAL is tracking AUTO.

C Periodically to RESET the integral during a power ramp.

D Automatic response is NOT consistent with changing plant conditions.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

T.AM03-29 New Low Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BAP 300-1, OP-AA-100, Conduct of Operations Manual, Byron Addendum

Reference:

I1-AM-XL-70, BAP 300-1, OP-AA-101-101, Conduct of Operations Maunual, Byron Addendum, Pg Explanation:

The statement in BAP 300-1, C.1.h. says " the operator may place a controller in the manual mode from the automatic mode whenever, in the operator's judgement, continued automatic operation is unsafe or whenever it may cause any unnecessary transients.

This should only be done when conditions are "stable and under control", or when it is apparent that continued operation would aggravate or worsen the plant conditions".

A. is incorrect since it does not meet the intent of this standard.

B. is incorrect since it does not meet the intent of this standard.

C. is incorrect since it does not meet the intent of this standard.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/16/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

68 Both 3

194001 2.2.22 3.4 4.1 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Equipment Control KA Statement:

Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

An overpressure event caused the Technical Specification Safety Limit for RCS Pressure to be exceeded in MODE 1 at 10:00.

By what time must the Unit be in HOT STANDBY with RCS Pressure within limits?

A 10:05 B

10:15 C

10:30 D

11:00 Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S.RC1-12 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 35

Reference:

Tech Spec 2.1.2 Explanation:

Tech Spec 2.1.2 actions in MODE 1or 2 require reducing pressure to 2735 psig or below and being in MODE 3 within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

A. is incorrect since this is the time required to restore pressure to within limits if the Unit is in MODEs 3, 4, or 5.

B. is incorrect because although plauseable, not correct.

C. is incorrect because although plauseable, not correct.

D. is correct as stated above.

Date Written:

3/10/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

69 Both 3 194001 2.2.25 2.5 3.7 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Equipment Control KA Statement:

Knowledge of bases in technical specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Limits on RCS activity provided in Technical Specifications are based on the dose that would be received at the site boundary in a SGTR accident that begins with a steady-state primary-to-secondary leakage of 1 gpm.

Maintaining those limits ensures that the 2-hour dose at the site boundary during a SGTR will NOT exceed a small fraction of the _________________.

A 10 CFR 20, Standards for Protection Against Radiation, limits.

B 10 CFR 100, Reactor Site Criteria, limits.

C EPA Protective Action Guideline thresholds.

D 5 Rem TEDE limit for the general public.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.RC1-14, S.BZ1-03 Byron NRC exam bank (2000)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-BZ-XL-01, Ch 2, Site and Buildings, Pgs 5, 6.

Reference:

I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 51.

Tech Spec 3.4.16, RCS Activity, and 3.4.13, RCS Operational Leakage, bases I1-SG-XL-01, Ch 22, Steam Generators, Pg 19 Explanation:

This is the bases statement for the RCS Activity limit in Tech Spec 3.4.16 and the RCS Operational Leakage Limit bases in Tech Spec 3.4.13. It is also taught as the document used to establish site boundary guidelines in Site and Building lesson plan.

A. is incorrect, but plausible since most controlled release limits are found in this document.

B. is correct as stated above.

C. is incorrect, but plausible since evacuation actions are based on this guidline.

D. is incorrect, but plausible since this is the federal limit for rad workers.

Date Written:

3/10/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

70 Both 3

194001 2.2.34 2.8 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Equipment Control KA Statement:

Knowledge of the process for determining the internal and external effects on core reactivity.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A Unit 2 reactor startup is in progress following a refueling outage.

- Moderator Temperature Coefficient (MTC) is slightly positive at +.5 pcm/°F

- With critical data just obtained, rods are withdrawn to establish a +.1 DPM steady-state startup rate.

With no additional operator action, reactor power will RISE until which of the following occurs?

A The RCS heatup is sufficient to negate the reactivity added by the rods.

B Fuel temperature rises sufficiently to negate the reactivity added by the rods.

C Automatic steam dump response lowers RCS temperature.

D An automatic reactor trip occurs.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

A.RT3-08/15 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RT-XL-03, Ch 3, Reactor Theory, MTC and Total Power Defect, Pgs 9, 19, 33.

Reference:

Explanation:

MTC is + which means the point of adding heat will then add additional + reactivity as the coolant temperature rises. However, FTC is always negative and fuel temperature rise must occur to raise RCS temperature. The magnitude of negative reactivity added by the fuel temperature rise will rapidly offset the positive reactivity added by the moderator temperature rise. FTC is ~ 3 times as large in magnitude as MTC.

A is incorrect since RCS heatup alone would continue to add + reactivity and power would continue to rise.

B. is correct as described above.

C. is incorrect since this would raise steam demand, raising power, holding temperature, not cooling down. Actual stabilization from FTC feedback to hold power.

D. is incorrect since power will turn and stabilize low into the power range. Critical data is taken well above P-6 and stablization will be well below P-10.

Date Written:

3/10/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

71 Both 3

194001 2.3.2 2.5 2.9 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Radiological Controls KA Statement:

Knowledge of facility ALARA program.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following conditions on Unit 2:

- Operators are in the process of removing an OOS on a valve located in a high radiation area.

- Rad Protection estimates that performing an independent verification will cause an individual to receive 26 mrem.

What is the requirement for independent verification during this evolution?

A Must be performed unless waived by the Radiation Protection Manager.

B Operator self-check is substituted whenever an accumulated dose > 20 mrem is involved.

C Is NOT required with Shift Manager approval. However, alternate verification techniques shall be considered.

D The verifier should position themselves, allowing the best view but lowest dose, and observe the positioning and self-check of the first operator.

Answer: Task No:

HU-002 Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Conduct of Operations, BAP 300

Reference:

HU-AA-101, section 4.3.1.1 Explanation:

The independent verification requirements are given in HU-AA-101 and this issue is specifically addressed and states that in this circumstance, the Shift Manager can make a determination for ALARA concerns to NOT perform a hands-on independent verification, but shall consider alternate methods of verification, such as flow, pressure, indicating lights, etc.

A. is incorrect since the procedure specifies the Shift Manager.

B. is incorrect since this is not left for the operator to decide.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect since this does NOT constitute an independent verification. This is close to concurrent verification.

Date Written:

3/10/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

72 Both 3

194001 2.3.4 2.5 3.1 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Radiological Controls KA Statement:

Knowledge of radiation exposure limits and contamination control, including permissible levels in excess of those authorized.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A reactor operator has a Deep Dose Equivalent (DDE) of 1.3 Rem and a Committed Effective Dose Equivalent (CEDE) of 0.6 Rem to date.

With management approval, what is the maximum additional CEDE dose allowed during this year for this reactor operator? (Assume NO change in DDE dose for the remainder of the year)

A 1.1 Rem.

B 3.1 Rem C

3.7 Rem D

4.4 Rem Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

6, 7, 15, 16 Prairie Island NRC exam bank (1996)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 RP-AA-203, section 4.1.1

Reference:

RWT, Exelon Radiation Worker Training, Pgs 5, 1, 12 Explanation:

DDE+CEDE=TEDE and the federal limit is 5 Rem/yr. 1.3 Rem +.6 Rem = 1.9 Rem. The Admin limit is 2 Rem, but with management approval dose to the federal limit can be authorized. Therefore, 1.9 Rem + 3.1 Rem = 5 Rem, so 3.1 Rem is correct.

A. is incorrect since this would = 3 Rem total, which used to be an old quarterly limit.

B. is correct as described above.

C. is incorrect, but plausible if it was thought DDE was the only dose that was considered part of TEDE.

D. is incorrect, but plausible if it was thought CEDE was the only dose that was considered part of TEDE.

Date Written:

3/10/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

73 Both 3 194001 2.4.17 3.1 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:

Knowledge of EOP terms and definitions.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A LOCA has occurred on Unit 2 with the following Containment conditions:

TIME CNMT Pressure CNMT Radiation (1)-1000 3.4 psig 5.5 E4 R/hr (2)-1005 4.8 psig 1.1 E5 R/hr (3)-1010 8.2 psig 6.2 E5 R/hr (4)-1015 4.9 psig 5.0 E5 R/hr (5)-1020 2.0 psig 4.5 E4 R/hr Based on the above parameters being addressed at the designated times during this event, When did Containment FIRST go ADVERSE and when can NORMAL values be used?

FIRST GO NORMAL values ADVERSE can be used A (2) (1)

B (3) (1), (5)

C (3) (4), (5)

D (2) (1), (5)

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

T.EP01-04 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Procedure use and Adherence

Reference:

I1-EP-XL-01, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Pg 7 Explanation:

Adverse CNMT conditions are defined as pressure above 5 psig or rad levels > 1E5 R/hr. The pressure component portion will not permanently impact the instrumentation and normal values may resume when pressure drops below 5 psig. The radiation component may cause permanent damage to the instrumentation and requires an engineering evaluation before normal values can be resumed regardless of how low the rad levels drop after reaching the adverse limit.

A. is correct since rad levels are first > 1E5 R/hr and time 1 is the only time that allowed use of normal values.

B. is incorrect since rad levels were above the limit at time 2 and 5 would not be allowed since rad levels had exceeded 1E5 R/hr.

C. is incorrect since rad levels were above the limit at time 2 and 4 or 5 do not allow normal use after rad levels were > 1E5 R/hr.

D. is incorrect since time 1 is the only time normal values could have been used.

Date Written:

3/10/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

None

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

74 Both 3

194001 2.4.22 3.0 4.0 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:

Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal/emergency operations.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

What are the priorities of the Byron Status Trees based on?

A Ensures symptoms are addressed so as many fission product barriers as possible are intact at all times to insure health and safety of the public.

B Ensures critical safety functions are addressed in the same sequence as the analyzed events in the UFSAR and Byron Emergency Procedures.

C Ensures the hierarchy is sequenced to protect plant personnel by addressing the RCS boundary, then the fuel boundary, then the Containment boundary.

D Ensures events are addressed in a sequence of MOST likely barrier to be lost to LEAST likely barrier to be lost to protect public health and safety.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

T.FR7-03 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-FR-XL-07, Status Trees, Pgs 6, 7

Reference:

Explanation:

As stated in the background documents and the Lesson Plan, BSTs are symptom based, not event based and prioritized to ensure as many barriers as possible at all times to protect public health and safety. The hierarchy is sequenced to address fuel first, RCS second and containment third.

A. is correct as stated above.

B. is incorrect because the analysis sequence has nothing to do with the bases and the bases is not event based.

C. is incorrect because bases is to protect public first and the barrier sequence is not correct.

D. is incorrect since this is not how BSTs are sequenced and they are symptom based, not event based.

Date Written:

3/16/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

75 Both 3

0 194001 2.4.39 3.3 3.1 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:

Knowledge of the RO's responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 was at 100% power when a fire occurred in the 1A DG room.

- CO2 actuation has occurred.

- Smoke has been exhausting from the room for 20 minutes.

The following are actions/directions addressed in BAP 1100-10, Response Procedure For Fire:

1. Security is called and asked for a computer access search of the 1A DG room.
2. Establish a command post.
3. Consult with the Offsite Fire Department for best methods to combat the fire.
4. Utilize ECF forms, Byron Station Operating Emergency Report Sheet, to record vital event information.
5. Determine the need for additional assistance.
6. Actuate the fire alarm for ~ 2 minutes.

Which of these LISTED actions are the Control Room Operators responsibility?

A 1, 3, 4 B

2, 4, 5 C

1, 4, 6 D

3, 5, 6 Answer: Task No:

AM-041 Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BAP 1100-10, Response Procedure For Fire

Reference:

OJT Study Guide Explanation:

Per BAP 1100-10 items 1, 4, and 6 are stated as control room operator responsibilities.

A is incorrect because 3 is the responsibility of the Fire Brigade Chief or the Fire Marshall as stated in BAP 1100-10.

B. is incorrect since 2 and 5 are the responsibility of the Fire Brigade Chief as stated in BAP 1100-10.

C. is correct as stated above.

D. is incorrect since 3 and 5 are the responsibility of the Fire Brigade Chief or the Fire Marshall as stated in BAP 1100-10.

Date Written:

5/19/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

76 SRO 1

1 000008 2.1.32 3.4 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident Conduct of Operations (Relief Valve Stuck Open)

KA Statement:

Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 is at 80% power.

- PZR PORV 2RY456 lifted and stuck partially open causing an RCS pressure transient.

- Operators were unable to position the PORV manually and closed 2RY8000B, PORV Block valve.

- RCS pressure dropped to 2215 psig and is slowly trending to normal.

Which of the following is the NEXT required action and explains why the action is taken?

A Remove power from 2RY8000B within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to ensure positive control of the relief path while efforts to restore 2RY456 to OPERABLE status are in progress.

B Maintain 2RY8000B CLOSED and ENERGIZED to ensure the relief path is available with manual actions if needed.

C Place the control switch for 2RY456 in the CLOSED position within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> to preclude automatic opening for an overpressure event at a time that the block valve is CLOSED.

D Enter Tech Spec 3.0.3 since the INOPERABILITY of a PZR PORV that is STUCK partially open is NOT specifically addressed.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

S.RY1-26/28 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Tech Spec 3.4.11 and Bases, PZR PORVs

Reference:

I1-RY-XL-01, Ch 14, Pressurizer, Pgs 40, 41 43(b) (2)

Explanation:

Per Tech Spec 3.4.11, if a PORV is inoperable, the PORV Block valve must be closed and deenergized within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. This ensures positive control of the relief path per Tech Spec Bases and affords isolation for repair efforts to restore operability within 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />.

A. is correct as described above.

B. is incorrect since this action is done if the PORV is still capable of manual operation.

C. is incorrect since this is not the required action and it would have no affect on a stuck valve.

D. is incorrect since the inoperability is addressed by Tech Spec 3.4.11.

Date Written:

3/17/2006 Author:

L. Wehner App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

77 SRO 1

1 000011 2.4.4 4.0 4.3 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Large Break LOCA Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:

Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters which are entry-level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following conditions on Unit 2:

- An SI has occurred.

- RCS pressure = 1200 psig and lowering.

- PZR level is off-scale low.

- CETC's = 535°F.

- Containment pressure = 9 psig and rising.

- Containment radiation monitors are in ALARM.

- All SG pressures = 775 psig and lowering slowly.

With these conditions, what event is occurring and what procedure would be entered after applicable steps of 2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection Unit 2, have been completed?

A A LOCA has occurred on an RCS loop, enter 2BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant Unit 2.

B ONE SG has a steamline break inside of containment, enter 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation Unit 2 C

A PZR PORV has fully opened and it's block valve is open, enter 2BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant Unit 2.

D A feedwater line break to ONE SG and MSIVs failed to close, enter 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation Unit 2.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

T.EP01-06-A, Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-EP-XL-01, 1/2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Pg 28

Reference:

I1-EP-XL-02, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Pg 7 43(b) (5)

Explanation:

The parameter that absolutely determines RCS vs steam/feed line is containment rad monitors. RCS cold leg vs PZR PORV will be seen in PZR level (low=loop break, high indicates PORV or Safety open). The determination in 2BEP-0 at steps 27 and 29 will direct entering 2 BEP-1 based on these symptoms.

A. is correct based on the diagnostic in step 27 and 29 of 2BEP-0, low RCS press, high cnmt press and radiation, and low PZR level.

B. is incorrect since high rad exists in the cnmt and MSIVs would be closed which would identify a faulted SG by seeing a lower pressure in one SG after isloation.

C. is incorrect since this would have been looked at in step 24 of 2BEP-0. It would be considered a small break LOCA and with low PZR press and level and a large RCS cooldown would not be indicative of a stuck open PORV.

D. is incorrect for similar reasons described in B. above.

Date Written:

3/11/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

78 SRO 1

1 000015 2.1.32 3.4 3.8 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) Malfunctions Conduct of Operations KA Statement:

Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

All RCP's were manually tripped at 1425 psig during an emergency procedure implementation. During the recovery, the TSC has directed the shift to start one RCP per BOP RC-1, STARTUP OF A REACTOR COOLANT PUMP.

Given the following information: (Assume other plant conditions are satisfactory to support RCP start)

A RCP B RCP C RCP D RCP

- Seal injection flow 8 gpm 10 gpm 9 gpm 10 gpm

- Seal leakoff flow 1.2 gpm.9 gpm.4 gpm 1.7 gpm

- #1 Seal D/P 330 psid 325 psid 198 psid 265 psid

- Motor Upper Radial Bearing Temp 144°F 145°F 132°F 147°F

- Motor Lower Radial Bearing Temp 198°F 153°F 149°F 144°F

- Motor Upper Thrust Bearing Temp 147°F 142°F 151°F 146°F

- Motor Lower Thrust Bearing Temp 112°F 108°F 107°F 106°F Which RCP will the Unit Supervisor direct the NSO to start?

(BOP RC-1A1, RCP NO 1 SEAL LEAKOFF NORMAL OPERATING RANGE, is provided)

A RCP A B

RCP B C

RCP C D

RCP D Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.RC2-09-A/B Byron LORT exam bank - Used last 2001 cycle 6-6a quiz.

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BOP RC-1, Startup of a Reactor Coolant Pump

Reference:

BOP RC-1A1, RCP NO 1 Seal Leakoff Normal Operating Range I1-RC-XL-02, Ch 13, Reactor Coolant Pump, Pgs 30-32 43(b)(5)

Explanation:

D RCP seal leakoff is > 1.4 gpm, and C RCP #1 Seal D/P is < 200 psid, leaves B or A RCPs, A RCP exceeds the 195°F limit for a motor bearing. The order of preferrence is D, C, B, A.

Date Written:

3/27/2006 Author:

J. Heaton App. Ref:

BOP RC-1A1

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

79 SRO 1

1 000025 AA2.07 3.4 3.7 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Residual Heat Removal System Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of (RHRS)

Residual Heat Removal System:

KA Statement:

Pump cavitation UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 has just completed refueling.

- Preparations are in progress to install the reactor vessel head.

- 2B RH pump is providing shutdown cooling with ~ 3300 gpm flow rate.

- 2A RH pump is running transferring refueling cavity water to the RWST per BOP RH-9, Pumpdown of the Refueling Cavity to the RWST.

- 2A RH pump has just been reduced to ~490 gpm, by throttling 2RH618, RH HX 2A Bypass Flow Control Vlv, with cavity level at ~ 403' elevation.

Flow and motor amps ocillations are reported on the 2B RH train.

What is the NEXT required action the Unit Supervisor will direct?

A Stop draining the refueling cavity by closing 2RH618 and TRIP the 2B RH pump, then enter 2BOA PRI-10, Loss of RH Cooling Unit 2.

Stop draining the refueling cavity by closing 2RH618 and reduce flow through the 2B RH train B

in an attempt to stablize flow and amps per BOP RH-9.

C Trip BOTH 2A and 2B RH pumps and enter 2BOA S/D-2, Shutdown LOCA. C D

Stop draining the refueling cavity by closing 2RH618 and trip the 2B RH pump, then place the 2A RH train in the shutdown cooling mode using BOP RH-6, Operations of RH System in Shutdown Cooling.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.RH1-09-C New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RH-XL-01, Residual Heat Removal System, Pgs 29-32

Reference:

BOP RH-9, Pumpdown of the Refueling Cavity 43(b) (5)

Explanation:

A CAUTION in BOP RH-9, prior to step F.1, states that if the above condition exist, stop draining immediately, reduce RH flow in the shutdown cooling train to stablize and initiate BOP RH-8 as necessary to establish adequate level for suction on the RH train in SDC. If the RH train in SDC will not stablize with the reduced flow and RH pump trip is required or the RH pump trips, go to 2BOA PRI-10.

A. is incorrect since tripping the 2B RH pump is not directed first. Attempt to stablize flow by reducing flow first.

B. is correct as stated in BOP RH-9.

C. is incorrect since tripping both pumps is not the immediate action and if you did, 2BOA S/D-2 is not correct.

D. is incorrect since this is action that may be directed in 2BOA PRI-10, but not in the current procedures.

Date Written:

3/17/2006 Author:

L. Wehner App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

80 SRO 1

1 000027 AA2.04 3.7 4.3 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Pressurizer Pressure Control (PZR PCS)

Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Malfunction Pressure Control Malfunctions:

KA Statement:

Tech-Spec limits for RCS pressure UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Following a refueling outage, Unit 2 is at 40% power with a power ascension at maximum preconditioning rate in progress. The Master PZR Pressure Controller, 2PK-455A, was discovered failing high. When the operator placed the controller in MANUAL, the following conditions were present:

- RCS Tave = 567°F.

- PZR pressure = 2175 psig.

- PZR level = 33%.

- CVCS letdown was isolated.

- Excess letdown was in service.

How will the RCS DNB limits be addressed under these conditions?

A PZR pressure must be raised to at least 2209 psig within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

B PZR level must be restored to within 5% of program within the next 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

C NO action is required since PZR pressure limit is NOT challenged at this power level.

D NO action is required since RCS temperature limit is NOT exceeded.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

S.RC1-12 Byron NRC exam bank (1998)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Tech Spec 3.4.1. RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits. And COLR

Reference:

I1-RC-XL-01.Reactor Coolant System, Pg 41 NF-AP-440, Fuel Preconditioning Limits 43(b)(2)

Explanation:

Above 40% power, fuel preconditioning limits apply and the ramp rate is limited to much < 5%/minute, therefore, the PZR pressure below 2209 psig Tech Spec action to restore within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> applies. DNB limit for Tave is 593.1°F, therefore 567°F is well below that limit. PZR level at 33% is well below program level of ~ 41%, but there is no 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> requirement to restore within 5% of program. This would be done in response to a PZR level deviation alarm that would be in. Which letdown system is in service has no bearing on the isssue here.

A. is correct as explained.

B. is incorrect as explained.

C. is incorrect since this is applicable when the ramp is < 5%/minute.

D. is incorrect for the PZR pressure, even though true if only based on RCS temperature.

Date Written:

3/11/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

81 SRO 1

1 00WE12 EA2.1 3.2 4.0 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Uncontrolled Depressurization of all Steam Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Uncontrolled Generators Depressurization of all Steam Generators:

KA Statement:

Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 was at 100% power when the following events occurred:

- ALL SGs are faulted into containment.

- While performing steps in 1BCA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators, a RED path is noted on the containment critical safety function.

- Actions of 1BFR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure, are performed.

- Auxiliary Feedwater has been throttled to 45 gpm to each SG.

- When directed by 1BFR-Z.1 to return to procedure and step in effect, the following is noted on the CSF status trees:

Subcriticality - Green Core Cooling - Green Heat Sink - Red Integrity - Orange Containment - Red Inventory - Yellow It is required to ENTER AND PERFORM STEPS in which of the following procedures NEXT?

A 1BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation.

B 1BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.

C 1BFR-P.1, Response to Imminent Pressurized Thermal Shock.

D 1BFR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

T.FR7-03/07, Byron NRC exam bank (2000) - modified Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-FR-XL-07, Status Trees, Pg 9,

Reference:

I1-FR-XL-03, BFR H.1-H.5, Pg 5 43(b)(5)

Explanation:

Once 45 gpm has been established to the faulted SGs in 1BCA-2.1, the CAUTION (If total feed flow is < 500 gpm due to operator action, this procedure should NOT be performed) prior to the first step in 1BFR-H.1 will apply and the SRO will proceed to the next CSF in the hierachy, INTEGRITY, since CONTAINMENT was just addressed and INTEGRITY is orange.

Date Written:

3/11/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

82 SRO 1

2 000069 AA2.01 3.7 4.3 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Loss of Containment Integrity Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Containment Integrity:

KA Statement:

Loss of containment integrity UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A small break LOCA has occurred on Unit 2.

- Manual reactor trip and SI was actuated.

- All systems responded as expected.

- Estimated leakrate is ~ 400 gpm.

- RCS pressure is 2000 psig and slowly rising.

- PZR level is 22% and rising.

- Containment radiation is 1.5 R/hour and stable.

- Containment pressure reached 9.0 psig, then rapidly dropped to 0.5 psig.

What is the current classification for this event based on these indications?

(Byron Annex Attached)

A Unusual Event - FU1 B

Unusual Event - MU8 C

Alert - FA1 D

Site Area Emergency - FS1 Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

T.ZP1-16A, G-6-8 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 EP-AA-1002, Byron Annex for Radiological Emergency Plan

Reference:

Emergency Preparedness, G-6, Emergency Action Levels 43(b)(5)

Explanation:

Applying the indications above will lead you to addressing the fission product barriers. RCS should be identified as potentially lost, due to leakrate > 1 CV pump in normal operation, and that alone would be classified as an ALERT-FA1. The containment should be identified as lost due to the rapid, unexplainable, pressure drop. This alone would be an Unusual Event - FU1. If leakage is thought to be within the capacity of 1 CV pump in normal lineup, then an Unusual Event - MU8 may be declared. The combination of the RCS leakage and the containment rapid depressurization together would be a Site Area Emergency - FS1. This would be correct for the event conditions.

A. is incorrect since more than just the containment barrier is lost or potentially lost.

B. is incorrect since the leakrate applies, but it is large enough to constitute potential failure of the RCS.

C. is incorrect since more than the RCS barrier is lost or potentially lost.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/19/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Byron Annex for Emergency Rad Plan

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

83 SRO 1

2 000076 AA2.01 2.7 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

High Reactor Coolant Activity Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the High Reactor Coolant Activity:

KA Statement:

Location or process point that is causing an alarm UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

At 0800 - Unit 2 was performing a power ascension from 75% to 90% after a Refueling Outage.

- Excessive Iodine Spiking is reported by Chemistry.

Which Radiation Monitor would FIRST detect the Iodine Spiking and what action would be taken?

A VCT Cubicle Monitor; direct RP to survey the Auxiliary Building and establish required area postings.

B CNMT ATMOS Monitor; verify CNMT Ventilation Isolation and consider placing a CNMT Charcoal filter train in service.

C MAIN STEAMLINE Monitor; verify a single Charging pump is adequate to maintain PZR level

> 17%.

D GROSS FAIL FUEL Monitor; contact Chemistry to calculate mixed bed demin decontamination factor.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

T.OA15-03/05 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-OA-XL-15, BOA PRI-4, Abnormal Primary Chemistry, Pg 5

Reference:

1/2BOA PRI-4, Abnormal Primary Chemistry, step 7 43(b) (5)

Explanation:

It is not unusual for some Iodine Spiking to occur on a power change and the activity will usually return to normal levels after a few hours of operation. One BOA PRI-4 entry condition is High alarm on the Gross Failed fuel monitor. The first action to be taken is to have Chemistry calculate the demin DF to ensure the activity can be removed.

A. is incorrect since this is a High Range monitor that may trend up, but is only expected to alarm with very high activity in the VCT and very low level in the VCT.

B. is incorrect since there is nothing in the stem to lead one to believe a leak to atmosphere in Cnmt exists.

C. is incorrect since there is nothing in the stem to lead one to believe a SG tube leak exists.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/20/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

84 SRO 1

2 00WE02 2.2.22 3.4 4.1 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

SI Termination Equipment Control KA Statement:

Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A small break LOCA has occurred on Unit 1 and transition to 1BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, has been made. The crew is at step 6 which determines if ECCS flow can be reduced.

The following conditions exist:

- Containment pressure = 6.4 psig

- PZR level = 14%

- NR SG levels: 1A = 28%; 1B = 29%; 1C = 33%; 1D = 32%

- AF flow to SGs = 590 gpm

- RCS pressure = 1482 psig and stable

- CETCs = 523°F

- All RCPs are running

- RWST level = 49%

Based on these conditions, ECCS __________________________.

(Figure 1BEP 1-1, RCS Subcooled Margin, is provided)

A can be terminated, transition to 1BEP ES-1.1, SI Termination.

B can not be terminated due to inadequate PZR level, continue in 1BEP-1.

C can not be reduced due to RWST level, transition to 1BEP ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation.

D can not be reduced due to RCS subcooling, transition to 1BEP ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

T.EP02-01-F Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BEP-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Step 6 criteria

Reference:

I1-EP-XL-02, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Pg 8 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, CAUTION prior to step 1 43b(5)

Explanation:

Usage requirements and first CAUTION in 1/2BEP-0 for ADVERSE conditions (> 5 psig in containment) requires use in the conditions stated. PZR level must be > 28% for SI termination. All other conditions are met in step 6 of 1BEP-1.

A. is incorrect since PZR level (Adverse CNMT) is not adequate.

B. is correct as stated above.

C. is incorrect since RWST level is not a termination criteria and is above the LO-2 setpoint for transition to 1BEP ES-1.3.

D. is incorrect since subcooling is addequate.

Date Written:

3/11/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

1BEP 1-1

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

85 SRO 1

2 00WE09 2.4.30 2.2 3.6 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Natural Circulation Operations Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:

Knowledge of which events related to system operations/status should be reported to outside agencies.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Which of the following events would require notification of the NRC within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />?

(Byron Annex is attached)

A Two vehicles crash in the Byron Station parking lot with minor injuries; no one hospitalized.

B Off-site power is lost to Unit 2 at 18% power resulting in a reactor trip.

C SAT feeder breaker to Bus 141 trips and 1A DG fails to start with Unit 1 at 100% power.

D A tornado is sighted within 5 miles of Byron Station.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

G-6_8, G-5-8/9 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Emergency Preparedness, G-6, Emergency Action Levels, Pg 15

Reference:

Emergency Preparedness, G-5, Classification, Notification, and PARs, Pgs 17, 18 EP-AA-1002, Byron Annex For Radiological Emergency plan, Pg 3-10 43(b) (5)

Explanation:

Per the Byron Annex, the loss of a single ESF Bus nor the reactor trip alone exceed EALs, (SM could declare an NUE, but not required). This is reportable to the NRC, but not within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. However, the loss of both SATs places Unit 2 in a natural circ condition and means the SATs are not available to power the Unit 2 ESF buses. This meets EAL MU1 and any classification requires 15 minute notification of State and Local authorities and notification of the NRC within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

A. is incorrect since this event does not exceed an EAL, crash inside of the protected area or swithyard into structures containing systems for sfe shutdown would exceed the EAL and require notification.

B. is correct as described above.

C. is incorrect since this would be reportable, but not within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> and does not exceed an EAL.

D. is incorrect since a tornado strike within the protected area or switchyard is required to exceed an EAL.

Date Written:

3/22/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

PE-AA-1002, Byron Annex

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

86 SRO 2

1 012000 A2.06 4.4 4.7 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Reactor Protection System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RPS and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KA Statement:

Failure of RPS signal to trip the reactor UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 operators are performing steps in 2BFR S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS Unit 2, and have just isolated steam dumps when the following conditions are noted:

- Unit 2 reactor power = 19%.

- PZR pressure is 1830 psig and trending down.

- Reactor trip breakers are closed.

- Safety injection just Actuated.

What actions will you direct for these conditions?

A Continue attempts to trip the reactor and transition to 2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, for SI Verification.

B Verify SI is actuated per the Operator Action Summary page in 2BFR S.1 while continuing with the steps in 2BFR S.1.

C Continue in 2BFR S.1 and after the reactor is tripped, immediately transition to 2BEP-0.

D Verify SI is properly actuated using the verification steps in 2BEP-0 and then continue with the steps of 2BFR S.1.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

T.FR1-07 Byron LORT Bank. (2002) - Used last in 2004, cycle 6-8 SRO annual.

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BFR S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation/ATWS Unit 2

Reference:

I1-FR-XL-01, BFR S Series Subcriticality, Pg 21 43(b)(5)

Explanation:

Since 2BFR S.1 could have been entered at step 1 of 2BEP-0 and SI may have occurred and not been verifified, the contingency is covered separately in 2BFR S.1 after step 5 in a CAUTION stating "If SI actuates, proper ESF actuations should be verified as time permits per the OAS page.

A. is incorrect since transition out of this procedure is not done after step 6 until the procedure is completed. Step 7 has just been completed by the crew.

B is correct as stated above.

C. is incorrect for essentially the same reason as A. above.

D. is incorrect since the OAS page of 2BFR S.1 contains the verification steps and 2BEP-0 is not required.

Date Written:

3/22/2006 Author:

G. Wolfe App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

87 SRO 2

1 026000 2.2.22 3.4 4.1 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Containment Spray System (CSS)

Equipment Control KA Statement:

Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 is currently in MODE 1 with Train B RCFC's INOPERABLE.

The Design Basis Accident analyses for the minimum OPERABILITY requirements for the Spray Additive System assumes that _____________________.

A ONE train of CS is OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches the Lo-2 setpoint is adequate to ensure a minimum 8.0 pH in the containment recirculation sump to reduce stress corrosion of mechanical components.

B ONE train of CS is OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches Lo-3 setpoint is adequate to remove iodine from the containment atmosphere and maintain it in solution in the recirculation sump.

C TWO trains of CS are OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches the Lo-3 setpoint is adequate to ensure a minimum 8.0 pH in the containment recirculation sump to reduce stress corrosion of mechanical components.

D TWO trains of CS are OPERABLE and the volume of NaOH added to the spray by the time the RWST reaches the Lo-2 setpoint is adequate to remove iodine from the containment atmosphere and maintain it in solution in the recirculation sump.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.CS1.03/15 Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Tech Spec 3.6.7 bases, Pgs B3.6.7-2/3

Reference:

I1-CS-XL-01, Ch 59, Containment Spray System, Pgs 2, 3, 23, 24 43(b) (3)

Explanation:

As stated in the Tech Spec bases; only ONE train required until CS is switched to the recirculation sump when the RWST is empty (Lo-3) and removes iodine and maintains it in solution with the pH adjustment. This, in turn, minimizes corrosion of components.

This bases is independent of the RCFC's being available.

A. is incorrect since the DBA assumes CS runs at least to the Lo-3 setpoint and the premise for pH is iodine removal.

B. is correct as stated above.

C. is incorrect since the design assumes only a single train operates and the pH reasoning is not complete.

D. is incorrect since the design assumes only one train operates to Lo-3 in the RWST.

Date Written:

3/11/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

88 SRO 2

1 059000 2.2.22 3.4 4.1 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Main Feedwater (MFW) System Equipment Control KA Statement:

Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

The following conditions exist on Unit 2:

- MODE 3 with reactor startup planned.

An NLO reports the following FW valves packing was adjusted due to excessive leakage:

- 2FW002C, 2C FW PP MOV DISCH

- 2FW035A, S/G 2A FW TEMPERING ISOL VALVE

- 2FW043D, S/G 2D FWIV BYPASS ISOL VALVE Which valves will you assign to have valve stroke time tests completed for Tech Spec 3.6.3, Containment Isolation Valves Operability?

A 2FW043D ONLY.

B All three valves.

C 2FW002C and 2FW035A ONLY.

D 2FW035A and 2FW043D ONLY.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty D

Obj No:

S,CD1-021/022 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 Tech Spec 3.6.3 Bases, Containment Isolation Valves, Table B. 3.6.3-1 (page 3 of 9)

Reference:

I1-CD-XL-01, Condensate and Feedwater System, Pg 63 43(b) (2)

Explanation:

Tech Spec 3.6.3, Containment Isolation Valves applies to 2FW035A and 2FW043D only. 2FW002C will also require testing since auto closure signals are sent to the valve, but it is not a containment isolation valve.

A. is incorrect since 2FW002C is not required in Tech Spec 3.6.3, it is not a cnmt isol valve.

B. is incorrect for the same reason as A.

C. is incorrect for the same reason as A.

D. is correct as described above.

Date Written:

3/22/2006 Author:

G. Wolfe App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

89 SRO 2

1 062000 A2.03 2.9 3.4 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

A.C. Electrical Distribution System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the A.C. Distribution System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KA Statement:

Consequences of improper sequencing when transferring to or from an inverter UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 was at 100% power when the following occurred:

- The Inverter for Instrument Bus 211 failed resulting in loss of Bus 211.

- Operators responded per 2BOA ELEC-2, Loss of Instrument Bus Unit 2 and reenergized Bus 211 via the Constant Voltage Transformer (CVT).

PR channel N44 is subsequently placed in a tripped condition due to detector failure requiring a shut down to repair.

- 2 days later, with the Unit still at 100% power, maintenance has repaired the inverter and is ready to place it back in service.

What actions need to be directed BEFORE restoring Instrument Bus 211 to the Inverter?

A Leave PR channel N44 as is and restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter to the CVT per 2BOA ELEC-2.

B Place PR channel N44 in Bypass first, then restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter per BOP IP-1, Instrument Bus Inverter Startup.

C Place PR channel N41 on its alternate power supply, then restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter per BOP IP-1, Instrument Bus Inverter Startup.

D Place PR channel N41 in Bypass first, then restore power to the Instrument bus from the Inverter per 2BOA ELEC-2.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.AP1-14-B New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-AP-XL-01, Ch 4, AC Electrical Power Systems, Pgs 52, 53, 63, 64

Reference:

BOP IP-1, Instrument Inverter Startup, Precautions 43(b)(5)

BOP IP-1 has a precaution that reminds the operator that when transferring power from the reserve power to the inverter, the Explanation:

circuit is a break before make, resulting in a momentary loss of power, which may cause a reactor trip. So, if another instrument bus channels' instrumentation has a standing trip condition, this momentary loss of this channel may satisfy reactor trip logic.

A. is incorrect since this may result in a trip during transfer when power is momentarily lost to N41.

B. is correct since this is a trip condition on NI channel 4(N44) and if power is momentarilly lost to NI channel 1(N41) during the transfer back to the Inverter, this could result in a reactor trip(2/4 logic), if N44 is not taken to Bypass first.

C. is incorrect since N44 does not have a backup power supply like many of the SSPS instruments do.

D. is incorrect since this action alone could result in a reactor trip with N44 already in trip.

Date Written:

3/22/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

90 SRO 2

1 073000 A2.01 2.5 2.9 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PRM System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KA Statement:

Erratic or failed power supply UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 1 is at 100% power with the following conditions:

- 0100 on 6/5 - 1FS-RF008, Containment Floor Drain Sump Flow monitor, failed.

- Parts have been ordered for replacement.

- 1300 on 6/30 - 1PR011J, CNMT ATMOS Unit 1, monitor has just alarmed indicating an OPERATE FAILURE.

What actions are/were directed as a result of these conditions?

A Enter LCOAR for 1FS-RF008 failure; enter LCO 3.0.3 for 1PR011J failure.

B Place 1FS-RF008 in the Degraded Equipment Log; enter LCOAR for 1PR011J failure.

C Enter LCOAR for 1FS-RF008 failure; enter separate LCOAR for 1PR011J failure.

D Place 1FS-RF008 and 1PR011J in the Degraded Equipment Log; verify alternate instumentation is OPERABLE.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.RC1-12, S.AR1-06/15 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-RC-XL-01, Ch 12, Reactor Coolant System, Pg 50

Reference:

I1-AR-XL-01, Ch 49, Radiation Monitoring, Pg 35 Tech Spec 3.4.15, RCS Leakage Detection Instrumentation BAP 1400-6, Tech Spec LCOARs 43(b) (5)

Explanation:

Tech Spec 3.4.15 requires FS-RF008 or PC002 or PC003 AND FS-RF010, AND 1PR011J (A-Particulate channel) to be OPERABLEfor RCS Leak Detection. With FS-RF008 OOS, the LCO is still met and, since FS-RF008 is part of the operability requirement, BAP 1400-6 requires that it be entered in the Degraded Equipment Log for tracking with no LCOAR required unless additional sump flow or level instrumentation fails. However, 1PR011J is required to be OPERABLE to meet the LCO, therefore, a LCOAR is required for its failure. This is a 30 day action requirement with additional sampling and surveillance required due to its failure. LCO 3.0.3 would be entered if 1PR011J and less than required sump flow/level indications were available.

A. is incorrect since no LCOAR is required for 1FS-RF008 alone failed, therefore LCO 3.0.3 would not apply.

B. is correct as described above.

C. is incorrect since no LCOAR is required for 1FS-RF008 alone failed and this Tech Spec does not allow separate entries for clock starts on LCOAR actions.

D. is incorrect since only 1FS-RF008 is required in the DEL and LCOAR is required for 1PR011J failure.

Date Written:

3/27/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

91 SRO 2

2 034000 K1.04 2.6 3.5 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Fuel Handling Equipment System (FHES)

Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the Fuel Handling System and the following systems:

KA Statement:

NIS UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

The Fuel Handling Supervisor has just notified the Control Room that audible counts in CNMT ceased as they were lifting a fuel assembly from the upender. The NSO also reports that audible counts in the Control Room have been lost. The fuel handlers have suspended core alterations.

Which of the following will allow core alterations to resume?

A Set the audible count rate selector switch to the other channel, VERIFY audible count rate to the Control Room and CNMT with ONE SR channel OPERABLE.

B Initiate emergency boration until it can be VERIFIED that all filled portions of the RCS are at least 2300 ppm boron concentration.

C VERIFY Inverse Count Rate Ratio is being performed AND BOTH SR channels OPERABLE.

D Set the audible count rate selector switch to the other channel, VERIFY audible count rate to the Control Room ONLY with ONE SR channel OPERABLE.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

T.OA10-03, T.GP6-Byron NRC exam bank (1996)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1/2BOA INST-1, Nuclear Instrumentation Malfunction, step 3 and 6 for SR channels

Reference:

Tech Spec 3.9.3 requires at least 2 operable for core alterations.

I1-GP-XL-06, Refueling Outage, Pgs 3, 4 43(b) (7)

Explanation:

At least 2 operable channels are required for core alterations per Tech Spec 3.9.3. Also _BOA INST-1 action is to select the other channel and ensure that at least 2 channels are operable to perform core alterations or any + reactivity additions. Audible count rate is not required for refueling if an ICCR is being performed. 1BGP 100-6, Refueling Outage Unit 1, Limitation and Action #8, Pg 15, states that ICRR must be performed when refueling, if MCR SR recorder loses input OR audible count rate is not available to the MCR and Cnmt.

Date Written:

3/11/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

92 SRO 2

2 045000 2.2.22 3.4 4.1 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Main Turbine Generator (MT/G) System Equipment Control KA Statement:

Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 is at 100% power with the following condition:

- NLO reports from the field that 2ES017A, Extraction Steam Nonreturn Check Valve, from the 24A Feedwater Heater, did not move during performance of the monthly surveillance.

What are the required actions for continued operations and why?

(BOP HD-6T1, Turbine Operations Limitation Table Concerning the Isolation of Various Strings of Feedwater Heaters, is provided)

A Reduce turbine load to 820 Mwe, then open the Low Pressure Heater String Bypass Valve and isolate the 21A, 22A, 23A, and 24A Feedwater Heater string to preclude water induction into the turbine on a High level in the associated heaters.

B Reduce turbine load to 1173 Mwe, then isolate extraction steam to the 24A Feedwater Heater to prevent possible turbine overspeed on a turbine trip.

C Reduce turbine load to 1173 Mwe, then isolate the MOVs in the extraction steam lines to the 24A/B/C Feedwater Heaters to preclude water induction into the turbine on a High level in the associated heaters.

D Reduce turbine load to 937 Mwe, then isolate the MOVs in the extraction steam lines to the 22A, 23A, and 24A Feedwater Heaters to prevent possible turbine overspeed on a turbine trip.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

S.ES1-04/11 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-ES-XL-01, Ch 36, Extraction Steam, Feedwater Heater Vents and Drains, Pgs 19, 20, 24, 32, 35

Reference:

I1-MT-XL-01, Main Turbine and Reheat Steam TRM 3.3.g BOP HD-6T1, Turbine Operations Limitation Table Concerning the Isolation of Various Strings of Feedwater Heaters BOP HD-16, Isolating and Return to Service LP FW Heaters _4A/B/C Shell Side and Restoration Following HI-2 Level Isolation 43(b) (2)

Explanation:

TRM 3.3.g, Condition D applies. Referring to Table 3.3.g-2, the action is to isolate the steam supply to the turbine within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. In the case of extraction steam, this is referring to the MOV (for the valve in question since no manual valve exists for this valve) in the extraction steam line, this isolates return steam to the turbine on a turbine trip, which then prevents the possibility of overspeed.

Per BOP HD-6T1, power reduction to 1173 Mwe is required to isolate this nonreturn valve. Only this line is required to be isolated and operations can continue per BOP HD-16. The string or any other heater is not required to be isolated with it.

A. is incorrect since this is the required power reduction for removing the entire string from service, but this is not required.

B. is correct as described above.

C. is incorrect since all three heaters are not required to be isolated.

D is incorrect since the power reduction required is 1173. This would be required to remove the 3 heaters in the string, but that is not required.

Date Written:

3/24/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

BOP HD-6T1

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

93 SRO 2

2 075000 A2.01 3.0 3.2 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Circulating Water System Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Circulating Water System and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

KA Statement:

Loss of intake structure UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

With both Units at 100% power, the control room operators have identified a loss of flow condition on CW Makeup flow indicator, 0FT-CW040, in response to INTAKE BAY LEVEL LOW alarm.

If 0AOV-CW220, CW Makeup Flow Control Valve, does NOT open, the operators are procedurally directed to conserve flume level.

Which of the following actions would the operators be directed to perform?

- 1. Reduce reactor power and shutdown a CW pump on each unit.

- 2. Secure CW blowdown.

- 3. Secure CW makeup to SX.

- 4. Reduce reactor power on each unit.

A 2 and 4 B

2 and 3 C

1 and 3 D

1 and 2 Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

T.OA43B-03 Byron LORT bank - Used last 2006, cycle 1-4.

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 0BOA SEC-11, Inadequate Ciculating Water Makeup

Reference:

I1-OA-XL-43, Inadequate Circulating Water Makeup, Pgs 3, 4 43(b)(5)

Explanation:

OBOA SEC-11 actions for makeup failure is to stop CW blowdown and reduce power on both units to conserve flume level.

A. is correct as stated above.

B. is incorrect since SX makeup is not a viable option, since SX is required for safe shutdown.

C. is incorrect since shutdown of CW pumps would not conserve flume level, SX actually takes priority.

D. is incorrect since shutdown of CW pumps would not conserve flume level.

Date Written:

3/23/2006 Author:

G. Wolfe App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

94 SRO 3

194001 2.1.7 3.7 4.4 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Conduct of Operations KA Statement:

Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Given the following conditions on Unit 2:

- Reactor power - 31% and rising.

- RCS Tave = 556°F and slowly lowering.

- PZR pressure = 2175 psig and slowly lowering.

- PZR level = 29% and slowly lowering.

- Turbine load is stable.

- SG pressures = 940 psig and lowering.

- SG PORVs indicate closed.

- Steam Dumps indicate closed.

- Unit 1 Turbine Bldg Rounds calls the Control Room and reports steam on the 451' level in the Turbine building.

What action should be directed for these conditions?

Immediately trip the ______________.

A turbine and close the MSIVs.

B reactor and close the MSIVs.

C turbine and initiate safety injection.

D reactor and initiate safety injection.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty B

Obj No:

Byron Cert exam bank (2001)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 OP-AA-101-111-1001, Operations Philosophy Handbook

Reference:

Conditions of an Operating License, 10CFR50 43(b)(5)

Explanation:

The call here is really a condition of license. It is expected that an SRO will have public health and safety foremost in his mind, then comes personnel safety on-site. This is clearly an example were the plant is degrading and needs to be placed in a safe condition and then take action to protect plant personnel. The indication of a steam leak in the turbine building is the key to why the plant conditions are trending the way they are. Also, protecting plant personnel requires isolation of the steam source.

The proper action is to trip the reactor to place it in a safe condition. This will also generate a turbine trip in all cases. Then close the MSIVs to protect plant personnel and stop the plant transient at the same time. A turbine trip first is inappropriate, since this is then relying on the turbine tripping to generate a reactor trip, which should occur at this power level, but should not be relied on and closing the MSIVs will also stop steam to the turbine.

A. is incorrect since the reactor trip will generate a turbine trip and ensuring the reactor is shutdown takes priority.

B. is correct as described above.

C. is incorrect since this may trip the reactor, it will not islate the steamline break.

D. is incorrect since the reactor trip first is OK, but the SI will not stop the steam leak to protect personnel.

Date Written:

3/11/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

95 SRO 3 194001 2.1.32 3.4 3.8 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Conduct of Operations KA Statement:

Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

LCO 3.0.6 requires a Loss of Safety Function Evaluation (LOSF) be performed when an inoperabilty of a support system renders a supported system inoperable.

During a situation involving two supported systems inoperable due to the same support system without a LOSF, to ensure further LOSF evaluations on the supported systems to be properly performed, per BAP 1400-6, "TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION LIMITING CONDITIONS FOR OPERATION ACTION REQUIREMENTS (LCOAR)", the inoperable supported systems are REQUIRED to be logged in the A

Degraded Equipment Log (DEL)

B Shift Managers Log C

supported systems LCOAR paperwork and the associated Unit Log D

associated supported systems LCOAR Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

S.TS1-05-B, T.AM13-New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 I1-TS-XL-01, Ch 3, Introduction to Technical Specifications, Pg 22

Reference:

Selected Administrative Procedures, BAP 1400-6, Pg 49 BAP 1400-6, Tech Spec Limiting Conditions for Operation Action Requirement LCOAR) procedure, Pg 8 43(b)(4)

Explanation:

This is as stated on Page 8 of BAP 1400-6. The LOSF is referred to as the SFD (Safety function Determination). This section states that If any supported system LCO entries are precluded by 3.0.6 based on a review of the BOL, these supported systems shall be documented on the DEL to ensure any future inoperabilities are properly evaluated on the SFD.

A. is correct as described above.

B. is incorrect for this information. It can be noted in the log, but required in the DEL.

C. is incorrect since this is required to be documented separately as a reminder and not duplicate LCOAR generation.

D. is incorrect for basically the same reason as C. above.

Date Written:

3/24/2006 Author:

G. Wolfe App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

96 SRO 3

194001 2.2.3 3.1 3.3 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Equipment Control KA Statement:

(multi-unit) Knowledge of the design, procedural, and operational differences between units.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Compare the expected response between Unit 1 and Unit 2 for establishing feedwater flow to a Dry Steam Generator after initiation of Feed and Bleed as part of Attachment B in 1/2BFR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink.

A Dry SG is any SG with Wide Range level < 10% (27% ADVERSE CNMT) on ___(1)___ and, if feedwater flow has been stopped for > 75 minutes with SG level < 45% Narrow Range, the feed line is considered voided on ____(2)____, and the feedwater initial flowrate is determined by whether the tempering line is at least 75°F subcooled on

___(3)____.

(1) (2) (3)

A both Units Unit 2 Unit 1 B Unit 1 Unit1 Unit 1 C both Units Unit 1 Unit 2 C Unit 2 Unit 2 Unit 2 Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

T.FR3-04-A/E New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1/2BFR-H.1, Attachment B, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, Pg 53

Reference:

I1-FR-XL-03, FRPs-BFR H.1-H.5, Pg 54 - 56 43(b) (1)

Explanation:

With the different types of SGs in the two Units, Unit 1 SGs have a large, single feedline with a loop seal. Unit 2 has a very small upper feedline that accomodates ~10% of full flow at 100% power and all flow when the Unit is shutdown. Dispite the different SGs, both use the same Dry SG level criteria. Unit 1 is concerned about voiding in the feed ring and engineering evaluation determined that after 75 minutes without feed and NR SG level < 45%, the feedline may be void (full of steam), so this became the criteria for reducing feed flow when recomencing feed flow to prevent damage to the feed ring. Unit 2 has a much smaller feedline and the concern is thermal shocking of the feed nozzle and is precluded by throttling feed flow if the tempering line is not > 75°F subcooled.

These differences are proceduralized to prevent damage to either Unit by applying one criteria to the other.

A. is incorrect since the application of voiding is Unit 1and subcooling is Unit 2.

B. is incorrect since the application of voiding is Unit 1but subcooling is Unit 2.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect since the application of voiding is Unit 1.

Date Written:

3/11/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

97 SRO 3

194001 2.3.6 2.1 3.1 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Radiological Controls KA Statement:

Knowledge of the requirements for reviewing and approving release permits.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

A gas release from Containment is pending on Unit 2 at 100% power using Containment Mini Purge System with the following progression:

- 0200 on 6/19 - Containment sample analyzed.

- 2RE-PR011B, CNMT ATMOS UNIT 2, is in service.

- 0500 on 6/19 - Release package requested from Radiation Protection (RP).

- 1200 on 6/19 - Release was approved by Lead RP.

- 1500 on 6/19 - Release was approved by the shift SRO.

What is the expiration time/date for this release package per BCP 400-TCNMTROUTINE, Gaseous Effluent Release Form?

A 0000 on 6/20 B

0200 on 6/20 C

0800 on 6/20 D

1500 on 6/20 Answer: Task No:

GW-001, S-HP-002, Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 BCP 400-TCNMTROUTINE, Gaseous Effluent Release Form

Reference:

Byron SRO Certification Guide (OJT), Pg 22, 33 43(b) (6)

Explanation:

A NOTE on the first page of the release form states that analyzed samples are only good for 30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br /> provided 2RE-PR011B has remained stable. The SRO approval records the expiration time/date based on 30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br /> after the sample was obtained by RP.

A. is incorrect but plausible since some release durations are only good for the current day.

B. is incorrect but plausible since this would be a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> duration from sampling, which is a common sample frequency when a release monitor is OOS.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect but plausible since this would be 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from SRO approval, which is a common sample frequency for a release monitor being OOS.

Date Written:

3/25/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

98 SRO 3 194001 2.3.10 2.9 3.3 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Radiological Controls KA Statement:

Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of radiation and guard against personnel exposure.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 is in MODE 6 with refueling activities in progress when the following occurs:

- A fuel assembly is dropped during removal from the core.

- Bubbling is observed from the core region.

What is your FIRST required action as the SRO in CNMT for Fuel Handling operations?

A Direct operations to establish CNMT closure.

B Direct the Control Room to start CNMT Charcoal Filter units.

C Direct the Control Room to announce, "ALL personnel evacuate Unit 2 CNMT".

D Direct the Fuel Handlers to PLACE any fuel assembly in the transfer device into the change fixture.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

S.OA29-03 Byron NRC exam bank (1994)

Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 2BOA REFUEL-1, Fuel Handling Emergency. Pg 1, 2 entry conditions and step 1

Reference:

I1-OA-XL-29, BOA REFUEL-1, Fuel Handling Emergency, Pg 4 43(b)4),(7)

Explanation:

This is actually a Radiological Fundamental and is the first step in the BOA.

A. is incorrect since this would have been established prior to moving fuel.

B. is incorrect since this is not the first action, but will be considered as followup action.

C. is correct as described above.

D. is incorrect since this is not an option immediately, and additonal movement must be evaluated first.

Date Written:

3/11/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

99 SRO 3 194001 2.4.34 3.8 3.6 High System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:

Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during emergency operations including system geography and system implications.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

THIS QUESTION WAS DELETED BASED ON POST EXAMINATION COMMENT Unit 1 control room has been evacuated and 1BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, has been implemented due to a fire in the Upper Cable Spreading Room.

The Remote Shutdown Panel (RSP) is being activated.

- The NSO has aligned the RSP and 1PL05JA per Attachment A of 1BOA PRI-5.

- The NSO reports he has NO indication of 1D SG level or pressure at the RSP.

What action(s) is/are directed for this report?

A If MSIVs are open, use any other SG for pressure, balance feedwater flow to be consistent with the other 3 SGs.

B If MSIVs are closed, stop feeding the 1D SG, stop the 1D RCP, and verify 1D SG PORV is closed.

C Dispatch an operator to the Unit 1 Fire Hazards Panel to establish communications with the NSO at the RSP and align 1D SG level and pressure indication.

D Verify 1D SG MSIV is closed, isolate AF Flow to 1D SG, initiate a cooldown to < 550°F with the other 3 SGs and verify 1D SG PORV remains closed.

Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty C

Obj No:

T.OA16-03/05/08 New Medium Time:

Cross Ref:

1 1BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, step 8

Reference:

I1-OA-XL-16, BOA PRI-5, Control Room Inaccessability, Pgs 16 43(b) (5) RMC Explanation:

Although the suggested alternatives seem plausible, the proper direction in the BOA is to dispatch an operator to the Fire Hazards Panel to place only the required indications in local that can not be obtained at the RSP. Only 1A and 1D SG parameters are available at the Fire Hazards Communications will need to be established since the controls for the SG are still at the RSP.

A. is incorrect, although a plausible alternative, not the procedural action.

B. is incorrect, again, plausible, not procedural.

C. is correct as directed in the procedure.

D. is incorrect, again plausible, not procedural.

Date Written:

3/27/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref:

Quest No:

RO SRO:

TIER:

GROUP:

Topic No:

KA No:

RO:

SRO:

Cog Level:

100 SRO 3 194001 2.4.36 2.0 2.8 Low System/Evolution Name:

Category Statement:

Generic Emergency Procedures/Plan KA Statement:

Knowledge of chemistry / health physics tasks during emergency operations.

UserID:

Topic Question Stem:

Unit 2 Reactor has been manually tripped due to a steamline break on the 2B SG in the Safety Valve room.

The crew has transitioned to 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, and is currently performing Step 6, Check Secondary Radiation.

What direction is given to the Chemistry Department prior to exiting 2BEP-2?

A Sample ALL SGs for activity.

B ONLY sample INTACT SGs for activity.

C ONLY sample the FAULTED SG for activity.

D Sample the RCS for boron concentration Answer: Task No:

Question Source:

Question Difficulty A

Obj No:

T.EP3-03 New Low Time:

Cross Ref:

1 2BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, Pg 9

Reference:

I1-EP-XL-03, BEP-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, Pg 9, 10 43(b)(4)

Explanation:

This is an important direction since a SGTR could also be in progress or could occur with a substantial delta-p across the tube sheet in the faulted SG with it depressurized and also provide information important for transition to the best recovery procedure. If no activity has caused an alarm the transition will be to 2BEP-1. If activity exists then a transition to 2BEP-3 will be required. So, it is equally important to sample ALL SGs for activity.

A. is correct as described above and in 2BEP-2.

B. is incorrect since all are equally important and, with 2B open to the environment, this one could be even more likely to develop high activity.

C. is incorrect since this would not allow sampling the 3 SGs that are being used for plant temperature control and may be steaming to atmosphere.

D. is incorrect since this sample will be directed the appropriate procedure and is not the concern in 2BEP-2.

Date Written:

3/26/2006 Author:

M. Jorgensen App. Ref: